FolioCorpusBhagavad-gītā

9 · The Most Confidential Knowledge

34 verses
Sanskrit Recitation
Reciter: His Grace Rādhā-Gopīnātha Prabhu
Reading along — Chapter 9
9.1
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
idaṁ tu te guhya-tamaṁ
pravakṣyāmy anasūyave
jñānaṁ vijñāna-sahitaṁ
yaj jñātvā mokṣyase ’śubhāt
9.2
rāja-vidyā rāja-guhyaṁ
pavitram idam uttamam
pratyakṣāvagamaṁ dharmyaṁ
su-sukhaṁ kartum avyayam
9.3
aśraddadhānāḥ puruṣā
dharmasyāsya paran-tapa
aprāpya māṁ nivartante
mṛtyu-saṁsāra-vartmani
9.4
mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁ
jagad avyakta-mūrtinā
mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni
na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ
9.5
na ca mat-sthāni bhūtāni
paśya me yogam aiśvaram
bhūta-bhṛn na ca bhūta-stho
mamātmā bhūta-bhāvanaḥ
9.6
yathākāśa-sthito nityaṁ
vāyuḥ sarvatra-go mahān
tathā sarvāṇi bhūtāni
mat-sthānīty upadhāraya
9.7
sarva-bhūtāni kaunteya
prakṛtiṁ yānti māmikām
kalpa-kṣaye punas tāni
kalpādau visṛjāmy aham
9.8
prakṛtiṁ svām avaṣṭabhya
visṛjāmi punaḥ punaḥ
bhūta-grāmam imaṁ kṛtsnam
avaśaṁ prakṛter vaśāt
9.9
na ca māṁ tāni karmāṇi
nibadhnanti dhanañ-jaya
udāsīna-vad āsīnam
asaktaṁ teṣu karmasu
9.10
mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ
sūyate sa-carācaram
hetunānena kaunteya
jagad viparivartate
9.11
avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā
mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam
paraṁ bhāvam ajānanto
mama bhūta-maheśvaram
9.12
moghāśā mogha-karmāṇo
mogha-jñānā vicetasaḥ
rākṣasīm āsurīṁ caiva
prakṛtiṁ mohinīṁ śritāḥ
9.13
mahātmānas tu māṁ pārtha
daivīṁ prakṛtim āśritāḥ
bhajanty ananya-manaso
jñātvā bhūtādim avyayam
9.14
satataṁ kīrtayanto māṁ
yatantaś ca dṛḍha-vratāḥ
namasyantaś ca māṁ bhaktyā
nitya-yuktā upāsate
9.15
jñāna-yajñena cāpy anye
yajanto mām upāsate
ekatvena pṛthaktvena
bahudhā viśvato-mukham
9.16
ahaṁ kratur ahaṁ yajñaḥ
svadhāham aham auṣadham
mantro ’ham aham evājyam
aham agnir ahaṁ hutam
9.17
pitāham asya jagato
mātā dhātā pitāmahaḥ
vedyaṁ pavitram oṁ-kāra
ṛk sāma yajur eva ca
9.18
gatir bhartā prabhuḥ sākṣī
nivāsaḥ śaraṇaṁ suhṛt
prabhavaḥ pralayaḥ sthānaṁ
nidhānaṁ bījam avyayam
9.19
tapāmy aham ahaṁ varṣaṁ
nigṛhṇāmy utsṛjāmi ca
amṛtaṁ caiva mṛtyuś ca
sad asac cāham arjuna
9.20
trai-vidyā māṁ soma-pāḥ pūta-pāpā
yajñair iṣṭvā svar-gatiṁ prārthayante
te puṇyam āsādya surendra-lokam
aśnanti divyān divi deva-bhogān
9.21
te taṁ bhuktvā svarga-lokaṁ viśālaṁ
kṣīṇe puṇye martya-lokaṁ viśanti
evaṁ trayī-dharmam anuprapannā
gatāgataṁ kāma-kāmā labhante
9.22
ananyāś cintayanto māṁ
ye janāḥ paryupāsate
teṣāṁ nityābhiyuktānāṁ
yoga-kṣemaṁ vahāmy aham
9.23
ye ’py anya-devatā-bhaktā
yajante śraddhayānvitāḥ
te ’pi mām eva kaunteya
yajanty avidhi-pūrvakam
9.24
ahaṁ hi sarva-yajñānāṁ
bhoktā ca prabhur eva ca
na tu mām abhijānanti
tattvenātaś cyavanti te
9.25
yānti deva-vratā devān
pitṝn yānti pitṛ-vratāḥ
bhūtāni yānti bhūtejyā
yānti mad-yājino ’pi mām
9.26
patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁ
yo me bhaktyā prayacchati
tad ahaṁ bhakty-upahṛtam
aśnāmi prayatātmanaḥ
9.27
yat karoṣi yad aśnāsi
yaj juhoṣi dadāsi yat
yat tapasyasi kaunteya
tat kuruṣva mad-arpaṇam
9.28
śubhāśubha-phalair evaṁ
mokṣyase karma-bandhanaiḥ
sannyāsa-yoga-yuktātmā
vimukto mām upaiṣyasi
9.29
samo ’haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu
na me dveṣyo ’sti na priyaḥ
ye bhajanti tu māṁ bhaktyā
mayi te teṣu cāpy aham
9.30
api cet su-durācāro
bhajate mām ananya-bhāk
sādhur eva sa mantavyaḥ
samyag vyavasito hi saḥ
9.31
kṣipraṁ bhavati dharmātmā
śaśvac-chāntiṁ nigacchati
kaunteya pratijānīhi
na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati
9.32
māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya
ye ’pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ
striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās
te ’pi yānti parāṁ gatim
9.33
kiṁ punar brāhmaṇāḥ puṇyā
bhaktā rājarṣayas tathā
anityam asukhaṁ lokam
imaṁ prāpya bhajasva mām
9.34
man-manā bhava mad-bhakto
mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru
mām evaiṣyasi yuktvaivam
ātmānaṁ mat-parāyaṇaḥ
Connection between Chapter 8 and Chapter 9
In Chapter 8 Krishna has explained that an ananya (unalloyed) devotee surpasses the path of light and darkness. Now Krishna will explain how to become such a devotee
Chapter 8 concludes that bhakti is the best form of yoga. Chapter 9 supplies the specific knowledge required for performing that most confidential yoga
Chapter 7 and Chapter 9 are virtually identical. Chapter 8 can be seen as a tangent in the conversation between Krishna and Arjuna, clearing up some important points before continuing on in the same line
— Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Chapter Quiz · 12 questions
12 questions · Chapter 9
1. What does Kṛṣṇa call the knowledge of Chapter 9?
BG 9.2 — 'rāja-vidyā rāja-guhyaṁ pavitram idam uttamam'.
Refs: 9.2
2. How does Kṛṣṇa hold the universe in BG 9.4?
BG 9.4 — He pervades all yet remains transcendental.
Refs: 9.4, 9.5
3. What analogy does BG 9.6 give for the universe's residence in Kṛṣṇa?
BG 9.6 — 'yathākāśa-sthito nityaṁ vāyuḥ' — as wind in space, beings in Him.
Refs: 9.6
4. Who does Kṛṣṇa say presides over material nature, BG 9.10?
BG 9.10 — He is the supervisor; material nature works under His direction.
Refs: 9.10
5. Why do fools (mūḍhāḥ) deride Kṛṣṇa, per BG 9.11?
BG 9.11 — 'avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam'.
Refs: 9.11
6. What characterises the great souls (mahātmā) of BG 9.13-14?
BG 9.13-14 — mahātmās take shelter of daivī prakṛti, chant glorifications, and worship Him with devotion.
Refs: 9.13, 9.14
7. BG 9.17 declares Kṛṣṇa to be:
BG 9.17 — pitāham asya jagataḥ mātā dhātā pitāmahaḥ; the Lord is all these.
Refs: 9.17
8. What four simple offerings does Kṛṣṇa accept with love, per the famous BG 9.26?
BG 9.26 — patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁ; He happily accepts if offered with bhakti.
Refs: 9.26
9. What does Kṛṣṇa instruct in BG 9.27?
BG 9.27 — 'yat karoṣi ... tat kuruṣva mad-arpaṇam'.
Refs: 9.27
10. How does Kṛṣṇa describe His relationship with His devotees per BG 9.29?
BG 9.29 — 'samo 'haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu ... ye bhajanti tu māṁ bhaktyā mayi te teṣu cāpy aham'.
Refs: 9.29
11. What is BG 9.30-31's promise about even a misbehaved devotee?
BG 9.30-31 — 'api cet su-durācāro' is considered saintly; 'kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati'.
Refs: 9.30, 9.31
12. What is Kṛṣṇa's final instruction at chapter end (BG 9.34)?
BG 9.34 — 'man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru'.
Refs: 9.34
Section 1 (9.1–9.3) — HEARING: QUALIFICATIONS AND DISQUALIFICATIONS
Non-envious and faithful will attain Krishna by hearing this most confidential knowledge about Him
Faithlessness forces one to return to the path of birth and death in this material world
Section 3 (9.11–9.25) — FOOLS NEGLECT BHAKTI: THE DIVINE DON’T
Duratmas – Fools who think Krishna’s form is ordinary are defeated in their endeavours (9.11 –9.12)
Mahatmas – Those who know that Krishna has a transcendental form take shelter of Him and worship Him (9.13 – 9.14)
Indirect worshippers – All who take shelter of a conception of Supreme and worship it, are ultimately worshipping Krishna, but they worship Him indirectly – These are of 3 types:
Ekatvena – the monist, the lowest, worships himself as one with the Supreme (9.11 – 9.12)
Visvato-mukham – a worshiper of the material, universal form is the best (9.16 – 9.19)
Prthakvena – a demigod worshiper, is situated higher than the ‘ekatvena’ (9.20 – 9.25)
Section 4 (9.26–9.34) — THE GLORIES OF DEVOTIONAL SERVICE TO KRISHNA
Pure devotional service – If one worships Krishna with devotion or even offers Him the fruit of his work, one becomes free from reactions and comes to Him. Worship is simple and result is super excellent (9.26 – 9.28)
Krishna shows favouritism to His devotee. He considers a devotee saintly, even if he’s committed a horrible act, and He quickly purifies the devotee (9.29 – 9.31)
Devotional Service purifies all. By thinking of Krishna, offering Him obeisances and being absorbed in Him, one goes back to Godhead, regardless of his position (9.32 – 9.34)
— Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Section 1 (9.1–9.3)
HEARING: QUALIFICATIONS AND DISQUALIFICATIONS
Section overview
Non-envious and faithful will attain Krishna by hearing this most confidential knowledge about Him
Faithlessness forces one to return to the path of birth and death in this material world

Bhagavad-gītā 9.1

↗
శ్రీభగవానువాచ ఇదం తు తే గుహ్యతమం ప్రవక్ష్యామ్యనసూయవే । జ్ఞానం విజ్ఞానసహితం యజ్జ్ఞాత్వా మోక్ష్యసేఽశ‍ుభాత్ ॥ ౧ ॥
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
[shree-bhagavaan uvaacha]
idaṁ tu te guhya-tamaṁ
[idam tu te guhya-tamam]
pravakṣyāmy anasūyave
[pravakshyaamy anasooyave]
jñānaṁ vijñāna-sahitaṁ
[jnaanam vijnaana-sahitam]
yaj jñātvā mokṣyase ’śubhāt
[yaj jnaatvaa mokshyase ’shubhaat]
śrī - bhagavān uvāca — the Supreme Personality of Godhead said idam — this tu — but te — unto you guhya - tamam — the most confidential pravakṣyāmi — I am speaking anasūyave — to the nonenvious jñānam — knowledge vijñāna — realized knowledge sahitam — with yat — which jñātvā — knowing mokṣyase — you will be released aśubhāt — from this miserable material existence .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
śrī - bhagavān uvāca
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
idaṁ tu te guhya-tamaṁ
idam
this
tu
but
te
unto you
guhya - tamam
the most confidential
pravakṣyāmy anasūyave
pravakṣyāmi
I am speaking
anasūyave
to the nonenvious
jñānaṁ vijñāna-sahitaṁ
jñānam
knowledge
vijñāna
realized knowledge
sahitam
with
yaj jñātvā mokṣyase ’śubhāt
yat
which
jñātvā
knowing
mokṣyase
you will be released
aśubhāt
from this miserable material existence .
  • guhya - tamam — the most confidential
    Superlative of guhya (secret). Not merely guhyam or guhyataram but guhya-tamam — the topmost secret of all secrets. Kṛṣṇa is announcing that what follows in chapters 9–10 is the highest tier of revelation in the Gītā.
  • anasūyave — to the nonenvious
    Dative case — to the one who is anasūya. The single qualification Kṛṣṇa asks for is not learning, austerity, or pedigree, but the absence of envy toward His person. Envy of Kṛṣṇa's supremacy is the precise root that blocks this knowledge from taking effect.
  • jñānam — knowledge
    Theoretical knowledge — the framework. Paired immediately with vijñāna below; Kṛṣṇa promises both, not one without the other.
  • vijñāna — realized knowledge
    Vi- + jñāna: knowledge made specific and experiential. The Gītā does not stop at concept; it presses through to realization. Jñāna without vijñāna remains words; vijñāna is the conviction settled in the heart.
  • mokṣyase — you will be released
    Future passive — you will be released, not 'you will release yourself.' The liberation is something done to the surrendered hearer by the act of hearing itself, when envy is absent.
  • aśubhāt — from the inauspicious
    Ablative — from material existence with all its sufferings. Aśubha is the whole tangle of birth, death, disease, old age. Kṛṣṇa's promise is exit, not ornament.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear Arjuna, because you are never envious of Me, I shall impart to you this most confidential knowledge and realization, knowing which you shall be relieved of the miseries of material existence.

As a devotee hears more and more about the Supreme Lord, he becomes enlightened. This hearing process is recommended in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam: “The messages of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are full of potencies, and these potencies can be realized if topics regarding the Supreme Godhead are discussed amongst devotees.” This cannot be achieved by the association of mental speculators or academic scholars, for it is realized knowledge. The devotees are constantly engaged in the Supreme Lord’s service. The Lord understands the mentality and sincerity of a particular living entity who is engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and gives him the intelligence to understand the science of Kṛṣṇa in the association of devotees. Discussion of Kṛṣṇa is very potent, and if a fortunate person has such association and tries to assimilate the knowledge, then he will surely make advancement toward spiritual realization. Lord Kṛṣṇa, in order to encourage Arjuna to higher and higher elevation in His potent service, describes in this Ninth Chapter matters more confidential than any He has already disclosed. The very beginning of Bhagavad-gītā, the First Chapter, is more or less an introduction to the rest of the book; and in the Second and Third chapters, the spiritual knowledge described is called confidential. Topics discussed in the Seventh and Eighth chapters are specifically related to devotional service, and because they bring enlightenment in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, they are called more confidential. But the matters which are described in the Ninth Chapter deal with unalloyed, pure devotion. Therefore this is called the most confidential. One who is situated in the most confidential knowledge of Kṛṣṇa is naturally transcendental; he therefore has no material pangs, although he is in the material world. In the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu it is said that although one who has a sincere desire to render loving service to the Supreme Lord is situated in the conditional state of material existence, he is to be considered liberated. Similarly, we shall find in the Bhagavad-gītā, Tenth Chapter, that anyone who is engaged in that way is a liberated person. Now this first verse has specific significance. The words idaṁ jñānam (“this knowledge”) refer to pure devotional service, which consists of nine different activities: hearing, chanting, remembering, serving, worshiping, praying, obeying, maintaining friendship and surrendering everything. By the practice of these nine elements of devotional service one is elevated to spiritual consciousness, Kṛṣṇa consciousness. When one’s heart is thus cleared of material contamination, one can understand this science of Kṛṣṇa. Simply to understand that a living entity is not material is not sufficient. That may be the beginning of spiritual realization, but one should recognize the difference between activities of the body and the spiritual activities of one who understands that he is not the body. In the Seventh Chapter we have already discussed the opulent potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, His different energies, the inferior and superior natures, and all this material manifestation. Now in Chapter Nine the glories of the Lord will be delineated. The Sanskrit word anasūyave in this verse is also very significant. Generally the commentators, even if they are highly scholarly, are all envious of Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Even the most erudite scholars write on Bhagavad-gītā very inaccurately. Because they are envious of Kṛṣṇa, their commentaries are useless. The commentaries given by devotees of the Lord are bona fide. No one can explain Bhagavad-gītā or give perfect knowledge of Kṛṣṇa if he is envious. One who criticizes the character of Kṛṣṇa without knowing Him is a fool. So such commentaries should be very carefully avoided. For one who understands that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the pure and transcendental Personality, these chapters will be very beneficial.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
1. The Lord said: I will speak to you, who have no envy, the most secret knowledge, bhakti, along with realization of Me, knowing which you will be freed from suffering.
Commentary

The majestic aspect of the Lord as the object of worship, suitable for His servants, and the excellence of that pure devotee are described clearly in the ninth chapter. Bhakti is superior to karma, jṣāna, yoga and other processes. As described in the seventh chapter, such bhakti is either pradhānī bhūtā or kevalā. And amongst the types of bhakti, the supreme position of kevalā bhakti, which is extremely powerful, not dependent of purity of heart or other elements like jṣāna, has clearly been shown. The ninth chapter begins to speak about the powers of the Lord required as knowledge in order to perform that pure bhakti (kevalā bhakti). The Gītā is the essence of all scriptures, and essence of the Gītā is the middle six chapters. The middle of those six chapters, the ninth and tenth chapters, is the further essence of the six chapters. In three verses, the Lord praises what He will be describing in the chapter. The jṣāna which gives liberation described in the second, third and other chapters is guhya, or secret. The knowledge which I revealed in the seventh and eighth chapter, which is suitable for attainment of Me—the method of knowledge, [Note: Jṣāna is defined as “that by which something is known.” Thus bhakti is called jṣāna since by bhakti Bhagavān is known.] bhakti, by which Bhagavān is known—is guhyatara, more secret. In this chapter, I will speak to you knowledge about kevalā, or śuddhā bhakti, which is by far guhyatama, most secret. By the word jṣāna or knowledge, one should understand that it means only bhakti, not the well known jṣāna mentioned in the first six chapters. In the second verse, by using the adjective avyayam or indestructible, it must be understood that this knowledge is beyond the guṇas. It is bhakti which is beyond the guṇas, not the jṣāna mentioned earlier, which is in sattva-guṇa. In verse 3, the word dharma means only bhakti as well. I will teach this most secret bhakti to you, to one who is not hostile or selfish (anasūyave). This indicates that there is a rule that bhakti should only be taught to one who is not selfish or inimical. I will teach you this bhakti (jṣāna), culminating in direct realization of Me (vijṣāna-sahitam), by which you will be freed from rebirth, or freed from all obstacles to bhakti (aśubhāt).

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
1. The Lord said: I will speak to you, who have no envy, the most secret knowledge, bhakti, along with realization of Me, knowing which you will be freed from suffering.
Commentary

In the ninth chapter the Lord speaks of His supreme powers which cause astonishment and incite bhakti and as well speaks of the great excellence of His devotee. Having stated in the seventh and eighth chapters that He, the Lord of all beings, filled with knowledge and bliss, a treasure house of unlimited auspicious qualities, is easily attained by pure bhakti, in this chapter He speaks of His powers (aiśvarya) which inspire devotion (uddīpaka), and the strength of that devotion. He begins by praising that bhakti in three verses. This knowledge, jṣāna, refers only to bhakti in the form of singing My glories and other devotional activities, since it is also referred to as dharma in verses 3, since the actions of bhakti such as kīrtana arise from the cit śakti (knowledge energy) of the Lord, and since jṣāna literally means that by which something is known. [Note: Therefore by bhakti (jṣāna) arising from the spiritual knowledge energy of the Lord, one can attain spiritual knowledge or realization of Kṛṣṇa.] This is the most secret knowledge. The knowledge of the ātmā distinct from the body taught in the second and following chapters is secret. The knowledge of My powers taught in the seventh and eighth chapters is more secret, but what will be taught in the ninth and the chapters following, knowledge which is pure bhakti, is the most secret. I will speak this pure bhakti unto you along with the final result, realization of Me (vijṣānam). I speak to you who are devoid of seeing fault in My qualities (anasūyave), who do not see fault in Me. I teach My confidential topics which are hard to understand only out of compassion, but others will criticize, saying “You are praising yourself by explaining your powers.” You are free of that fault. Knowing this bhakti, you will be liberated from saṁsāra (aśubhāt).

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

This is 'guhyatamam', the most confidential. In the first three verses of this Chapter, Krsna glorifies this knowledge that He is going to explain. Then He is going to explain His opulences and His energies which are actually inconceivable, 'acintya sakti'. Because by knowing Krsna's 'acintya sakti', His inconceivable and glorious opulences, then that will inspire unswerving devotion to Him. So, first Krsna is going to glorify the knowledge, then He is going to describe His 'aisvarya', His opulences.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Qualification and means to achieve ‘most confidential knowledge’ and benefit of achieving this

knowledge are mentioned here:

Qualification – Because Arjuna is free from envy, therefore he qualifies to hear the most confidential knowledge (anasuyave – non-envious)
Means – Proper hearing is the means to obtain most confidential knowledge
Benefit – Relief from miseries of material existence
Focus of Learning

(a) Non-envious (Anasuyave) is the qualification to hear properly / “Envy is the root of

misinterpretation” – This sets the qualification for anyone who wants to comment on Bhagavad-

gita

Useless commentary – High academic scholars but give inaccurate commentaries because they are envious
One who criticizes the character of Krishna without knowing Him is foolish
Recommended approach – Avoid such commentaries
Bona-fide commentary – Only possible by a devotee

(b) Two benefits of hearing about Krishna

Spiritual advancement – Ref. SB: One who hears becomes more and more enlightened. This process works as follows:
Potent Messages – Messages of Supreme Lord are full of potencies
How to realise these potencies – By discussion among devotees

▪ Not by association of mental speculators and scholars, because it is realised

knowledge

Lord helps us to understand – He sees the mentality and sincerity of a particular living entity who is engaged in Krishna Consciousness and gives him intelligence to understand Krishna
e.g. Krishna is telling Arjuna more confidential matters to encourage Arjuna in higher and higher elevations in His potent service
Freedom from material miseries (9.2) – One who is situated in most confidential knowledge is naturally transcendental and has no material pangs – 2 references :
Ref. Bhakti Rasamrita Sindhu: “Iha yasya harer...” – Even in the conditional state of material existence, one can considered to be liberated if one is sincerely engaged in trying to render loving devotional service
Ref. Bg. Chapter 10: Anyone engaged thus is a liberated person

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF TEXTS 9.1 – 9.3

Most intimate knowledge of Absolute Truth is obtainable through proper hearing
‘Non-enviousness’ and ‘faith’ are the two qualifications to receive most confidential knowledge
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.1 Te, to you; anasuyave, who are not given to cavilling, who are free from carping; pravaksyami, I shall speak of; idam, this. The Lord uttered the word 'this' by bearing in mind as an immediately present fact the knowledge of Brahman that will be and was spoken of in the earlier chapters. The word tu (however) is used for pointing out a distinction [The distinction of Knowledge from meditation that was being discussed.]. (I shall speak) of this itself-what is that?-(it is) guhyatamam, the highest secret; and is jnanam, Knowledge, complete Knowledge-nothing else-, the direct means to Liberation, as stated in the Upanisads and the Smrtis, 'Vasudeva is all' (7.19), 'the Self verily is all this' (Ch. 7.25.2), 'One only, without a second' (op. cit. 6.2.1), etc., and also as stated in such Upanisadic texts as, 'On the other hand, those who understand otherwise than this come under a different ruler, and belong to the worlds that are subject to decay' (op. cit. 7.25.2). (Knowledge) of what kind? It is vijnana-sahitam, combined with experience; jnatva, by realizing, by attaining; yat, which Knowledge; moksyase, you shall be free; asubhat, from evil, from worldly bondage.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.1 The Lord said I will declare to you, who does not cavil, this most mysterious knowledge called Upasana, which is of the nature of Bhakti, together with special knowledge, namely, the distinguishing knowledge of how it differs from other meditations. The import is this: You have heard of My eminence, which is distinct in kind from all other forms of greatness and is unlimited in its modes. You must have been convinced that it can be so only and not otherwise. To you whose mind is thus prepared, I shall declare that knowledge by aciring which, and making which your way of life, you will be emancipated from all evil that hinders you from attaining Me.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.1 Idam etc. Not to entertain displeasure is an important reisite for communicating knowledge. The words Jnana and Vijnana [mean respectively 'knowledge' and 'action'] as above.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.1 The Blessed Lord said I shall now declare to thee who does not cavil, the greatest secret, the knowledge combined with experience (Self-realisation). Having known this thou shalt be free evil.
Commentary

9.1 इदम् this? तु indeed? ते to thee? गुह्यतमम् greatest secret? प्रवक्ष्यामि (I) shall declare? अनसूयवे to one who does not cavil? ज्ञानम् knowledge? विज्ञानसहितम् combined with experience? यत् which? ज्ञात्वा having known? मोक्ष्यसे thou shalt be free? अशुभात् from evil.Commentary Idam (this) alludes to knowledge of the Self.Jnana Theoretical knowledge of Brahman through the study of the Upanishads? also known as Paroksha Brahma Jnana.Vijnana Direct intuitive perception of Brahman or AtmaSakshatkara? also known as Aparoksha Brahma Jnana.This alone forms the direct means of attaining to liberation from evil or the bondage of Samsara? freedom from birth and death.The knowledge of the Self is the most profound secret. It can hardly be described in words. It can be realised only through direct experience or spiritual intuition. Atman or Brahman or the selfluminous? eternal? Supreme Purusha is ever shining in the chambers of the hearts of men. Throughout the ages there have always been a few who have trodden the spiritual path and found out this secret or the spiritual treasure of the precious pearl of the Self. Knowledge of the Self is the only direct means for attaining liberation? Karma Yoga purifies the heart and leads to the dawn of the knowledge of the Self.Lord Krishna says? O Arjuna? I shall teach you this profoundest secret knowledge combined with realisation as you are free from jealousy. From this we can clearly understand that freedom from jealousy is an important alification for an aspirant. Knowledge can only dawn in a mind which is free from all forms of jealousy which causes great distraction of the mind and produces intense heartburning. Matsarya (malicious envy)? Irshya (jealous of others prosperity or happiness) and Asuya (envious or indignant over the merits of another) are all varieties of jealousy. If you superimpose evil alities on a virtuous man who really does not possess these alities on a virtuous man who really does not possess these alities and speak ill of him? this is jealousy (Asuya). To behold evil or to look at a person with the faultfinding evil eye? and to see evil in him who is free from any kind of fault and who is virtuous is Asyua. Jealousy is only pettymindedness. This is a modification of ignorance. It can be eradicated by eniry of the nature of the Self and cultivating its opposite alities? viz.? nobility? broad and universal tolerance? magnanimity and largeheartedness.To thee who does not carp or cavil This implies that Arjuna was endowed with all the virtues of a disciple such as straightforwardness? selfcontrol? restraint of the senses? serenity of mind? discrmination? dispassion? etc. This is the Upalakshana (the truth alluded to where only a part is stated) and Asuya is the Upalakshaka (the hint which alludes to the Upalakshana).

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.1 The Blessed Lord said However, to you who are not given to cavilling I shall speak of this highest secret itself, which is Knowledge [Jnana may mean Brahman that is Consciousness, or Its knowledge gathered from the Vedas (paroksa-jnana). Vijnana is direct experience (aparoksa-jnana).] combined with experience, by realizing which you shall be free from evil.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.1 "Lord Shri Krishna said: I will now reveal to thee, since thou doubtest not, that profound mysticism, which when followed by experience, shall liberate thee from sin.
Related values
Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Prema (Divine Love)
Related verses
BG 18.67 BG 18.64 BG 4.3 SB 1.1.2 SB 3.25.21 SB 11.11.29 CC Madhya 22.65 CC Madhya 25.120 CC Ādi 1.49 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.22Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.23
Because you are not envious, I shall now declare to you the most confidential knowledge — knowing which, you shall be relieved of the miseries of material existence.
Practical Applications
  • Cultivate non-envy as the qualification for receiving deepest teaching.
  • Notice envy as the opposing impulse and address it explicitly.
  • Don't expect confidential knowledge while envy festers.
Reflection Questions
  • Where is envy quietly disqualifying me from depth?
  • What would non-envy open up?

A jeweller will not pour out the rarest gem before a crowd that mocks his shop — he opens the inner cabinet only for a buyer with steady eyes. Kṛṣṇa is opening the inner cabinet of the Gītā here, and the one qualification He names is freedom from envy. The whole secret hinges on whether the listener can hear of Kṛṣṇa's supremacy without flinching.

Vidura receives the confidence of Kṛṣṇa

When Kṛṣṇa came to Hastināpura as Duryodhana's peace envoy, He passed over the royal palace and ate at the home of Vidura. Vidura was born of a maidservant and held no throne, yet he was anasūya — free from envy of Kṛṣṇa's supremacy.

The Mahābhārata records that Kṛṣṇa spoke long and intimately with Vidura that night. The same Lord who had armies of kings competing for His audience chose the hut of one man who could hear without resentment. This is the principle of BG 9.1 in narrative form: the most confidential knowledge follows the absence of envy, not the presence of position.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.2

↗
రాజవిద్యా రాజగుహ్యం పవిత్రమిదముత్తమమ్ । ప్రత్యక్షావగమం ధర్మ్యం సుసుఖం కర్తుమవ్యయమ్ ॥ ౨ ॥
rāja-vidyā rāja-guhyaṁ
[raaja-vidyaa raaja-guhyam]
pavitram idam uttamam
[pavitram idam uttamam]
pratyakṣāvagamaṁ dharmyaṁ
[pratyakshaavagamam dharmyam]
su-sukhaṁ kartum avyayam
[su-sukham kartum avyayam]
rāja - vidyā — the king of education rāja - guhyam — the king of confidential knowledge pavitram — the purest idam — this uttamam — transcendental pratyakṣa — by direct experience avagamam — understood dharmyam — the principle of religion su - sukham — very happy kartum — to execute avyayam — everlasting .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
rāja-vidyā rāja-guhyaṁ
rāja - vidyā
the king of education
rāja - guhyam
the king of confidential knowledge
pavitram idam uttamam
pavitram
the purest
idam
this
uttamam
transcendental
pratyakṣāvagamaṁ dharmyaṁ
pratyakṣa
by direct experience
avagamam
understood
dharmyam
the principle of religion
su-sukhaṁ kartum avyayam
su - sukham
very happy
kartum
to execute
avyayam
everlasting .
  • rāja - vidyā — the king of education
    Rāja-vidyā — sovereign knowledge. All other vidyās are subjects of this king. Knowledge of the Absolute that includes and surpasses every lesser science.
  • rāja - guhyam — the king of secrets
    Parallel to rāja-vidyā: the king of all hidden truths. The Vedas hold many secrets; this is the one that crowns them. Note the doubling — supreme in both knowledge and secrecy.
  • pavitram — pure, purifying
    Not merely pure, but actively purifying. Pavitram-uttamam — supremely so. Bhakti cleans the heart that holds it; the knowledge does the work, not the knower.
  • pratyakṣa — directly perceivable
    Pratyakṣa is the highest pramāṇa in Indian epistemology — direct perception. Kṛṣṇa is making an astonishing claim: this knowledge yields not inference, not testimony, but direct seeing. Bhakti is empirical.
  • avagamam — understood, realized
    From ava + √gam — to come down into, to be fully grasped. Pratyakṣa-avagamam together: directly realized as self-evident. The practitioner verifies the teaching in their own awareness.
  • su - sukham — very joyful
    Su- intensifier + sukham. Of every yoga path Kṛṣṇa describes, this one alone is called su-sukham kartum — joyful in the very performance. The other yogas yield joy at the end; bhakti is joyful in the doing.
  • avyayam — imperishable
    Once gained, never lost. Material learning fades, austerities exhaust their fruit, but bhakti once kindled is indestructible. The capital does not deplete.
This knowledge is the king of education, the most secret of all secrets. It is the purest knowledge, and because it gives direct perception of the self by realization, it is the perfection of religion. It is everlasting, and it is joyfully performed.

This chapter of Bhagavad-gītā is called the king of education because it is the essence of all doctrines and philosophies explained before. Among the principal philosophers in India are Gautama, Kaṇāda, Kapila, Yājñavalkya, Śāṇḍilya and Vaiśvānara. And finally there is Vyāsadeva, the author of the Vedānta-sūtra. So there is no dearth of knowledge in the field of philosophy or transcendental knowledge. Now the Lord says that this Ninth Chapter is the king of all such knowledge, the essence of all knowledge that can be derived from the study of the Vedas and different kinds of philosophy. It is the most confidential because confidential or transcendental knowledge involves understanding the difference between the soul and the body. And the king of all confidential knowledge culminates in devotional service. Generally, people are not educated in this confidential knowledge; they are educated in external knowledge. As far as ordinary education is concerned, people are involved with so many departments: politics, sociology, physics, chemistry, mathematics, astronomy, engineering, etc. There are so many departments of knowledge all over the world and many huge universities, but there is, unfortunately, no university or educational institution where the science of the spirit soul is instructed. Yet the soul is the most important part of the body; without the presence of the soul, the body has no value. Still people are placing great stress on the bodily necessities of life, not caring for the vital soul. The Bhagavad-gītā, especially from the Second Chapter on, stresses the importance of the soul. In the very beginning, the Lord says that this body is perishable and that the soul is not perishable ( antavanta ime dehā nityasyoktāḥ śarīriṇaḥ ). That is a confidential part of knowledge: simply knowing that the spirit soul is different from this body and that its nature is immutable, indestructible and eternal. But that gives no positive information about the soul. Sometimes people are under the impression that the soul is different from the body and that when the body is finished, or one is liberated from the body, the soul remains in a void and becomes impersonal. But actually that is not the fact. How can the soul, which is so active within this body, be inactive after being liberated from the body? It is always active. If it is eternal, then it is eternally active, and its activities in the spiritual kingdom are the most confidential part of spiritual knowledge. These activities of the spirit soul are therefore indicated here as constituting the king of all knowledge, the most confidential part of all knowledge. This knowledge is the purest form of all activities, as explained in Vedic literature. In the Padma Purāṇa, man’s sinful activities have been analyzed and are shown to be the results of sin after sin. Those who are engaged in fruitive activities are entangled in different stages and forms of sinful reactions. For instance, when the seed of a particular tree is sown, the tree does not appear immediately to grow; it takes some time. It is first a small, sprouting plant, then it assumes the form of a tree, then it flowers and bears fruit, and, when it is complete, the flowers and fruits are enjoyed by persons who have sown the seed of the tree. Similarly, a man performs a sinful act, and like a seed it takes time to fructify. There are different stages. The sinful action may have already stopped within the individual, but the results or the fruit of that sinful action are still to be enjoyed. There are sins which are still in the form of a seed, and there are others which are already fructified and are giving us fruit, which we are enjoying as distress and pain. As explained in the twenty-eighth verse of the Seventh Chapter, a person who has completely ended the reactions of all sinful activities and who is fully engaged in pious activities, being freed from the duality of this material world, becomes engaged in devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. In other words, those who are actually engaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Lord are already freed from all reactions. This statement is confirmed in the Padma Purāṇa: aprārabdha-phalaṁ pāpaṁ kūṭaṁ bījaṁ phalonmukham krameṇaiva pralīyeta viṣṇu-bhakti-ratātmanām For those who are engaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all sinful reactions, whether fructified, in the stock, or in the form of a seed, gradually vanish. Therefore the purifying potency of devotional service is very strong, and it is called pavitram uttamam, the purest. Uttama means transcendental. Tamas means this material world or darkness, and uttama means that which is transcendental to material activities. Devotional activities are never to be considered material, although sometimes it appears that devotees are engaged just like ordinary men. One who can see and is familiar with devotional service will know that they are not material activities. They are all spiritual and devotional, uncontaminated by the material modes of nature. It is said that the execution of devotional service is so perfect that one can perceive the results directly. This direct result is actually perceived, and we have practical experience that any person who is chanting the holy names of Kṛṣṇa (Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare) in course of chanting without offenses feels some transcendental pleasure and very quickly becomes purified of all material contamination. This is actually seen. Furthermore, if one engages not only in hearing but in trying to broadcast the message of devotional activities as well, or if he engages himself in helping the missionary activities of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he gradually feels spiritual progress. This advancement in spiritual life does not depend on any kind of previous education or qualification. The method itself is so pure that by simply engaging in it one becomes pure. In the Vedānta-sūtra (3.2.26) this is also described in the following words: prakāśaś ca karmaṇy abhyāsāt. “Devotional service is so potent that simply by engaging in the activities of devotional service one becomes enlightened without a doubt.” A practical example of this can be seen in the previous life of Nārada, who in that life happened to be the son of a maidservant. He had no education, nor was he born into a high family. But when his mother was engaged in serving great devotees, Nārada also became engaged, and sometimes, in the absence of his mother, he would serve the great devotees himself. Nārada personally says, ucchiṣṭa-lepān anumodito dvijaiḥ sakṛt sma bhuñje tad-apāsta-kilbiṣaḥ evaṁ pravṛttasya viśuddha-cetasas tad-dharma evātma-ruciḥ prajāyate In this verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.5.25) Nārada describes his previous life to his disciple Vyāsadeva. He says that while engaged as a boy servant for those purified devotees during the four months of their stay, he was intimately associating with them. Sometimes those sages left remnants of food on their dishes, and the boy, who would wash their dishes, wanted to taste the remnants. So he asked the great devotees for their permission, and when they gave it Nārada ate those remnants and consequently became freed from all sinful reactions. As he went on eating, he gradually became as pure-hearted as the sages. The great devotees relished the taste of unceasing devotional service to the Lord by hearing and chanting, and Nārada gradually developed the same taste. Nārada says further, tatrānv-ahaṁ kṛṣṇa-kathāḥ pragāyatām anugraheṇāśṛṇavaṁ mano-harāḥ tāḥ śraddhayā me ’nu-padaṁ viśṛṇvataḥ priyaśravasy aṅga mamābhavad ruciḥ By associating with the sages, Nārada got the taste for hearing and chanting the glories of the Lord, and he developed a great desire for devotional service. Therefore, as described in the Vedānta-sūtra, prakāśaś ca karmaṇy abhyāsāt: if one is engaged simply in the acts of devotional service, everything is revealed to him automatically, and he can understand. This is called pratyakṣa, directly perceived. The word dharmyam means “the path of religion.” Nārada was actually a son of a maidservant. He had no opportunity to go to school. He was simply assisting his mother, and fortunately his mother rendered some service to the devotees. The child Nārada also got the opportunity and simply by association achieved the highest goal of all religion. The highest goal of all religion is devotional service, as stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam ( sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo yato bhaktir adhokṣaje ). Religious people generally do not know that the highest perfection of religion is the attainment of devotional service. As we have already discussed in regard to the last verse of Chapter Eight ( vedeṣu yajñeṣu tapaḥsu caiva ), generally Vedic knowledge is required for self-realization. But here, although Nārada never went to the school of the spiritual master and was not educated in the Vedic principles, he acquired the highest results of Vedic study. This process is so potent that even without performing the religious process regularly, one can be raised to the highest perfection. How is this possible? This is also confirmed in Vedic literature: ācāryavān puruṣo veda. One who is in association with great ācāryas, even if he is not educated or has never studied the Vedas, can become familiar with all the knowledge necessary for realization. The process of devotional service is a very happy one ( su-sukham ). Why? Devotional service consists of śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ, so one can simply hear the chanting of the glories of the Lord or can attend philosophical lectures on transcendental knowledge given by authorized ācāryas. Simply by sitting, one can learn; then one can eat the remnants of the food offered to God, nice palatable dishes. In every state devotional service is joyful. One can execute devotional service even in the most poverty-stricken condition. The Lord says, patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyam: He is ready to accept from the devotee any kind of offering, never mind what. Even a leaf, a flower, a bit of fruit, or a little water, which are all available in every part of the world, can be offered by any person, regardless of social position, and will be accepted if offered with love. There are many instances in history. Simply by tasting the tulasī leaves offered to the lotus feet of the Lord, great sages like Sanat-kumāra became great devotees. Therefore the devotional process is very nice, and it can be executed in a happy mood. God accepts only the love with which things are offered to Him. It is said here that this devotional service is eternally existing. It is not as the Māyāvādī philosophers claim. Although they sometimes take to so-called devotional service, their idea is that as long as they are not liberated they will continue their devotional service, but at the end, when they become liberated, they will “become one with God.” Such temporary time-serving devotional service is not accepted as pure devotional service. Actual devotional service continues even after liberation. When the devotee goes to the spiritual planet in the kingdom of God, he is also engaged there in serving the Supreme Lord. He does not try to become one with the Supreme Lord. As will be seen in Bhagavad-gītā, actual devotional service begins after liberation. After one is liberated, when one is situated in the Brahman position ( brahma-bhūta ), one’s devotional service begins ( samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām ). No one can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead by executing karma-yoga, jñāna-yoga, aṣṭāṅga-yoga or any other yoga independently. By these yogic methods one may make a little progress toward bhakti-yoga, but without coming to the stage of devotional service one cannot understand what is the Personality of Godhead. In the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is also confirmed that when one becomes purified by executing the process of devotional service, especially by hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam or Bhagavad-gītā from realized souls, then he can understand the science of Kṛṣṇa, or the science of God. Evaṁ prasanna-manaso bhagavad-bhakti-yogataḥ. When one’s heart is cleared of all nonsense, then one can understand what God is. Thus the process of devotional service, of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, is the king of all education and the king of all confidential knowledge. It is the purest form of religion, and it can be executed joyfully without difficulty. Therefore one should adopt it.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
2. This is the highest type of bhakti, the most secret type of bhakti, the most purifying of all methods. It is directly realized, the highest dharma, easy to execute, and eternal.
Commentary

Moreover, this knowledge (bhakti) is the king of knowledge (raja-vidyā), meaning the king of worship. There are various types of bhakti and this is the king, or in the highest position, exceeding all others. The usage of raja-vidyā is similar to the word raja-danta or front teeth. As in the usage raja-danta (front teeth: king of teeth), there is reversal of the normal order of the elements of the compound word. This is permitted according to the rule rāja-dantāditvād (Aṣṭādhyāyī, Pāṇini 2.2.31). Of all secrets, it is the highest. Bhakti of any type is very secret, and of all the types of bhakti, this kevalā bhakti is the king, the most secret (raja-guhyam). It is called most purifying (pavitram uttaman), because it acts as the atonement for all sins. It is even more purifying than knowledge of the soul (tvaṁ padārtha). According to Madhusūdana Sarasvatī, since it immediately uproots all the sinful reactions spread over many thousands of lifetimes which are situated in the gross and subtle bodies, and as well uproots the cause of all sins, ignorance, it is called the most purifying of all things. It gives direct realization (pratyakṣāvagamam): bhaktiḥ pareśānubhavo viraktir anyatra caiṣa trika eka-kālaḥ prapadyamānasya yathāśnataḥ syus tuṣṭiḥ puṣṭiḥ kṣud-apāyo 'nu-ghāsam Devotion, direct experience of the Supreme Lord, and detachment from other things—these three occur simultaneously for one who has taken shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in the same way that pleasure, nourishment and relief from hunger come simultaneously and increasingly, with each bite, for a person engaged in eating. SB 11.2.42 From this verse of Bhāgavatam, it should also be understood that the realization is constant, since the realization comes in accordance with the worship (and the ananya-bhakta constantly worships the Lord). It does not deviate from dharma (dharmyam), because, though one may fail to perform all dharmas or religious duties, those dharmas are fulfilled simply by executing bhakti. This is understood from the statement of Nārada: yathā taror mūla-niṣecanena tṛpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopaśākhāḥ prāṇopahārāc ca yathendriyāṇāṁ tathaiva sarvārhaṇam acyutejyā As pouring water on the root of a tree energizes the trunk, branches, twigs and everything else, and as supplying food to the stomach enlivens the senses and limbs of the body, simply worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead through devotional service automatically satisfies the demigods, who are parts of that Supreme Personality. SB 4.31.14 Unlike karma, jṣāna and other processes, bhakti is easy to execute (susukhaṁ kartum). There are no extreme pains to the body, voice or mind by renunciation of the senses, since bhakti makes use of the ears and other senses as principal elements in hearing chanting and other processes. Because it is beyond the guṇas, the process of bhakti is eternal (avyayam), unlike such processes as karma and jṣāna which are temporary.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
2. This is the highest type of bhakti, the most secret type of bhakti, the most purifying of all methods, which is directly realized, the highest dharma, easy to execute, and eternal.
Commentary

This is the king of all types of knowledge such as śāṇḍilya vidyā, vaiśvānara vidyā, dahara vidyā. [Note: These are mentioned in the Upaniṣads.] This is the king of secrets, the king of secret matters concerning the real nature of the jīvātmā and other items. This secret knowledge takes the form of bhakti. As in the usage raja dantā (front teeth: king of teeth), there is reversal of the normal order of the elements of the compound word. [Note: The normal form would be dantā raja. Similarly guhya raja would be the normal form in stead of raja guhya.] This is permitted according to the rule rāja-dantāditvād. (Pāṇini 2.2.31) The Lord analyses this knowledge further in order to teach its nature. It is supremely pure (uttamam pavitram), because it destroys all sins including the subtle body. [Note: Karmas are stored in the subtle body. With the disappearance of all karmas, the subtle body as well as the gross body will disappear, and one will attain liberation.] It is said: aprārabdha-phalaṁ pāpaṁ kūṭaṁ bījaṁ phalonmukham krameṇaiva pralīyante viṣṇu-bhakti-ratātmanām Sins in the form of aprārabdha, kūṭa, bīja and prārabdha [Note: Aprārabdha karmas are those which will not give effects in this lifetime. They are the results of actions from previous lifetimes which will manifest in future lifetimes. Prārabdha karmas or phala unmukha karmas are those karmas which will manifest in this lifetime, as enjoyment or suffering, arising from previous acts of puṇya or papa. Kūta and bīja are two stages between the totally unmanifest aprārabdha and manifest prārabdha karmas.] are gradually destroyed for the person engaged in bhakti to Viṣṇu. Padma Purāṇa In the above verse, the word kramena indicates that the sins are destroyed in the manner of piercing a hundred leaves. As a needle pierces one leaf at a time in a pile of leaves, so bhakti will destroy karmas one at a time, though in appearance or in verbal expression, it may seem to occur all at once. This knowledge, bhakti, has its object of understanding (avagamam) directly perceived (pratyakṣa). I, the Supreme Lord, the object of understanding, make My appearance in direct perception, arising from methods such as hearing. The author of Vedānta says prakāśaś ca karmaṇy abhyāsāt: the Lord is revealed through constant repetition of devotional actions. (Vedānta Sūtra 3.2.26) This knowledge is faithful to righteous works, dharma (dharmyam): it is constantly nourished by righteous acts such as service to guru. The śruti says ācāryavān puruṣo veda: the man who has a guru knows the Lord. (Chāndogya Upaniṣad 6.14.2) The process is easy to execute and complete (susukham kartum), just by performing acts like hearing or offering tulasī leaves and water drops to the Lord. It is avayayam (indestructible), existing even in liberation, continuing after mokṣa. Later the Lord will say bhaktyā mām abhijānāti: one knows Me by devotion. The other processes such as karma yoga do not have these qualities. [Note: Bhakti destroys all karmas, yields perception of God, easy to execute, and continues after liberation. Karma yoga does not destroy all karmas until it turns to jṣāna. Jṣāna yoga and aṣṭaṅga yoga are not easy to execute and are given up on liberation. Karma yoga indirectly leads to perception of ātmā, and jṣāna and aṣṭaṅga yoga give perception of ātmā and paramātmā but not bhagavān.] Therefore this is called the king of all knowledge. There is another interpretation. Rāja vidyā and rāja guhyam mean knowledge belonging to the kings and secret belonging to the kings. This knowledge belongs to persons like kings who are generous and compassionate, and thus consider even heaven insignificant. It is not the knowledge of those with selfish hearts worshipping devatās with desire for quick gain of sons or wealth. Just as kings do not keep their treasures secret but attentively keep their personal mantras secret, so the devotees should keep this knowledge secret with great care, though they do not keep other types of knowledge secret. The rest of the interpretation would be the same as above.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

'Su‑sukham', means that brings great happiness, is joyfully performed. And the reason why is joyfully performed is because one can use his senses in Krsna's service.If one tries to renounce the activities of the senses that there will be not any joy ‑ it will be dry misery practically ‑ it is very difficult. This process is so glorious, is joyfully performed and 'avyayam', everlasting. It means that it will never go to perish. It is indestructible. This is the glory of this 'jnana', this knowledge and this 'dharma', this religion that Krsna is going to describe. It is easily performed. How is that? That will be explained latter in this Chapter (because 'all you have to do is to offer Me with love and devotion, a leaf, water,....) This knowledge one doesn't have to give it up after liberation even. It is continuous. Continuously we worship Krsna ‑ is everlasting. 'Raja vidya', the King of knowledge. The wealth of Kings. Just as a king keeps his wealth hidden, similarly Krsna has hidden this knowledge in the middle of the Bhagavad‑gita.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Further glorification of the most confidential knowledge (7 characteristics mentioned)

PLEASE NOTE: All points of the purport are covered under the numbered points below, therefore there is no

separate ‘Focus of Learning’ section for this verse.

1. ‘Raj vidya’ – ‘King of all knowledge’

Because it is the essence of all doctrines and philosophies explained before
Different philosophers: Gautama, Kanaada, Kapila, Yajnavalkya, Shandilya and Vaishvanara. And finally there is Vyasadeva, the author of the Vedanta-sutra

2. ‘Raj guhyam’ – ‘Most confidential knowledge’

This talks about the eternal activities of the soul and thus gives positive information
Just ‘Confidential knowledge’ explains spirit soul as imperishable and immutable but does not give positive information about the soul
Lack of complete knowledge leads to misconception of impersonalism or voidism
Soul is always active
Modern educational system – Deals only with external knowledge (bodily platform)

3. ‘Pavitram idam uttamam’ – ‘Purest form of all activities’, purifying potency of devotional service is very

strong:

Sinful reaction has four stages
Analogy: Growth of a tree from a seed has different stages – study purport (Ref. Padma Purana)
Pavitram – Implies all the four stages can be purified
Ref. Bg. 7.28: – Only those purified can engage in devotional service
Uttamam – Implies ‘beyond tamas’ (material activities) – Devotional service is never contaminated by modes, although sometimes devotees appear to be engaged like ordinary men; therefore devotional service is transcendental

Focus of Learning

(c) Why Chapter 9 is called most confidential knowledge

Confidential: Chapter 2 and 3 – Explains the knowledge of spirit soul and body; useful for liberation
More confidential: Chapter 7 and 8 – Knowledge which brings about enlightenment about Krishna consciousness, Supreme Lord and His energies
Most confidential: Chapter 9 – Because it deals with pure unalloyed devotion and delineates the glories of the Lord

(d) Idam Jnanam – Refers to ‘‘nine-fold process of devotional service by which’’:

One’s heart becomes cleansed of material contamination
One understands the science of Krishna and elevates to spiritual consciousness
One understands spiritual activities – Simply knowing that living entity is not material is not sufficient – one must understand difference between activities of the body and the spiritual activities

4. ‘Pratyaksavagamam’ – ‘Direct perception of self by realisation’.

How one gets ‘direct perception of the self’ – By practising devotional service in the association of advanced devotees
Example of ‘direct perception’: By chanting Hare Krishna Maha-mantra without offence – One feels transcendental pleasure and gets purified quickly
If one further helps in the mission – one makes spiritual progress
Qualification: Advancement is irrespective of previous education or qualification
Ref. Vedanta Sutra: “Prakasas ca...” – Devotional Service is very powerful, simply by engaging one becomes enlightened, irrespective of qualification
e.g. Narada Muni – served great souls

5. ‘Dharmyam’ – ‘Perfection of religion’

Highest goal of all religion – Devotional service (Ref. SB: “Sa vai pumsam…”; Bg. 8.28)
Potency of Devotional service – So potent that without performing regular religious processes one can be raised to highest perfection – How?
Possible simply ‘by association’ of great acaryas
e.g. Narada Muni (Ref. Vedic literatures)

6. ‘Su sukham’ – ‘Blissful’ – Why? Because:

Positive engagement for senses
Simple to perform e.g. hearing, chanting, prasadam
Sastric example: Sanat Kumar became devotee by tasting Tulasi leaves of Lord’s lotus feet
God accepts only love
‘Anything’ can be offered – “Patram puspam phalam toyam” (Bg. 9.26) – Leaf, flower, fruit or water
‘Any person’ regardless of social position can offer

7. ‘Avyayam’ – ‘Eternally everlasting’

Refutes Mayavadis – who say that “we perform devotional service to become one with the Lord after liberation”
Other References on this aspect
Actual devotional service begins after liberation (Ref. Bg. 18.54)
Only by devotional service one can understand Supreme Personality of Godhead – Only when heart is cleaned by hearing Bhagavad-gita and Srimad Bhagavatam (Ref. SB 1.2.20 “Evam prasanna…”)

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.2 & 9.3: QUESTION: If Bhakti is so joyful, who will still continue in material

existence (Material existence is referred to as the word ‘Samsaara’ in Text 9.3). ANSWER: Only the

faithless disqualify and continue in this ‘Samsaara’ (9.3)

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.2 And that is raja-vidya, the Sovereign Knowledge, the kind among sciences because of the abundance of its radiance. Indeed, this knowledge of Brahman shines most brilliantly among all kiinds of learning [The word raja means a king, or figuratively, the greatest; or, derived from the root raj, to shine, it may mean shining.-Tr.] So also, idam, this; is raja-guhyam, the Sovereign Profundity, the kind among profundities; uttamam, the best; pavitram, sanctifier. This knowledge of Brahman, which sanctifies all things that purify, is the greatest. Shine it reduces to ashes in a moment (the results of) all actions-righteous, unrighteous and others-together with their roots, accumulated over many thousands of births, therefore, what to speak of its sanctifying power! Besides, it is pratyaksavagamam, directly realizable, directly perceivable like happiness etc. Even though possessed of many alities, a thing may be noticed to be contrary to righteousness. The knowledge of the Self is not opposed to righteousness, in that way, but it is dharmyam, righteous, not divorced from righteousness. Eeve so, it may be difficult to practice. Hence the Lord says it is susukham, very easy; kartum to practise, like the knowledge of the distinction among jewels. It is seen (in the world) that, actions which reire little effort and are accomplished easily yield meagre results, whereas those that are difficult to accomplish yield great results. Thus the contingency arises that this (knowledge of Brahman), however. which is easily attained, perishes when its result gets exhausted. Therefore the Lord says it is avyayam, imperishable. From the point of view of its result, it is not perishable like (the results of) actions. Hence the knowledge of the Self should be highly regarded.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.2 This is a 'royal science', the king among sciences; 'the royal mystery', the king among mysteries. Or royal science may also mean the science known and practised by kings. Indeed kings are those who have broad and profound minds. The meaning is that this is the science of great minds. This is a mystery, because the great-minded alone are skilled in keeping mysteries. This is 'supreme purifier'; for it removes completely all blemishes opposed to the attainment of Myself. It is realised by 'direct perception'. Avagama' is that which is apprehended - the subject of knowledge. It is that knowledge which has become direct perception, so that its object is directly apprehended. The import is that I, when worshipped in the spirit of Bhakti, become perceptible to the worshipper immediately. Even so, it is in 'accord with Dharma' or inseparable from Dharma. What is called Dharma is that which constitutes the means for the highest good. Though it is of the nature of supreme good, as it brings about the vision of Myself, yet it is also the means for completely attaining Me, which is the end unsurpassed and the final good. Because of this, it is 'pleasurable' to practise; its adoption is a matter of supreme love. It is 'abiding', imperishable. It does not perish even after leading to My attainment. That is, I give Myself up to one who performs this form of worship; even then it appears to Me that I have done nothing for him. Such is the meaning.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.2 Raja-etc. Shines : that which illumines in the midst of all sciences. Here [in the Gita] itself it is said 'The science of the Self [is the chief] among the sciences'. Here in this science kings like Janaka etc., have a right and pervilege (adhikara) [to learn]. It is their secret, as it is much protected (by them) by heroism easy for the Ksatriyas. As they do not waver [in their mind] because of their heroic nature that is common in the members of the warring class, it is very easy to do i.e., to observe. Imperishable : Unlike other actions this action of worshipping Brahman does not perish through the enjoyment of [its result].
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.2 This is the kingl science, the kingly secret, the supreme purifier, realisable by direct intuitional knowledge, according to righteousness, very easy to perform and imperishable.
Commentary

9.2 राजविद्या the king of sciences? राजगुह्यम् kingly secret? पवित्रम् purifier? इदम् this? उत्तमम् highest? प्रत्यक्षावगमम् realisable by direct? intuitional knowledge? धर्म्यम् according to righteousness? सुसुखम् very easy? कर्तुम् to perform? अव्ययम् imperishable.Commentary In this verse Lord Krishna eulogies the knowledge of Brahman very highly in order to create a great interest in the spiritual aspirants for attaining It ickly.There is neither blind faith nor faithmongering in this royal science. The truth? the sovereign,secret (the Self or the Absolute) can be directly realised by intuition or immediate perception. The science of the Absolute is the most splendid of all sciences. It is the science of sciences. Of sciences the highest? of secrets the most profoun? of purifiers the supreme is this. The knowledge of Brahman is the best purifier. It reduces the roots of all Karmas and all the Karmas themselves which have been stored up in the course of many thousands of births? into ashes in the twinkling of an eye. It destroys Avidya along with its effects. An expiatory act (Prayaschitta) cannot destroy all sins. It removes the effect of a single sin? only to some extent. Even if it is removed the effect of that sin remains in a subtle state in the mind and forces him to do sinful acts in his next birth. But the knowledge of the Self destroys ickly all the sins in their gross and subtle states that are accumulated in the course of several thousands of births along with Avidya? their cause. That is the reason why it is a supreme purifier. The causal body of the Jiva is called MulaAvidya (rootignorance). The Avidya or the veil of ignorance that envelops the visible objects of this world is called Sthula Avidya or gross ignorance.The knowledge of the Self is not opposed to Dharma. It is the fruit of all actions done in many births without expectation of fruits. Further? the knowledge of the Absolute can very easily be attained. One may think that this knowledge will perish soon as it is easily obtained? when its effect is exhausted. It is not so. It is imperishable. It is everlasting. It shines for ever by its own Selfeffulgence. He who has tasted this nectar even once becomes immortal. Therefore the knowledge of the Absolute is certainly worth aciring. You will have to strive very hard to attain it anyhow in this birth? as it is very difficult to get a human birth. Strive hard every moment? for life is uncertain and the prize (final liberation) is great.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.2 This is the Sovereign Knowledge, the Sovereign Profundity, the best sanctifire; directly realizable, righteous, very easy to practise and imperishable.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.2 This is the Premier Science, the Sovereign Secret, the Purest and Best; intuitional, righteous; and to him who practiseth it pleasant beyond measure.
Related values
Ishvara Pranidhana (Surrender to God)Anahankarah (Freedom from False Ego)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Seva (Service / Selfless Action)Vinaya (Humility / Modesty)Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)
Related verses
BG 9.1 BG 4.38 BG 6.22 SB 1.2.12 SB 3.25.25 SB 11.2.42 CC Madhya 22.2 CC Madhya 25.29 CC Ādi 1.91 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.12Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.2.9
This knowledge is the king of education, the most secret of secrets — the purest, perfect by direct experience, joyful, easy to perform.
Practical Applications
  • Trust the description: easy to perform, joyful, perfect.
  • Don't be deceived by paths that promise difficulty as virtue.
  • Use the natural ease of bhakti as evidence of its rightness.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I confused difficulty with virtue?
  • What ease has bhakti offered me?

Imagine a king who has hidden the deed to his entire treasury inside one short letter — the letter is small, but every word is sovereign. Bhakti is that letter. It looks simple, even pleasant, almost playful; yet folded inside the chanting of one Name is the title to the kingdom of Goloka. Pratyakṣa — direct perception — is the seal at the bottom that proves the deed real.

Nārada and the hunter Mṛgāri

In the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu and Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Nārada Muni encounters Mṛgāri, a hunter who half-killed animals for sport. By giving him a single instruction in devotion — to chant Hare and to harm no creature — Nārada transformed him within days. The man who could not stop killing began to weep at the sight of an ant.

This is rāja-vidyā in action: the simplest, most pleasant practice (su-sukham kartum) producing pratyakṣa-avagama — direct visible change in the heart, faster than years of austerity could have produced. The teaching of 9.2 is not theoretical; it is the actual mechanism Mṛgāri lived.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.3

↗
అశ్రద్దధానా: పురుషా ధర్మస్యాస్య పరన్తప । అప్రాప్య మాం నివర్తన్తే మృత్యుసంసారవర్త్మని ॥ ౩ ॥
aśraddadhānāḥ puruṣā
[ashraddadhaanaah purushaa]
dharmasyāsya paran-tapa
[dharmasyaasya paran-tapa]
aprāpya māṁ nivartante
[apraapya maam nivartante]
mṛtyu-saṁsāra-vartmani
[mrityu-samsaara-vartmani]
aśraddadhānāḥ — those who are faithless puruṣāḥ — such persons dharmasya — toward the process of religion asya — this param - tapa — O killer of the enemies aprāpya — without obtaining mām — Me nivartante — come back mṛtyu — of death saṁsāra — in material existence vartmani — on the path .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
aśraddadhānāḥ puruṣā
aśraddadhānāḥ
those who are faithless
puruṣāḥ
such persons
dharmasyāsya paran-tapa
dharmasya
toward the process of religion
asya
this
param - tapa
O killer of the enemies
aprāpya
without obtaining
aprāpya māṁ nivartante
mām
Me
nivartante
come back
mṛtyu-saṁsāra-vartmani
mṛtyu
of death
saṁsāra
in material existence
vartmani
on the path .
  • aśraddadhānāḥ — those without faith
    A- (negation) + śraddadhāna (one possessing śraddhā). Faith is named as the single missing factor. Not lack of intelligence, not lack of opportunity — lack of śraddhā alone is what closes the door.
  • dharmasya — of the religion (devotional service)
    Genitive of dharma, here meaning the bhakti-dharma just announced in 9.2. Kṛṣṇa is not speaking of dharma in general but of this specific dharma — the rāja-vidyā path.
  • param - tapa — O chastiser of the enemy
    Param + tapa — burner of foes. Kṛṣṇa addresses Arjuna by his warrior epithet at a tender moment: He is asking him to be hard with the inner enemy of disbelief, just as he is hard with outer enemies.
  • nivartante — they return
    Ni + √vṛt — they turn back. The faithless do not stand still; they are returned, recycled. The verb is in middle voice — the turning is automatic, a function of the cycle itself.
  • saṁsāra — material existence (lit. flowing-together)
    From sam + √sṛ — to flow continuously. Saṁsāra is not a place but a current. The faithless are returned to the current, mṛtyu-saṁsāra-vartmani — the path of the death-current.
  • vartmani — on the path
    Locative — placed back onto the track. The image is precise: saṁsāra has a vartman, a well-worn path, and the faithless are set back onto it like a wheel returned to its rut.
Those who are not faithful in this devotional service cannot attain Me, O conqueror of enemies. Therefore they return to the path of birth and death in this material world.

The faithless cannot accomplish this process of devotional service; that is the purport of this verse. Faith is created by association with devotees. Unfortunate people, even after hearing all the evidence of Vedic literature from great personalities, still have no faith in God. They are hesitant and cannot stay fixed in the devotional service of the Lord. Thus faith is a most important factor for progress in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. In the Caitanya-caritāmṛta it is said that faith is the complete conviction that simply by serving the Supreme Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, one can achieve all perfection. That is called real faith. As stated in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (4.31.14) , yathā taror mūla-niṣecanena tṛpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopaśākhāḥ prāṇopahārāc ca yathendriyāṇāṁ tathaiva sarvārhaṇam acyutejyā “By giving water to the root of a tree one satisfies its branches, twigs and leaves, and by supplying food to the stomach one satisfies all the senses of the body. Similarly, by engaging in the transcendental service of the Supreme Lord one automatically satisfies all the demigods and all other living entities.” Therefore, after reading Bhagavad-gītā one should promptly come to the conclusion of Bhagavad-gītā: one should give up all other engagements and adopt the service of the Supreme Lord, Kṛṣṇa, the Personality of Godhead. If one is convinced of this philosophy of life, that is faith. Now, the development of that faith is the process of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. There are three divisions of Kṛṣṇa conscious men. In the third class are those who have no faith. Even if they are officially engaged in devotional service, they cannot achieve the highest perfectional stage. Most probably they will slip, after some time. They may become engaged, but because they haven’t complete conviction and faith, it is very difficult for them to continue in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. We have practical experience in discharging our missionary activity that some people come and apply themselves to Kṛṣṇa consciousness with some hidden motive, and as soon as they are economically a little well situated they give up this process and take to their old ways again. It is only by faith that one can advance in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. As far as the development of faith is concerned, one who is well versed in the literatures of devotional service and has attained the stage of firm faith is called a first-class person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. And in the second class are those who are not very advanced in understanding the devotional scriptures but who automatically have firm faith that kṛṣṇa-bhakti, or service to Kṛṣṇa, is the best course and so in good faith have taken it up. Thus they are superior to the third class, who have neither perfect knowledge of the scriptures nor good faith but by association and simplicity are trying to follow. The third-class person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness may fall down, but when one is in the second class he does not fall down, and for the first-class person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness there is no chance of falling down. One in the first class will surely make progress and achieve the result at the end. As far as the third-class person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is concerned, although he has faith in the conviction that devotional service to Kṛṣṇa is very good, he has not yet gained adequate knowledge of Kṛṣṇa through the scriptures like Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and Bhagavad-gītā. Sometimes these third-class persons in Kṛṣṇa consciousness have some tendency toward karma-yoga and jñāna-yoga, and sometimes they are disturbed, but as soon as the infection of karma-yoga or jñāna-yoga is vanquished, they become second-class or first-class persons in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Faith in Kṛṣṇa is also divided into three stages and described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. First-class attachment, second-class attachment and third-class attachment are also explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the Eleventh Canto. Those who have no faith even after hearing about Kṛṣṇa and the excellence of devotional service, who think that it is simply eulogy, find the path very difficult, even if they are supposedly engaged in devotional service. For them there is very little hope of gaining perfection. Thus faith is very important in the discharge of devotional service.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
3. O afflicter of enemies, those who do not have faith in this bhakti do not attain Me and remain fixed on the path of transmigration and death.
Commentary

“Well if this dharma is so easy to execute, who will remain in this world?” This verse answers. Using genitive (possessive case) instead of locative case in the phrase dharmasya asya is poetic license. Those who do not have faith in this process of dharma, who think that the supreme position given to bhakti in the scriptures is just exaggeration, and who do not accept it with faith, do not attain Me, even though they make efforts to attain Me by other methods. They remain completely (nivartate is equal to nitarām vartate) on the path of transmigration (saṁsāra-vartmani), pervaded by death.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
3. O afflicter of enemies, those who do not have faith in this bhakti do not attain Me and remain fixed on the path of transmigration and death.
Commentary

“But if this process is so easy to follow, then no one would remain in the material world.” Dharmasya in the genitive case stands for the accusative case. Those who do not accept with firm faith (aśraddadhānāḥ) dharma in the form of devotion to Me, though its strength is well known in the scriptures, because they think that the statements of scripture are exaggeration, do not attain Me, even though they perform other practices to attain Me while ignoring bhakti. They remain completely (nitarām vartante for nivartante) on the path of saṁsāra, which brings about repeated death (mṛtyu saṁsāra vartmani).

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

This verse anwers the question: "If this is joyfully performed why then not everybody take it up?" ‑ Those who have no faith in devotional service, they cannot attain Krsna. Therefore they cannot take it up. ‑ Those who are envious of Krsna, who want themselves to be God, they cannot take it up. After glorifying this knowledge that is going to be taught, specially in Section B, and specially in Texts 4 and 5, Krsna is going to explain His 'acintya bheda abheda' relationship with the material world.

[B. KRSNA'S ACINTYA BHEDA ABHEDA RELATIONSHIP TO THE MATERIAL WORLD (9. 4‑10) Krsna pervades, creates, and annihilates the entire cosmos through His material energy. Although Krsna is the Supreme Director, the material world neverthless moves independently and Krsna thus remains neutral and detached. ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Faithless cannot attain Krishna – ‘Faith’ is a most important factor for progress in Krishna

Consciousness (purport)

Faithless people return to the path of birth and death in this material world

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.3 Parantapa, O destroyer of foes; those purusah, persons, again; who are asraddadhanah, regardless of, devoid of faith in; asya dharmasya, this Dharma, this knowledge of the Self-those who are faithless as regards its true nature as well as its result, who are sinful, who have taken recourse to the 'upanisad' (mystical teaching) of demoniacal people, consisting in consideration the body alone as the Self, and who delight in life (sense enjoyments); nivartante, certainly go round and round;-where?-mrtyu-samsara-vartmani, along the path (vartma) of transmigration (samsara) fraught with death (mrtyu), the path leading to hell, birth as low creatures, etc., i.e., they go round and round along that very path; aprapya, without reaching; mam, Me, the supreme God. Certainly there is no estion of their attaining Me. Hence, the implication is that (they go round and round) without even aciring a little devotion, which is one of the disciplines [Ast. omits the word sadhana, disciplines.-Tr.] constituting the path for reaching Me. Having drawn Arjuna's attention through the (above) eulogy, the Lord says:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.3 Some men who even after attaining the state fit for the practice of this Dharma which is called Upasana (worship) - which is immensely dear inasmuch as it has for its goal Myself who am incomparably dear, and which is the means for the attainment of Myself forming the supreme good that does not perish - may still 'lack faith' in it. Such persons who lack faith which reires eagerness for realization, will not attain Me but remain in the mortal pathway of Samsara. O how strange it is - this hindrance caused by evil Karma! Such is the meaning. [It means, that to declare that one has faith in a spiritual doctrine and yet to take no steps to put it into practice, is pure hypocrisy.] Listen then to the inconceivable glory of Myself, who am the goal tobe attained:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.3 Asraddadhanah etc. They remain eternally : Again and again they are born and they die.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.3 Those who have no faith in this Dharma (knowledge of the Self), O Parantapa (Arjuna), return to the path of this world of death without attaining Me.
Commentary

9.3 अश्रद्दधानाः without faith? पुरुषाः men? धर्मस्य of duty? अस्य of this? परन्तप O scorcher of foes? अप्राप्य without attaining? माम् Me? निवर्तन्ते return? मृत्युसंसारवर्त्मनि in the path of this world of death.Commentary Arjuna asks? O Lord? why do people not attempt to attain this knowledge of the Self when it can be easily attained? when it is the highest of all things? and when it gives the greatest benefits All should certainly attain this knowledge. The Lord replies? O My beloved disciple? people have no faith in this Dhrama or knowledge and so return to the path of this world of death. Even if they strive with the help of the means of their own imagination they cannot attain Me as they are not endowed with the right means prescribed by the scriptures.Dharma means law? religion? knowledge of the Self.This faith is not mere intellectual belief in certain dogmas or principles. It is not merely belief in the statement of another. It is unshakable firm inner conviction that the knowledge of the Self alone can give one supreme peace? immortality and eternal bliss. It was this strong and unflinching faith of Sri Sankara that goaded him to leave his mother and take shelter under the kind protection of his Guru Sri Govindapada for attaining this knowledge which is the supreme purifier? intuitional? accordig to righteousness? very easy to perform? and imperishable. It was the strong faith of Lord Buddha that induced him to have that iron determination which he expressed in these words? I will not budge an inch from my seat till I get illumination. Faith goes hand in hand with fiery determination.The Lord has eulogies the knowledge of the Self in the first two verses by the positive method (Vidhi Mukhastuti). He has extolled it in the third verse by the negative method (Nishedha Mukhastuti). The benefits of obtaining knowledge of the Self are described in the first and the second verses. This is Vidhi Mukhastuti. The disastrous effects that result from not obtaining the knowledge of the Self are described in the third verse. This is Nishedha Mukhastuti.The greedy? lustful and sinful persons who are the followers of the philosophy of the flesh? who lead the life of the demons? who worship the body taking it to be the Self? and who have no faith in the knowledge of the Self? do not reach Me. They do not even possess an iota of devotion which is also one of the paths that lead men to Me. They remain in the path of the world of death which leads to hell and the lower births of animals? worms? etc.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.3 O destroyer of foes, persons who are regardless of this Dharma (knowledge of the Self) certainly go round and round, without reaching Me, along the path of transmigration which is fraught with death.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.3 They who have no faith in this teaching cannot find Me, but remain lost in the purlieus of this perishable world.
Related values
Prema (Divine Love)Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Dana (Charity / Generosity)Aparigraha (Non-possessiveness)Anahankarah (Freedom from False Ego)Yajña (Sacrifice / Spirit of Offering)Shraddha (Faith / Reverence)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Ishvara Pranidhana (Surrender to God)
Related verses
Those without faith in this dharma do not attain Me — they return to repeated birth and death.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize faith as the gateway, not as a peripheral virtue.
  • Treat unbelief seriously, not casually.
  • Cultivate faith as a discipline.
Reflection Questions
  • Where has faith been my actual blockage?
  • What disciplines build faith?

A seed of the finest mango is placed in the hand of a man who does not trust that mangoes grow from seeds. He examines it, doubts it, and finally throws it away. The seed was real, the soil was waiting, but faith was the missing factor. Without śraddhā, even rāja-vidyā in the hand cannot germinate — and the man is sent back to the cycle of seasons he has not learned to read.

📝 My note

Section 2 (9.4–9.10)
AISVARYA–JNANA: KRISHNA’S RELATIONSHIP TO THE MATERIAL
Section overview

WORLD

Krishna pervades, creates and annihilates entire cosmos through His material energy
Although He is the supreme director, yet the material world nevertheless moves independently and Krishna thus remains neutral and detached
AISHVARYA-JNANA: KRISHNA’S RELATIONSHIP TO THE WORLD

LINK BETWEEN SECTION I & SECTION II: Krishna has completed His glorification of the knowledge He will

speak. In the next group of verses (9.4 – 9.10), He begins describing His own ‘achintya-bhedabheda’

relationship with the material world

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF SECTION II

Krishna explains His own ‘achintya-bhedabheda’ (inconceivable) relationship with the material world
Purpose: This gives us ‘aishvarya-jnana’ (Knowledge of His opulences) “to stimulate our reverence and devotion”
Because of His unique and Supreme position in relation with material creation, Lord Krishna is the Supreme object of worship

FOCUS OF LEARNING: PURPORT 9.3

(a) Development of that faith is the process of Krishna consciousness

(b) Definition of faith – Simply by serving Krishna one can achieve all perfection (Ref. Caitanya

Charitamrta)

Analogy: Watering the root of the tree satisfies the whole tree; Feeding the stomach satisfies all the body parts. (Ref. SB 4.31.14)

(c) “How faith is created” – By association of devotees

(d) Three types of Krishna conscious men on the basis of ‘faith’

3rd Level (lowest)
Have no good faith/no knowledge of scriptures – easily falldown
May officially be engaged in devotional service but cannot achieve highest perfectional stage
e.g. People coming to Krishna Consciousness with hidden motives
2nd Level – firm faith
But not very advanced in devotional scriptures
Simply trying to follow by association and simplicity
1st Level (highest)
Firm faith and well versed in devotional scriptures
No chance of falldown

(e) Faithless find this path very difficult

Even after hearing about Krishna and excellence of devotional service, they think it to be simply eulogy, even if supposedly engaged in devotional service
Fate – Very little hope of perfection

(f) Destiny of faithless – Return to the path of birth and death

(g) Expected conclusion after reading Bhagavad-gita

Give up all other engagements and adopt the service of the Lord with full faith

Bhagavad-gītā 9.4

↗
మయా తతమిదం సర్వం జగదవ్యక్తమూర్తినా । మత్స్థాని సర్వభూతాని న చాహం తేష్వవస్థిత: ॥ ౪ ॥
mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁ
[mayaa tatam idam sarvam]
jagad avyakta-mūrtinā
[jagad avyakta-moortinaa]
mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni
[mat-sthaani sarva-bhootaani]
na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ
[na chaaham teshv avasthitah]
mayā — by Me tatam — pervaded idam — this sarvam — all jagat — cosmic manifestation avyakta - mūrtinā — by the unmanifested form mat - sthāni — in Me sarva - bhūtāni — all living entities na — not ca — also aham — I teṣu — in them avasthitaḥ — situated .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁ
mayā
by Me
tatam
pervaded
idam
this
sarvam
all
jagad avyakta-mūrtinā
jagat
cosmic manifestation
avyakta - mūrtinā
by the unmanifested form
mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni
mat - sthāni
in Me
sarva - bhūtāni
all living entities
na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ
na
not
ca
also
aham
I
teṣu
in them
avasthitaḥ
situated .
  • mayā — by Me
    Instrumental — by Me, the agent. Kṛṣṇa frames the entire cosmos as His act. Note the verse opens with mayā tatam idam sarvam jagat — by Me this entire universe is pervaded. The 'by' is not metaphorical; the pervasion is the personal act of a person.
  • tatam — pervaded
    From √tan — to stretch, extend, spread out. The same root gives us tantra (extended fabric). The universe is a fabric stretched out by Kṛṣṇa's presence; pull any thread and you pull on Him.
  • avyakta - mūrtinā — by the unmanifested form
    Avyakta-mūrti is critical here: even Kṛṣṇa's pervasive mode has a mūrti — a form. Impersonalist readers stop at avyakta and conclude formlessness; Kṛṣṇa Himself adds mūrti to forbid that reading. The unmanifest is still personal.
  • mat - sthāni — situated in Me
    Mat (in Me) + sthāni (resting). All beings rest in Kṛṣṇa as their support. The same compound returns in 9.5 and 9.6 — Kṛṣṇa is teaching a precise doctrine of acintya-bhedābheda by repetition.
  • sarva - bhūtāni — all living beings
    Sarva (all) + bhūta (beings). The total inventory of conscious life. Every soul is mat-sthāni — situated in Him — whether they know it or not.
  • avasthitaḥ — situated
    Ava + √sthā — to stand within. The verse says na ca aham teṣu avasthitaḥ — and I am not situated in them. The asymmetry is the heart of acintya-bhedābheda: they in Him, He not in them.
By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are in Me, but I am not in them.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead is not perceivable through the gross material senses. It is said, ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ ( Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu 1.2.234) Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s name, fame, pastimes, etc., cannot be understood by material senses. Only to one who is engaged in pure devotional service under proper guidance is He revealed. In the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.38) it is stated, premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santaḥ sadaiva hṛdayeṣu vilokayanti: one can see the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, always within himself and outside himself if one has developed the transcendental loving attitude towards Him. Thus for people in general He is not visible. Here it is said that although He is all-pervading, everywhere present, He is not conceivable by the material senses. This is indicated here by the word avyakta-mūrtinā. But actually, although we cannot see Him, everything is resting in Him. As we have discussed in the Seventh Chapter, the entire material cosmic manifestation is only a combination of His two different energies – the superior, spiritual energy and the inferior, material energy. Just as the sunshine is spread all over the universe, the energy of the Lord is spread all over the creation, and everything is resting in that energy. Yet one should not conclude that because He is spread all over He has lost His personal existence. To refute such an argument the Lord says, “I am everywhere, and everything is in Me, but still I am aloof.” For example, a king heads a government which is but the manifestation of the king’s energy; the different governmental departments are nothing but the energies of the king, and each department is resting on the king’s power. But still one cannot expect the king to be present in every department personally. That is a crude example. Similarly, all the manifestations that we see and everything that exists, both in this material world and in the spiritual world, are resting on the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The creation takes place by the diffusion of His different energies, and, as stated in the Bhagavad-gītā, viṣṭabhyāham idaṁ kṛtsnam: He is everywhere present by His personal representation, the diffusion of His different energies.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
4. I pervade this whole universe by My form invisible to material senses, since I am the cause. All entities are situated in Me, since I am their cause, but I am not in them, since I am completely detached.
Commentary

In seven verses, the Lord speaks of the knowledge of the powers of God required by devotees who are situated in dāsya-bhakti. This whole universe is pervaded by Me, whose form is invisible to the senses (avyakta), since I am the cause of the universe (I am in the universe). And as well, all the living entities moving and non-moving are situated in Me (mat-sthāni), a form of pure consciousness, since I am their cause (The universe is in Me). But I am not situated in all these entities (I do not pervade them), as clay is present in its product a pot, because I am completely independent of everything.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
4. I pervade this whole universe by My form invisible to material eyes. All entities are dependent on Me, but I am not dependent on them.
Commentary

The Lord then speaks of His remarkable powers which stimulate devotion to Him. This whole universe is pervaded (tatam) by Me (I am in everything), whose svarūpa (murtinā) cannot be not grasped by the material senses (avyakta), in order to maintain and regulate it. And though I am in everything and maintain and regulate everything, all moving and non-moving entities are simultaneously situated within Me. This means their existence is dependent on Me. And I am not situated in all of these living entities: I am not dependent on them. What is said here is that, taking the role of the paramātmā (antaryāmī of the universe), which is My expansion, entering within the universe, I control and support it.

In this vein, the śruti says yaḥ pṛthivyāṁ tiṣṭhat: He is situated in the earth. (Bṛhad Āraṇyaka Upaniṣad 3.7.3) The Lord will say later in the Gīta viṣṭabhyāham idaṁ kṛtsnam: I pervade this whole universe. (BG 10.42)

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

By Krsna's unmanifested form, He is pervading everywhere. And because all living beings are situated in the material world, everything is situated in Krsna. Krsna is explaining His relationship to the material world, that the material world is resting upon His energy ‑ but He is aloof. He is the source of the material world, He maintains it , but yet He is aloof.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

The Lord supports and pervades the entire universe through His energies

The all pervading aspect of the Lord is described as ‘avyakta-murtina’, His unmanifested form
Also the Lord says: “All beings are in Me, but I am not in Them”

PLEASE NOTE: Some points as given in the translation are included under the point headings of the ‘Focus of

Learning’ section for this verse

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.4 Idam, this; sarvam, whole; jagat, world; is tatam, pervaded; maya, by Me; through the supreme nature, that I have, avyakta-murtina, in My unmanifest form, in that form in which My nature is not manifest, i.e. in My form which is beyond the range of the organs. Sarva-bhutani, all beings, from Brahma to a clump of grass; matsthani, exist in Me, are established in Me in that unmanifest form. For, no created thing that is bereft of the Self (i.e. of Reality) can be conceived of as an object of practical use. Therefore, being possessed of their reality through Me who am their Self, they exist in Me. Hence they are said to be established in Me. I Myself am the Self of those created things. Conseently, it appears to people of little understanding that I dwell in them. Hence I say: Na ca aham, but I am not; avasthitah, contained; tesu, in them, in the created things. Since unlike gross objects I am not in contact with anything, therefore I am certainly the inmost core even of space. For, a thing that has no contact with anything cannot exist like something contained in a receptacle. For this very reason that I am not in contact with anyting-
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.4 This 'entire universe,' composed to sentient and non-sentient beings, is pervaded by Me, the inner controller, whose 'form is not manifest,' namely, whose essential nature is unmanifest. The meaning is that all this is pervaded by Me, the Principal (Sesi), so that I may sustain and rule this universe. This, the pervasion of all by the inner controller, who is invisible to the entire group of sentient and non-sentient beings, is taught in the following passage of the Antaryami-brahmana: 'He who dwells in the earth ৷৷. whom the earth 'does not know' (Br. U., 3.7.3) and 'He who dwells in the self ৷৷. whom the self does not know etc.,' (Br. U. Madh., 3.7.22). Therefore 'all beings abide in Me'; all beings rest in Me who am their inner controller. In the same Brahmana it is taught that their existence and control are dependent on Him, as they are subject to His control and as they constitute His body: 'He whose body is the earth ৷৷. who controls the earth from within' (Br. U., 3.7.3) and 'He whose body is the self ৷৷. He who controls the self from within' (Br. U. Madh., 3.7.22). So also His primacy over everything is taught. 'I am not in them,' namely, I do not 'depend' on them for My existence. There is no help derived from them for My existence.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.4 Maya etc. All beings exist in Me : Because no other abode of rest is available, even if one wanders [in search of it] for long. The beings (or elements) that form the objects of knowledge possess their well-known nature of insentiency. When these beings manifest with this nature foremost, their other innate nature viz., sentiency, that is opposed to this [former nature], remain hidden. This is what He says by I do not exist in them.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.4 All this world is pervaded by Me in My unmanifest aspect; all beings exist in Me, but I do not dwell in them.
Commentary

9.4 मया by Me? ततम् pervaded? इदम् this? सर्वम् all? जगत् world? अव्यक्तमूर्तिना by the unmanifested form? मत्स्थानि exist in Me? सर्वभूतानि all beings? न not? च and? अहम् I? तेषु in them? अवस्थितः placed.Commentary Avyaktamurti is Para Brahman or the Supreme Unmanifested Being invisible to the senses but cognisable through intuition. All beings from Brahma? the Creator? down to the blade of grass or an ant? dwell in the transcendental Para Brahman. They have no independent existence they exist through the Self which is the support for everythin? which underlies them all.Nothing here contains It. As Brahman is the Self of all beings? one may imagine that It dwells in them. But it is not so. How could it be How can the Infinite be contained in a finite object Brahman has no connection or contact with any material object? just as a chair or a table has contact with the ground or a man or a book. So It does not dwell in those beings. That which has no connection or contact with objects or beings cannot be contained anywhere as if in a vessel? trunk? room or receptacle. The Self is not rooted in all these forms. It is not contained by any of these forms just as the ether is not contained in any form though all forms are derived from the ether.All beings appear to be living in Brahman? but this is an illusion. If this illusion vanishes? nothing remains anywhere except Brahman. When ignorance? the cause of this illusion? disappears? the very idea of the existence of these beings also will vanish.In verses 4 and 5 the Lord uses a paradox or an apparent contradiction All beings dwell in Me and yet do not dwell in Me I do not dwell in them. For a thinker there is no real contradiction at all. Just as space contains all beings and yet is not touched by them? so also Para Brahman contains everything and yet is not touched by them. Even Mulaprakriti? the source or womb of this world? is supported by Brahman. Brahman has no support or root. It rests in Its own pristine glory. (Cf.VII.12?24VIII.22)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.4 This whole world is prevaded by Me in My unmanifest form. All beings exist in Me, but I am not contained in them!
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.4 The whole world is pervaded by Me, yet My form is not seen. All living things have their being in Me, yet I am not limited by them.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)
Related verses
By Me, in My unmanifested form, all this is pervaded — all beings are in Me, but I am not in them.
Practical Applications
  • Hold the paradox: all beings in Him, He not contained by them.
  • Practice perceiving His pervading presence.
  • Don't reduce the paradox; live in it.
Reflection Questions
  • When I feel lost, can I sense pervasive presence?
  • What practice deepens that perception?

Picture the air in this room. It is everywhere — in your lungs, in the spaces between books, pressing on the windows — yet you cannot see it, and it does not depend on the room for its existence. Kṛṣṇa pervades all worlds in His avyakta (unmanifest) feature the way air pervades the room: everything rests in Him, but He is not contained in or limited by them.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.5

↗
న చ మత్స్థాని భూతాని పశ్య మే యోగమైశ్వరమ్ । భూతభృన్న చ భూతస్థో మమాత్మా భూతభావన: ॥ ౫ ॥
na ca mat-sthāni bhūtāni
[na cha mat-sthaani bhootaani]
paśya me yogam aiśvaram
[pashya me yogam aishvaram]
bhūta-bhṛn na ca bhūta-stho
[bhoota-bhrin na cha bhoota-stho]
mamātmā bhūta-bhāvanaḥ
[mamaatmaa bhoota-bhaavanah]
na — never ca — also mat - sthāni — situated in Me bhūtāni — all creation paśya — just see me — My yogam aiśvaram — inconceivable mystic power bhūta - bhṛt — the maintainer of all living entities na — never ca — also bhūta - sthaḥ — in the cosmic manifestation mama — My ātmā — Self bhūta - bhāvanaḥ — the source of all manifestations .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
na ca mat-sthāni bhūtāni
na
never
ca
also
mat - sthāni
situated in Me
bhūtāni
all creation
paśya me yogam aiśvaram
paśya
just see
me
My
yogam aiśvaram
inconceivable mystic power
bhūta-bhṛn na ca bhūta-stho
bhūta - bhṛt
the maintainer of all living entities
na
never
ca
also
bhūta - sthaḥ
in the cosmic manifestation
mamātmā bhūta-bhāvanaḥ
mama
My
ātmā
Self
bhūta - bhāvanaḥ
the source of all manifestations .
  • yogam aiśvaram — mystic opulence
    Yoga + aiśvarya. Kṛṣṇa's yoga is not the practitioner's yoga of struggle; it is His sovereign power of doing the impossible — being everywhere and nowhere, source of all yet untouched by any. Aiśvara comes from īśvara — opulence proper to the Lord.
  • bhūta - bhṛt — the maintainer of all beings
    Bhūta + √bhṛ (to bear, support). Kṛṣṇa sustains every living thing — the breath in your lungs is His maintenance. Yet in the same line He is also bhūta-sthaḥ na — not residing in them. Both simultaneously.
  • bhūta - bhāvanaḥ — the source of all beings
    Bhāvana — the one who causes to be. Not only maintains existing beings but originates them. The triple role — source, sustainer, untouched — collapses what philosophy elsewhere keeps in three boxes.
  • ātmā — Self
    Mama ātmā — My Self. Kṛṣṇa uses ātmā for His own personal Self, distinguishing it from material beings He sources. The Absolute is not impersonal; He has an ātmā the way you do, though infinitely vast.
  • paśya — behold
    Imperative, second person singular — see! Kṛṣṇa is not asking Arjuna to deduce this; He commands him to look. The yoga aiśvara is meant to be witnessed, not theorized.
And yet everything that is created does not rest in Me. Behold My mystic opulence! Although I am the maintainer of all living entities and although I am everywhere, I am not a part of this cosmic manifestation, for My Self is the very source of creation.

The Lord says that everything is resting on Him ( mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni ). This should not be misunderstood. The Lord is not directly concerned with the maintenance and sustenance of this material manifestation. Sometimes we see a picture of Atlas holding the globe on his shoulders; he seems to be very tired, holding this great earthly planet. Such an image should not be entertained in connection with Kṛṣṇa’s upholding this created universe. He says that although everything is resting on Him, He is aloof. The planetary systems are floating in space, and this space is the energy of the Supreme Lord. But He is different from space. He is differently situated. Therefore the Lord says, “Although they are situated on My inconceivable energy, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead I am aloof from them.” This is the inconceivable opulence of the Lord. In the Nirukti Vedic dictionary it is said, yujyate ’nena durghaṭeṣu kāryeṣu: “The Supreme Lord is performing inconceivably wonderful pastimes, displaying His energy.” His person is full of different potent energies, and His determination is itself actual fact. In this way the Personality of Godhead is to be understood. We may think of doing something, but there are so many impediments, and sometimes it is not possible to do as we like. But when Kṛṣṇa wants to do something, simply by His willing, everything is performed so perfectly that one cannot imagine how it is being done. The Lord explains this fact: although He is the maintainer and sustainer of the entire material manifestation, He does not touch this material manifestation. Simply by His supreme will, everything is created, everything is sustained, everything is maintained and everything is annihilated. There is no difference between His mind and Himself (as there is a difference between ourselves and our present material mind) because He is absolute spirit. Simultaneously the Lord is present in everything; yet the common man cannot understand how He is also present personally. He is different from this material manifestation, yet everything is resting on Him. This is explained here as yogam aiśvaram, the mystic power of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
5. And the living beings as well are not situated in Me. See my power of yoga. My body, maintaining them and protecting them, is not in them.
Commentary

“Though everything is situated in Me, they are not situated in Me, since I am completely independent of everything.” “But this is contrary to what You said before: that You are pervading the universe and that You are the shelter of the universe.” “See My supernatural (yogam) power (aiśvaryam), My extraordinary skill in doing what cannot be done! And see also something else which is astonishing. Even though I am the maintainer of all the living beings (bhūtā-bhṛt) in the universe, and the protector of them all (bhūtā-bhāvanaḥ), I, in My spiritual body (mamātmā), am not situated in them (na bhūtā-sthaḥ).” Since in the Lord there is no difference between the body and the soul, the expression “My body” (mamātmā) is employed in the manner of the expression “the head of Rāhu.” Though Rāhu and his head are non-different, [Note: Rāhu has only a head and no other bodily part.] as Kṛṣṇa and His body are non-different, the possessive case is used, making some distinction. The meaning is this: the jīvas accept a body, protect it, and, developing attachment to it, remain in that body. But though I accept all the living beings and protect them— though they are My material body consisting of all creatures—I am not situated there, because I am not attached.”

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
5. And the living beings are not in Me. See the inconceivable power of My body. My mind, I maintain them and protecting them, is not in them.
Commentary

“But it would be very tiring for You to carry such a heavy burden as the universe.” “The things created by Me are not within Me like water in a pot. (na ca mat sthāni bhūṭāni)” “But in the previous verse You said that everything was situated in You (mat sthāni sarva bhūtāni) and in this verse You contradict this by saying everything is not in You (na ca mat sthāni bhūtāni).” “Understand (paśya) that this is My extraordinary yoga (yogam aiśvaryam).” Yoga means “the means by which something very difficult to accomplish is accomplished.” Yoga thus refers here to the Lord’s body endowed with inconceivable śakti, whose quality is that His every desire is fulfilled without effort (satya saṇkalpatā śakti). The Lord then clarifies the issue. “I maintain and protect all beings (bhūta bhṛt) but am not situated in or mixed with them at all, because My mind (mama ātmā) carries out their welfare (bhūta bhāvaṇaḥ). I maintain and protect them by My extraordinary yoga, by My satya saṇkalpatā śakti. I do not have to utilize My body to do this.” The śruti confirms this: etasya vā akṣarasya praśāsane gārgi sūryācandram asau vidhṛtau tiṣṭhata etasya vā akṣarasya praśāsane gārgi dyāv āpṛthivyau vidhṛte tiṣṭhataḥ By the command of that imperishable, O Gārgi, sun and moon remain in their positions. By the command of that imperishable, O Gārgî, heaven and earth remain in their positions. Bṛhad Āraṇyaka Upaniṣad 3.8.8 Though the Lord’s mind is non-different from His body, one makes practical distinctions through the power of viśesā, as one does in statements such as “Being exists.” [Note: Viśeṣa is thus the peculiar characteristic or potency of things which makes description and talk of difference possible, whereas a matter of fact only identity exists. It is the power of things in themselves which, through an underlying identity of essence, enables us to distinguish a particular from its universal; a quality from its substance; motion or power or energy from things possessing them; the svarūpa from the possessor of the svarūpa. The sentence “being exists” makes sense, though the words actually mean the same thing, because of making distinctions within oneness. See the commentary on 1.1 for the same example.]

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Not only Krsna says "They are resting on Me but I am not in them", but He continues "Although I am not in them yet everything that is created does not rest in Me." Before He said that "everything in Me" and now He says "everything th created does not rest in Me". Misteriously enough, although everything is in Krsna, they are not in Krsna, because He is somewhere else. Everything is in Him but everything is not in Him, because He is somewhere else. This is contradictory. Therefore this is called 'acintya sakti'. Arjuna asked the question: "How is it possible? It seems like You contradict Yourself by these two verses." And Krsna answers: "Yes, this is My 'pasya me yogam aisvaryam', My mystic opulence!" Although everything is resting because Krsna is completely separated even though everything is resting in Him, all that that is resting on Him is not a burden on Him at all, because He is separated. This is Krsna's mystic opulences. He is completely somewhere else in the spiritual world, yet everything is resting on Him (in His energy), but He is completely aloof. Completely aloof but everything is resting on Him. To help us to understand this contradiction and this mystic 'acintya' explanation of how Krsna relates with this material energy, in Text 6 Krsna gives an example.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Yogam-aisvaram explained – After explaining that all beings rest in Him, Lord says the opposite; that

they do not rest in Him. This contradictory language is meant to show that He is personally aloof from the

workings of the universe and that such functions are carried out by His energies

Focus of Learning

PLEASE NOTE: The points headings below are related to the translation and the points of the purport are explained

in their subpoints

(a) “All Pervading” – Lord pervades the entire universe

(b) “How He is all pervading”

‘Avyakta-murtina’ – indicates “In unmanifested form” – This implies that we cannot see the Lord by our gross material senses
The Lord is unmanifest to material senses but can be perceived by one whose senses are purified by the practice of devotional service
Only way to see the Lord – Practice pure devotional service under proper guidance. 2 Scriptural quotes to support this:
Ref. Bhakti Rasamrta Sindhu 1.2.234: “Atah Sri Krishna…”
Ref. Brahma Samhita 5.38: “Premanjana…”

(c) “All beings are in Me” – This implies that everything rests in Him

Ref. Bg. Chapter 7: Entire cosmic manifestation is a combination of superior and inferior energies of the Supreme Lord (Ref. Bg. 7.5 and 7.6)
Analogy: Sunshine spread all over the creation / All universes are resting in sunshine; similarly all creation is resting in His energy

(d) “I am not in them” – This Implies that the Lord by all pervasiveness does not lose His personal

existence

Refutes that “Since God is all pervading, He has lost His personal existence”
Analogy: King heads the government and is present in all the departments by his energies
Supporting Ref. Bg. 10.42: “Vistabhyam...”
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.5 Na ca bhutani, nor do the beings, beginning from Brahma; matsthani, dwell in Me. Pasya, behold; me, My; aisvaram, divine; yogam, Yoga, action, performance, i.e. this real nature of Myself. The Upanisadic text, too, similarly shows the absence of association (of the Self) due to Its being free from contact: '৷৷.unattached, for It is never attached' (Br. 3.9.26). Behold this other wonder: I am the bhuta-bhrt, sustainer of beings, though I am unattached. Ca, but; mama atma, My Self; na bhutasthah, is not contained in the bengs. As it has been explained according to the logic stated above, there is no possibility of Its remaining contained in beings. How, again, is it said, 'It is My Self? Following human understanding, having separated the aggregate of body etc. (from the Self) and superimposing eoism of them, the Lord calls It 'My Self'. But not that He has said so by ignorantly thinking like ordinary mortals that the Self is different from Himself. So also, I am the bhuta-bhavanah, originator of beings, one who gives birth to or nourishes the beings. By way of establishing with the help of an illustration the subject-matter [Subject-matter-that the Self, which has no contact with anything, is the substratum of creation, continuance and dissolution.] dealt with in the aforesaid two verses, the Lord says:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.5 And yet 'beings do not abide in Me,' as I do not support them as a jug or any kind of vessel supports the water contained in them. How then are they contained? By My will. Behold My divine Yoga power, namely, My wonderful divine modes, unie to Me alone and having no comparison elsewhere. What are these modes? 'I am the upholder of all beings and yet I am not in them - My will sustains all beings.' The meaning is I am the supporter of all beings, and yet I derive no help for Myself whatever from them. My will alone projects, sustains and controls all beings. He gives an illustration to show how all beings depend on His will for their being and acts:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.5 Na ca etc. Yet, the beings do not exist in Me : For, the persons, who are blind with nescience, do not see the reality. The ignorant do not consider the Absolute Lord - Who is of the nature of infinite Consciousness - as a basis of determinate knowledge of all objects. On the other hand conceiving [like] 'I, the lean Devadatta, know this, as existing here on the floor', they view [things of] finite nature aone as the basis [of determination]. But why this contradiction ? On this doubt [the Lord] says Look at the Sovereign Yoga of Mine. Yoga signifies the Power [of the Absolute], because it is being employed. This is indeed My Sovereignty, which is the Freedom of behaving in this manner in a highly strange way. This is the idea (here).
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.5 Nor do beings exist in Me (in reality); behold My divine Yoga, supporting all beings, but not dwelling in them, is My Self, the efficient cause of beings.
Commentary

9.5 न not? च and? मत्स्थानि dwelling in Me? भूतानि beings? पश्य behold? मे My? योगम् Yoga? ऐश्वरम् Divine? भूतभृत् supporting the beings? न not? च and? भूतस्थः dwelling in the beings? मम My? आत्मा Self? भूतभावनः bringing forth beings.Commentary Brahman or the Self no connection with any object as It is very subtle and attributes and formless and so It is unattached (Asanga). There cannot be any real connection between matter and Spirit. Saakara (an object with form) can have no connection with Nirakara (the formless). How could this be Devoid of attachment It is never attached. (Brihadaranyaka Upanishad? III.9.26) Though unattached? It supports all beings It is the efficient or instrumental cause It brings forth all beings but It does not dwell in them? because It is unconnected with any object. This is a great mystery. Just as the dreamer has no connection with the dream object? just as ether or air has no connection with the vessel? so also Brahman has no connection with the objects or the body. The connection between the Self and the physical body is illusory.The Adhishthana or support (Brahman) for the illusory object (Kalpitam) superimposed on,Brahman has no connection whatsoever with the alities or the defects of the objects that are superimposed on the Absolute. The snake is superimposed on a rope. The rope is the support (Adhishthana) for the illusory snake (Kalpitam). This is an example of superimposition or Adhyasa. (Cf.VII.25X.7.XI.8)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.5 Nor do the beings dwell in Me. Behod My divine Yoga! I am the sustainer and originator of beings, but My Self is not contained in the beings.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.5 Nevertheless, they do not consciously abide in Me. Such is My Divine Sovereignty that though I, the Supreme Self, am the cause and upholder of all, yet I remain outside.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 9.4 BG 11.7 BG 10.7 SB 1.3.30 SB 2.9.34 SB 10.29.1 CC Ādi 7.117 CC Madhya 20.152 CC Madhya 21.35 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 4.10Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.8
Concepts
Bhava
And yet beings do not rest in Me — behold My yogic mystery; My self maintains all beings, generates them, but is not in them.
Practical Applications
  • Acknowledge the inconceivable nature of Kṛṣṇa's relation to creation.
  • Don't try to logic-out what is acintya (inconceivable).
  • Accept paradox as the right shape of cosmic truth.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I demand resolution where mystery is appropriate?
  • What does living-with-mystery look like?

The sun is the source of every drop of water on earth, sustains every plant, and is reflected in every pond — yet the sun does not sit in any of the ponds. Pull a bucket of water from the well; you will not draw out the sun, though the sun made the water. So Kṛṣṇa: source, sustainer, present everywhere, yet not contained anywhere. Paśya me yogam aiśvaram — behold this inconceivable opulence.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.6

↗
యథాకాశస్థితో నిత్యం వాయు: సర్వత్రగో మహాన్ । తథా సర్వాణి భూతాని మత్స్థానీత్యుపధారయ ॥ ౬ ॥
yathākāśa-sthito nityaṁ
[yathaakaasha-sthito nityam]
vāyuḥ sarvatra-go mahān
[vaayuh sarvatra-go mahaan]
tathā sarvāṇi bhūtāni
[tathaa sarvaani bhootaani]
mat-sthānīty upadhāraya
[mat-sthaaneety upadhaaraya]
yathā — just as ākāśa - sthitaḥ — situated in the sky nityam — always vāyuḥ — the wind sarvatra - gaḥ — blowing everywhere mahān — great tathā — similarly sarvāṇi bhūtāni — all created beings mat - sthāni — situated in Me iti — thus upadhāraya — try to understand .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathākāśa-sthito nityaṁ
yathā
just as
ākāśa - sthitaḥ
situated in the sky
nityam
always
vāyuḥ sarvatra-go mahān
vāyuḥ
the wind
sarvatra - gaḥ
blowing everywhere
mahān
great
tathā sarvāṇi bhūtāni
tathā
similarly
sarvāṇi bhūtāni
all created beings
mat-sthānīty upadhāraya
mat - sthāni
situated in Me
iti
thus
upadhāraya
try to understand .
  • ākāśa - sthitaḥ — situated in the sky
    Ākāśa — ether, space, sky. The traditional finest of the five gross elements, almost a bridge to the subtle. By choosing ākāśa as His simile, Kṛṣṇa picks the element that contains all others without itself being contained.
  • vāyuḥ — the wind
    Vāyu — the air element, immediately denser than ākāśa. The point of the simile is the relation: vāyu in ākāśa, never the reverse. So bhūtas in Kṛṣṇa, never the reverse.
  • sarvatra - gaḥ — blowing everywhere
    Sarvatra (everywhere) + ga (going). The wind reaches every corner — yet it is still inside the sky. Kṛṣṇa is teaching: extensiveness is not the same as containment.
  • mahān — mighty, great
    The wind is mahān — vast, powerful. Kṛṣṇa does not minimize the wind to make His point; even the mahā-vāyu rests in ākāśa. Even the greatest cosmic forces rest in Him.
  • mat - sthāni — resting in Me
    Repeated from 9.4 and 9.5 — the central refrain of this sub-section. Kṛṣṇa hammers the same word so the doctrine cannot be mistaken: beings are in Him, that direction only.
  • upadhāraya — try to understand
    Upa + √dhṛ (to hold, retain). Imperative: hold this idea steady in your mind. Kṛṣṇa does not say 'know' but 'sustain the understanding' — the truth must be held against the constant pull of ordinary perception.
Understand that as the mighty wind, blowing everywhere, rests always in the sky, all created beings rest in Me.

For the ordinary person it is almost inconceivable how the huge material creation is resting in Him. But the Lord is giving an example which may help us to understand. The sky may be the biggest manifestation we can conceive. And in that sky the wind or air is the biggest manifestation in the cosmic world. The movement of the air influences the movements of everything. But although the wind is great, it is still situated within the sky; the wind is not beyond the sky. Similarly, all the wonderful cosmic manifestations are existing by the supreme will of God, and all of them are subordinate to that supreme will. As we generally say, not a blade of grass moves without the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus everything is moving under His will: by His will everything is being created, everything is being maintained, and everything is being annihilated. Still He is aloof from everything, as the sky is always aloof from the activities of the wind. In the Upaniṣads it is stated, yad-bhīṣā vātaḥ pavate: “It is out of the fear of the Supreme Lord that the wind is blowing.” ( Taittirīya Upaniṣad 2.8.1) In the Bṛhad-āraṇyaka Upaniṣad (3.8.9) it is stated, etasya vā akṣarasya praśāsane gārgi sūrya-candramasau vidhṛtau tiṣṭhata etasya vā akṣarasya praśāsane gārgi dyāv-āpṛthivyau vidhṛtau tiṣṭhataḥ. “By the supreme order, under the superintendence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the moon, the sun, and the other great planets are moving.” In the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.52) also it is stated, yac-cakṣur eṣa savitā sakala-grahāṇāṁ rājā samasta-sura-mūrtir aśeṣa-tejāḥ yasyājñayā bhramati sambhṛta-kāla-cakro govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi This is a description of the movement of the sun. It is said that the sun is considered to be one of the eyes of the Supreme Lord and that it has immense potency to diffuse heat and light. Still it is moving in its prescribed orbit by the order and the supreme will of Govinda. So, from the Vedic literature we can find evidence that this material manifestation, which appears to us to be very wonderful and great, is under the complete control of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This will be further explained in the later verses of this chapter.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
6. Please understand that just as the wind, going everywhere and greatly expansive, is situated in the ether, so all beings are situated in Me.
Commentary

Though the living beings are in Me, who remain detached and independent, they are not in Me; and though I am in them, I am not in them. An example is given in this verse to illustrate.

The wind remains always situated in the ether, which has a nature of being detached. The wind has a nature of being restless, going everywhere (sarvatra-gaḥ) and is great in size (mahān). Because of the detachment of the ether, the wind is situated in it, but not situated in it—the ether, though in the wind, is not in the wind, because of detachment. Similarly, all things such as ether, which are great in dimension and are moving everywhere, are situated in Me, but are not situated in Me, since I also have the nature of detachment. Please consider and accept this fact. “But You have said that Your powers are inconceivable: paśya me yogam aiśvaram. How then can those powers remain inconceivable if they are just like common ether and wind?” This is explained as follows. Ether has detachment because it is unconscious by its very nature. Among conscious beings however, detachment does not exist anywhere, except in the Lord, even though He is at once contains everything and dwells in everything. This fact establishes the inconceivability of the Lord. In any case, this example, comparing ether to the Lord, is given for the understanding of the common man.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
6. Please understand that just as the wind, situated in the ether, goes everywhere by My support, so all beings are supported by Me alone.
Commentary

The continued existence and functioning of all moving and non-moving entities depends on My will. The Lord gives an example. The great air which cannot support itself, situated in the great ether which also cannot support itself, moves everywhere. Since they have no supporting power of their own, their existence is enabled by My will alone, and movement takes place through the paramātmā within. This is understood from the śruti: yad bhīṣā vātaḥ pavate: out of fear of the Lord, the wind blows. (Taittirīya Upaniṣad 2.8.1) Just as the air exists and moves in the ether by My will, understand that all beings are situated in Me (mat sthāni), maintained and controlled only by My will alone, while I am not affected by them. If I did not do this, all the elements such as ether would be destroyed. [Note: Rāmānuja gives the same meaning.]

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Although the living entities are within Krsna and are dependent on Him ‑ they are still acting independently. Here is the inconceivable relationship between the living entity and Krsna. Because they are completely dependent on Him, the material energy is working according to their desire, yet they are acting independently. If one is completely dependent on someone, can he act independently? But yet the living entity has independence. This is inconceiva ble. This is because, here is the example, as the sky is detached from the wind (the wind is blowing in the sky but the sky is detached), yet the wind is within the sky and is dependent on the sky for its ammount of mouvement, yet it is independently moving. Similarly Krsna is detached from the activities of the living entities, as the wind is detached from the sky. The question could be then: "If this is 'acintya sakti' and an example was just given to explain it, how then is it inconceivable? The answer to this is that 'the sky and the are inert, naturally there is no attachment. But Krsna and the living entities are conscious. And when something is cons it becomes attached to the thing that supports it. And the supporter becomes attached to the thing that it supports. Just like in a mother‑ child relationship. Because there is consciousness they naturally become attached to each other. But Krsna is not attached, He is beyond the living entity and by His supreme will He is beyond everything else. Despite the fact that the relationship between the support and the supporter is there, despite the fact that Krsna is the seed‑ giving father of all living entities, He is completely aloof. Everything is reposed in Him, resting in Him, supported by Him, and He is conscious and the living entities are conscious, yet He is completely detached from the all thing. He is completely independent. And the living entity is acting indepedently but yet he is completely dependent on Krsna. Krsna tried to get out of it in Chapter Five, by saying: "I am not doing anything, it is the material nature that is doing everything." But yet Krsna is the cause of the material nature, He is 'sarva karana karanam', but yet He is completely detached ‑ He is in the spiritual world, but yet everything is resting on Him. Srila Prabhupada explains in his Purport: "For the ordinary person it is almost inconceivable how the huge material creation is resting in Him. But the Lord is giving an example which may help us to understand. The sky may be the biggest manifestation we can conceive. And in that sky the wind or air is the biggest manifestation in the cosmic world. The movement of the air influences the movements of everything. But although the wind is great, it is still situated within the sky; the wind is not beyond the sky. Similarly, all the wonderful cosmic manifestations are existing by the supreme will of God, and all of them are subordinate to that supreme will. As we generally say, not a blade of grass moves without the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus everything is moving under His will: by His will everything is being created, everything is being maintained, and everything is being annihilated. Still He is aloof from everything, as the sky is always aloof fro activities of the wind." Although the sky is independent, everything is resting upon it. And although the Lord and the living entities are conscious.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Although all living entities are within Kṛṣṇa, are dependent on Kṛṣṇa and are supported by Kṛṣṇa,

they nevertheless act independently. How can one who is completely dependent act independ-

ently? This is an inconceivable feature of the relationship between the living entities and Kṛṣṇa.

Kṛṣṇa provides an analogy to help us understand. The sky, like an upside-down bowl, contains the

wind. In the same way, “all created beings rest in Me.” Just as the sky is detached from the wind,

the wind, though in the sky, blows freely and independently. The sky restricts only the area of

movement, not the movement itself.

Kṛṣṇa thus limits the activities of the conditioned living entities, regardless of the extent of their

power, to the circumference of the material world. Within the material sphere they are free, and

Kṛṣṇa is detached from their independently enacted activities and from the reactions their activities

generate. The living entities are thus simultaneously fully dependent on Kṛṣṇa and independent of

Him.

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura raises a question: Because Kṛṣṇa has described, by an analo-

gous example, His acintya-śakti, or inconceivable mystic power, hasn’t His explanation made the

inconceivable conceivable? He writes: “But then how is the Lord’s mystic power inconceivable,

Bhagavad Gita Notes

which He claimed it to be in His statement, ‘Just see My mystic power’? After all, we now have a

conceivable example explaining His mystic power.”

He then answers:“The sky is nonattached to the wind, which is contained within it, because the sky

and wind are unconscious matter [and matter does not form attachments]. However, only in one

case does living spirit remain nonattached while living in this world and controlling it, and that is in

the case of the supreme controller. In this way the inconceivability [of the supreme controller’s be-

ing nonattached] is established. The example of the nonattached sky is nonetheless offered in order

to give ordinary people an opportunity to begin to understand this subject.”

Kṛṣṇa began His explanation of His inconceivable relationship with the material world in Chapter

Five (texts 14-15) by saying, “I do nothing. The material nature is the doer.” As Śrīla Prabhupāda

confirms in his purport to this verse, however, Kṛṣṇa is nevertheless the cause of the material nature

and “not a blade of grass moves without the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.” Śrīla

Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura concludes by saying, “This is Kṛṣṇa’s inconceivable potency, and we

can only fold our hands and offer respects to His greatness.”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.6 Upadharaya, understand; iti, thus; that yatha, just as; in the world, the mahan, voluminous-in dimension; vayuh, wind; sarvatragah, moving everywhere; is nityam, ever; [During creation, continuance and dissolution] akasa-sthitah, present in space; tatha, similarly; (sarvani, all; bhutani, beings; matsthani,) abide in Me who am omnipresent like space-abide certainly without any contact.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.6 The 'powerful air' remains and moves everywhere in the ether (Akasa) without any perceivable support. So it has necessarily got to be admitted that the powerful air is dependent on Me for its existence and is being upheld by Me alone. Even so know that all entities abide in Me, who am invisible to them, and that they are upheld by Me alone. The knowers of the Veda declare thus: 'The origin of clouds, the waters of the ocean remaining within bounds, the phases of the moon, the strong movements of the gale, the flash of lightning and the movements of the sun - all these are marvellous manifestations of the power of Visnu.' The meaning is that they are all the marvellous miracles which are unie to Visnu. The Srutis and other texts also declare likewise: 'Verily, O Gargi, at the ?nd of that Imperishable One, the sun and the moon stand apart' (Br. U., 3.8.9, and 'Through the fear of Him the wind blows, through the fear of Him the sun rises, through the fear of Him Agni and Indra perform their duties' (Tai. U., 2.8.1). It has been declared that the existence and acts of all beings originate by the will of the Lord, who is independent of all others. Now Sri Krsna declares that the origin and dissolution of all entities also are due to His will only:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.6 Yatha etc. Evam etc. In spite of the concomitant connection between the ether and the wind, the touchability of the ether is never heard of. In the same manner the Absolute pervades the entire universe and yet remains not comprehended by all men.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.6 As the mighty wind, moving everywhere, rests always in the ether, even so, know thou that all beings rest in Me.
Commentary

9.6 यथा as? आकाशस्थितः rests in the Akasa? नित्यम् always? वायुः the air? सर्वत्रगः moving everywhere? महान् great? तथा so? सर्वाणि all? भूतानि beings? मत्स्थानि rest in Me? इति thus? उपधारय know.Commentary The Lord gives a beautiful illustration or simile in this verse to explain what He has said in the previous two verses. Just as the wind ever rests in the ether (space) without any contact or attachment? so also all beings and objects rest in Brahman without any attachment or contact at all. These objects cannot produce any effect on It.What sort of relationship is there between Brahman and the objects of this universe Is it Samyoga? Samavaya or Tadatmya Sambandha The relationship of the stick with the drum is Samyaoga Sambandha. Let us assume that there is such a Sambandha (relationship or connection). There cannot be connection between all the parts because Brahman is infinite and the elements are finite. You may say that there is connection of the Ekadesa type. This is also not possible? because there can be such relationship only between objects which possess members or parts like the tree and monkey. (Ekadesa is partial). Brahman has no parts.If you say that there is Samavaya Sambandha between Brahman and the objects or the elements? this is also not possible. The relationship between the attribute and the possessors of that attribute is called Samavaya Sambandha. The relationship between an individual Brahmin and the whole Brahmin caste is also Samavaya Sambandha. The relationship between hand and man? between the leg and the man is also Samavaya Sambandha. Such relationship does not exist between Brahman and the objects or the elements.The third kind of relationship? viz.? Tadatmya Sambandha is seen to exist between milk and water? fire and the iron ball. Milk shares its alities of sweetness and whiteness with water. Fire shares its alities of brilliance? heat and redness with the hot iron ball. This too is not possible between Brahman and the objects or the elements? because Brahman is ExistenceKnowledgeBliss Absolute and allfull and perfect whereas the elements are insentient? finite and painful. How can they with ite contrary alities have Tadatmya Sambandha with BrahmanTherefore it can be admitted that the elemtns have only got Kalpita Sambandha (superimposition) with Brahman. That object which is superimposed on the substratum or support exists in name only. It does not exist in reality. Brahman is the support or the substratum for this world of names and forms. World here includes all beings and their three kinds of bodies (physical? mental and causal). Therefore? the elements or the beings in this world are not really rooted in Brahman. They do not really dwell in Brahman. It is all in name only.Vayu also means Sutratman or Hiranyagarbha. Bhuta also means the individual consciousness. Just as the ether in the pot is not distinct from the universal ether before the origin and after the destruction of the pot and even when the pot exists? and it is of the nature of the universal soul is of the nature of Brahman during the three periods of time? past? present and future.Just as all efects exist in a state of nondifference in their material cause before they appear? during their period of existence and after their destruction? so also the individual souls are not different from Brahman before the origin of the various limiting adjuncts like mind? intellect? etc.?,during the period of their existence and after their destruction.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.6 Understand thus that just as the voluminous wind moving everywhere is ever present in space, similarly all beings abide in Me.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.6 As the mighty wind, though moving everywhere, has no resting place but space, so have all these beings no home but Me.
Related values
Prema (Divine Love)Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Dana (Charity / Generosity)Aparigraha (Non-possessiveness)Yajña (Sacrifice / Spirit of Offering)Shraddha (Faith / Reverence)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Ishvara Pranidhana (Surrender to God)
Related verses
BG 9.4 BG 13.33 BG 2.24 SB 11.7.41 SB 3.26.31 SB 2.6.12 CC Ādi 5.67 CC Madhya 20.275 CC Madhya 21.7 Chāndogya Upaniṣad 3.14.1Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 3.7.3
As the great wind, blowing everywhere, always rests in space — so all beings rest in Me.
Practical Applications
  • Use the wind/space analogy as your contemplation.
  • Practice resting your activity in the cosmic space of Kṛṣṇa.
  • Trust that your motion does not exhaust His stillness.
Reflection Questions
  • Where does my motion forget the stillness it rests in?
  • What returns me to that stillness?

The wind ranges across continents, lifts birds, carries scent and storm — and through all of it, the sky simply holds it. The wind never asks the sky to make room; the sky was already room. So all created beings move in their orbits within Kṛṣṇa, who is the akṣaya sky in which their winds blow. The image is Kṛṣṇa's own — and unsurpassable.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.7

↗
సర్వభూతాని కౌన్తేయ ప్రకృతిం యాన్తి మామికామ్ । కల్పక్షయే పునస్తాని కల్పాదౌ విసృజామ్యహమ్ ॥ ౭ ॥
sarva-bhūtāni kaunteya
[sarva-bhootaani kaunteya]
prakṛtiṁ yānti māmikām
[prakritim yaanti maamikaam]
kalpa-kṣaye punas tāni
[kalpa-kshaye punas taani]
kalpādau visṛjāmy aham
[kalpaadau visrijaamy aham]
sarva - bhūtāni — all created entities kaunteya — O son of Kuntī prakṛtim — nature yānti — enter māmikām — My kalpa - kṣaye — at the end of the millennium punaḥ — again tāni — all those kalpa - ādau — in the beginning of the millennium visṛjāmi — create aham — I .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sarva-bhūtāni kaunteya
sarva - bhūtāni
all created entities
kaunteya
O son of Kuntī
prakṛtiṁ yānti māmikām
prakṛtim
nature
yānti
enter
māmikām
My
kalpa-kṣaye punas tāni
kalpa - kṣaye
at the end of the millennium
punaḥ
again
tāni
all those
kalpādau visṛjāmy aham
kalpa - ādau
in the beginning of the millennium
visṛjāmi
create
aham
I .
  • prakṛtim — nature
    Prakṛti — the material energy. Note māmikām (My) qualifying it: prakṛti is Kṛṣṇa's, never independent of Him. At pralaya all beings enter māmikām prakṛtim — into His own energy, as a wave subsiding into the ocean it came from.
  • kalpa - kṣaye — at the end of the millennium
    Kalpa is a day of Brahmā (4.32 billion human years); kṣaya is its dissolution. The cosmic accountancy of Vedic time is vast — and inside this vastness Kṛṣṇa's role is the rhythmic one: dissolve, manifest, dissolve.
  • kalpa - ādau — at the beginning of the millennium
    Ādi — beginning. The pair kṣaye / ādau forms the in-breath and out-breath of cosmic time. Same beings, same prakṛti, restored to manifestation.
  • visṛjāmi — I create
    Vi + √sṛj — to send forth. Not creation from nothing, but emission from Himself. The same root gives visarga (the puff at the end of Sanskrit words); Kṛṣṇa's exhalation is the universe.
  • kaunteya — O son of Kuntī
    Arjuna's matronymic. Kṛṣṇa frequently uses it when delivering a tender intimacy — reminding Arjuna of his lineage to His own aunt Kuntī. The cosmic teaching is delivered inside a family address.
O son of Kuntī, at the end of the millennium all material manifestations enter into My nature, and at the beginning of another millennium, by My potency, I create them again.

The creation, maintenance and annihilation of this material cosmic manifestation are completely dependent on the supreme will of the Personality of Godhead. “At the end of the millennium” means at the death of Brahmā. Brahmā lives for one hundred years, and his one day is calculated at 4,300,000,000 of our earthly years. His night is of the same duration. His month consists of thirty such days and nights, and his year of twelve months. After one hundred such years, when Brahmā dies, the devastation or annihilation takes place; this means that the energy manifested by the Supreme Lord is again wound up in Himself. Then again, when there is a need to manifest the cosmic world, it is done by His will. Bahu syām: “Although I am one, I shall become many.” This is the Vedic aphorism ( Chāndogya Upaniṣad 6.2.3). He expands Himself in this material energy, and the whole cosmic manifestation again takes place.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
7. O son of Kuntī, all things will enter My prakṛti at the time of destruction. At the time of creation, again I create everything.
Commentary

“I understand that all these things which can presently be seen are situated in You, but at the time of destruction where will they go?” This verse answers. All these things will merge into My energy called prakṛti composed of the three guṇas. At the end of the period of destruction, at the time of creation, (kalpa-kṣaye), I will again create everything in detail (viśeṣeṇa sṛjāmi).

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
7. O son of Kuntī, all things will enter My prakṛti at the time of destruction. At the time of creation, again I create everything.
Commentary

It has just been stated that the maintenance of all beings takes place by the will of the Lord alone. Now the Lord speaks about creation and destruction of all entities. O son of Kuntī, at the time of Brahmā’s death, all beings enter My prakṛti by My will alone. They merge in Me, who am the cause of prakṛti (māmikām). Again at the time of creation, I create them with all varieties by My will alone. This is expressed by the śruti: bahu syām: may I become many. (Taittirīya Upaniṣad 2.6).

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Krsna in Texts 4 and 5 explained that everything is resting in Him, meaning that everything is been maintained by Him. Now Krsna is going to explain how He creates and destroys everything. In this verse and next, Krsna explains this. But one may question: "Yes everything is within You but what happens during the devastation? It is the same truth that everything is within You? Krsna answers:

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Inconceivable potency” in terms of creation and destruction – Now Krishna after

explaining His role in maintenance, explains His relationships with creation and destruction

Under the will of the Supreme Lord, all the material manifestations are automatically created and annihilated again and again
Focus of Learning

(a) Krishna gives an analogy for yogam-aisvaram – Analogy: Sky and the wind

Sky is the biggest manifestation to conceive. In that sky, wind is the biggest to conceive
Wind is great and influences all the movements. But wind is never beyond sky, it is always subordinate to the sky
All wonderful cosmic manifestations (compared here to the movements of the wind) exist by the will of the Lord (Lord compared to sky) – Still the Lord is aloof and unaffected just like the sky is aloof and not affected by movements of wind

(b) Other examples of Lord’s supreme will as the Ultimate control over wonderful material

manifestations

e.g. Taittiriya Upanisad – Wind blowing under the will of Supreme Lord
e.g. Brahma Samhita 5.52 / Brhad Aranyaka Upanisad – Sun, moon and other planets moving under the Supreme order of the Lord

(a) “Yogam-aisvaram” – This term describes the inconceivable mystic opulences of the Lord i.e.

Everything that is created does not rest in Me. It implies:

Implies that although everything rests in Him as per 9.4, still “He is aloof” and not directly concerned with maintenance etc.
Not like ATLAS – tired of holding globe

(b) How “He is aloof” – Examples of “inconceivable opulences”

e.g. Planetary systems floating in space, and space is the energy of the Lord. But He is different from space
e.g. His potencies are exemplified by His determination – No difference between His mind and Himself, because He is Absolute Spirit. All activities are performed just by His willing.
Ref. Nirukti dictionary: ‘Yujyate...’ – Inconceivable pastimes are performed by His energy

(c) Refutes the argument: “Since God has expanded in everything, then everything we worship is

God”

Refutation: Krishna is everywhere, everything is in Him, but still He is aloof

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.8 & 9.9 Although the Lord creates and annihilates but all this work cannot bind

Him. It implies that the Lord is not directly responsible for all good and evil done in this world.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.7 Kaunteya, O son of Kunti; sarva-bhutani, all the beings-all the beings which, like wind abiding in space, abide thus in Me during their period of existence; yanti, go back; kalpa-ksaye, at the end of a cycle, at the time of dissolution; mamikam prakrtim, to My Prakrti which consists of the three gunas (alities; see 7.13) and is (called My) lower Nature. Punah, again; aham, I; visrjami, project forth, create; tani, them, the beings, as before [As before: as in previous cycles of creation.]; kalpadau, at the beginning of a cycle, at the time of creation.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.7 All the mobile and immobile entities enter into My Prakrti at the end of a cycle, namely at the end of Brahma's life in accordance with My will. This Prakrti, constituting My body, is designated by the term Tamas, as it cannot be differentiated into name and form. I again send forth the very same beings at the beginning of a cycle. Manu declares accordingly: 'This universe became Tamas ৷৷. by an act of will. He produced it out of His body' (Manu, 1.5.8). The Srutis also declare thus: 'He whose body is Avyakta' (Su. U., 7); 'The Avyakta merges into Aksara, the Aksara into Tamas' (Ibid., 2); and also 'There was Tamas; the intelligence was concealed by Tamas' (Tai. Br., 1.8.9).
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.7 Sarva- etc. Nature : unmanifest form.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.7 All beings, O Arjuna, go into My Nature at the end of a Kalpa; I send them forth again at the beginning of (the next) Kalpa.
Commentary

9.7 सर्वभूतानि all beings? कौन्तेय O Kaunteya? प्रकृतिम् to Nature? यान्ति go? मामिकाम् My? कल्पक्षये at the end of the Kalpa? पुनः again? तानि them? कल्पादौ at the beginning of the Kalpa? विसृजामि send forth? अहम् I.Commentary Prakriti The inferior one or the lower Nature composed of the three alities? Sattva? Rajas and Tamas.Just as the grass grows from the earth and dries up in the earth? just as the ripples and waves rise from the ocean and disappear in the ocean itself? just as the dreams proceed from the mind and melt away in the mind itself when the dreamer comes back to the waking state? so also the beings which arise from Nature merge into it during dissolution or Pralaya.Pralaya is the period of dissolution. MahaUtpatti is the time of creation. (Cf.VIII.18?19)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.7 O son Kunti, all the beings go back at the end of a cycle to My Prakrti. I project them forth again at the beginning of a cycle.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.7 All beings, O Arjuna, return at the close of every cosmic cycle into the realm of Nature, which is a part of Me, and at the beginning of the next I send them forth again.
Related values
Daya (Compassion / Mercy)Asteya (Non-stealing / Honesty)Kshama (Forgiveness / Patience)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Nyaya (Justice / Righteous Judgment)Shraddha (Faith / Reverence)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)Ishvara Pranidhana (Surrender to God)
Related verses
BG 8.18 BG 8.19 BG 14.2 SB 3.11.22 SB 12.4.1 SB 3.10.13 CC Madhya 20.265 CC Ādi 5.66 CC Madhya 20.280 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 3.2Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.1.7
At the end of the millennium all beings enter My nature; at the beginning of the next, again I send them forth.
Practical Applications
  • Hold cosmic cycles as the backdrop of your transient concerns.
  • Recognize that all comings and goings are Kṛṣṇa's breathing in and out.
  • Trust the rhythm.
Reflection Questions
  • What concern of mine shrinks against this cosmic rhythm?
  • How might I trust the larger rhythm more?

Think of the great breath of a sleeping yogī — out goes the air, in comes the air, in a rhythm older than thought. The cosmos breathes the same way in Kṛṣṇa. Out-breath is sṛṣṭi, in-breath is pralaya; kalpas roll in the cycle, and beings ride the breath. The yogī is not disturbed by His breathing; neither is Kṛṣṇa disturbed by the universe.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.8

↗
ప్రకృతిం స్వామవష్టభ్య విసృజామి పున: పున: । భూతగ్రామమిమం కృత్స్నమవశం ప్రకృతేర్వశాత్ ॥ ౮ ॥
prakṛtiṁ svām avaṣṭabhya
[prakritim svaam avashtabhya]
visṛjāmi punaḥ punaḥ
[visrijaami punah punah]
bhūta-grāmam imaṁ kṛtsnam
[bhoota-graamam imam kritsnam]
avaśaṁ prakṛter vaśāt
[avasham prakriter vashaat]
prakṛtim — the material nature svām — of My personal Self avaṣṭabhya — entering into visṛjāmi — I create punaḥ punaḥ — again and again bhūta - grāmam — all the cosmic manifestations imam — these kṛtsnam — in total avaśam — automatically prakṛteḥ — of the force of nature vaśāt — under obligation .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
prakṛtiṁ svām avaṣṭabhya
prakṛtim
the material nature
svām
of My personal Self
avaṣṭabhya
entering into
visṛjāmi punaḥ punaḥ
visṛjāmi
I create
punaḥ punaḥ
again and again
bhūta-grāmam imaṁ kṛtsnam
bhūta - grāmam
all the cosmic manifestations
imam
these
kṛtsnam
in total
avaśaṁ prakṛter vaśāt
avaśam
automatically
prakṛteḥ
of the force of nature
vaśāt
under obligation .
  • prakṛtim — nature
    Prakṛti — the productive material energy. Note svām (My own) in the next word: prakṛti is not an independent rival, she is His own. The Sāṅkhya position that prakṛti and puruṣa are co-eternal duals is here corrected — prakṛti is the Lord's owned energy.
  • svām — My own
    Possessive — own. Prakṛti is His. Without sva, prakṛti could be misread as autonomous; with sva, the verse settles ownership definitively. A one-syllable correction of an entire philosophical school.
  • avaṣṭabhya — supervising
    Ava + √stambh — to prop up, hold firm, oversee. Kṛṣṇa is not absent or dreaming; He is actively presiding. Prakṛti works precisely because He is over her, like a kingdom under a vigilant king.
  • punaḥ punaḥ — again and again
    Doubled — the repetition is itself meaning. Creation is not a one-time event but a rhythm. The universe is breathing; you are inside one of countless cycles.
  • bhūta - grāmam — the multitude of living entities
    Grāma — village, collection. Bhūta-grāma is the whole village of beings, the entire population of saṁsāra. They move together as a body, manifested and dissolved as one collection.
  • avaśam — helpless
    A- + vaśa (control). The beings have no vaśa — no say — in the matter. They are moved by prakṛti's vaśa, which itself is under Kṛṣṇa's vaśa. The chain of control terminates only at Him.
  • vaśāt — by the force
    Ablative — by the force of (prakṛti). The conditioned soul forgets that nature controls him and imagines himself controller. This single word names the actual locus of authority over the unconscious life.
The whole cosmic order is under Me. Under My will it is automatically manifested again and again, and under My will it is annihilated at the end.

This material world is the manifestation of the inferior energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This has already been explained several times. At the creation, the material energy is let loose as the mahat-tattva, into which the Lord as His first puruṣa incarnation, Mahā-viṣṇu, enters. He lies within the Causal Ocean and breathes out innumerable universes, and into each universe the Lord again enters as Garbhodaka-śāyī Viṣṇu. Each universe is in that way created. He still further manifests Himself as Kṣīrodaka-śāyī Viṣṇu, and that Viṣṇu enters into everything – even into the minute atom. This fact is explained here. He enters into everything. Now, as far as the living entities are concerned, they are impregnated into this material nature, and as a result of their past deeds they take different positions. Thus the activities of this material world begin. The activities of the different species of living beings are begun from the very moment of the creation. It is not that all is evolved. The different species of life are created immediately along with the universe. Men, animals, beasts, birds – everything is simultaneously created, because whatever desires the living entities had at the last annihilation are again manifested. It is clearly indicated here by the word avaśam that the living entities have nothing to do with this process. The state of being in their past life in the past creation is simply manifested again, and all this is done simply by His will. This is the inconceivable potency of the Supreme Personality of God. And after creating different species of life, He has no connection with them. The creation takes place to accommodate the inclinations of the various living entities, and so the Lord does not become involved with it.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
8. Being situated in prakṛti, which belongs to Me, I create again and again all the entities who are all dependent, being under the control of their natures caused by their previous actions.
Commentary

“But how can You create if You are detached and are unchangeable by nature?” This verse answers. By being situated in My (svām) energy (prakṛtim), I again create all entities who are dependent on action and other factors (avaśam), since they are under control of their own natures (prakṛter vaśāt), which are caused by actions of previous lives.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
8. Being situated in prakṛti, which belongs to Me, I create again and again all the entities, according to their previous impressions, beyond their control, by My will. .
Commentary

Situated in My prakṛti made of the three guṇas, transforming prakṛti into mahat tattva and the other elements by My will alone, in different cycles of time I create the four types of living beings. [Note: The four types of beings are the devas, humans animals and plants.] How does this take place? It takes place by the power of impressions of previous karmas (prakṛteḥ vaśāt), beyond their power (avaśam), that is, by the will of the Lord, who has inconceivable śakti and detachment from all of that. Though I do this, I have no contact with prakṛti at all, nor do I feel exhaustion at all from doing it.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Krsna shows again how He is detached. Everything happens automatically, but yet under His will (this is another contradiction). Krsna enters and empowers the material world to act independently. He is aloof and yet He is all‑knowing. And yet things work independently. He is omniscient, He is omnipotent, and yet the things happen automatically ‑ this is 'acintya bheda abheda sakti. If Krsna wasn't inconceivable, if He was finite ‑ then He would not be God. Next question is: "Krsna is performing so much work; He is creating, He is maintaining, and annihilating anything, but He is not bound. Why? The answer is:

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Inconceivable potency” in terms of creation and destruction – Now Krishna after

explaining His role in maintenance, explains His relationships with creation and destruction

Under the will of the Supreme Lord, all the material manifestations are automatically created and annihilated again and again
Focus of Learning

(a) Krishna gives an analogy for yogam-aisvaram – Analogy: Sky and the wind

Sky is the biggest manifestation to conceive. In that sky, wind is the biggest to conceive
Wind is great and influences all the movements. But wind is never beyond sky, it is always subordinate to the sky
All wonderful cosmic manifestations (compared here to the movements of the wind) exist by the will of the Lord (Lord compared to sky) – Still the Lord is aloof and unaffected just like the sky is aloof and not affected by movements of wind

(b) Other examples of Lord’s supreme will as the Ultimate control over wonderful material

manifestations

e.g. Taittiriya Upanisad – Wind blowing under the will of Supreme Lord
e.g. Brahma Samhita 5.52 / Brhad Aranyaka Upanisad – Sun, moon and other planets moving under the Supreme order of the Lord

(a) “Yogam-aisvaram” – This term describes the inconceivable mystic opulences of the Lord i.e.

Everything that is created does not rest in Me. It implies:

Implies that although everything rests in Him as per 9.4, still “He is aloof” and not directly concerned with maintenance etc.
Not like ATLAS – tired of holding globe

(b) How “He is aloof” – Examples of “inconceivable opulences”

e.g. Planetary systems floating in space, and space is the energy of the Lord. But He is different from space
e.g. His potencies are exemplified by His determination – No difference between His mind and Himself, because He is Absolute Spirit. All activities are performed just by His willing.
Ref. Nirukti dictionary: ‘Yujyate...’ – Inconceivable pastimes are performed by His energy

(c) Refutes the argument: “Since God has expanded in everything, then everything we worship is

God”

Refutation: Krishna is everywhere, everything is in Him, but still He is aloof

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.8 & 9.9 Although the Lord creates and annihilates but all this work cannot bind

Him. It implies that the Lord is not directly responsible for all good and evil done in this world.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.8 Thus avastabhya, keeping under control; svam, My own; prakrtim, Prakrti, which is charcterized as nescience; visrjami, I project forth; punah, punah, again and again; the krtsnam, whole of; imam, this; existing bhuta-gramam, multitude of beings which are born of Prakrti; which, being under another's sub-jugation due to such defects [See under 8.19, introductory Commentary.-Tr.] as ignorance etc., are avasam, powerless, not independent; prakrteh vasat, under the influence of their own nature. 'In that case, You, who are the supreme God and who ordain this multitude of beings uneally, will become associated with virtue and vice as a result of that act?' In aswer the Lord says this"
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.8 Operating My Prakrti, with its wonderfully variegated potency, I develop it eightfold and send forth this fourfold aggregate of beings, gods, animals, men and inanimate things, time after time. All these entities are helpless, being under the sway of My Prakrti comprising the three Gunas which can cause delusion. If this is so, it may be urged, inealities of creation can be said to affect the Lord with cruelty, partiality etc. To this, the Lord answers:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.8 Prakrtim etc. Taking hold of My own nature : By this much [of statement] it is explained that this host of Beings, though itself insentient, attains luminosity as it is linked to the Absolute nature of [Consciousness]
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.8 Animating My Nature, I again and again send forth all this multitude of beings, helpless by the force of the Nature.
Commentary

9.8 प्रकृतिम् Nature? स्वाम् My own? अवष्टभ्य having animated? विसृजामि (I) send forth? पुनः again? पुनः again? भूतग्रामम् multitude of beings? इमम् this? कृत्स्नम् all? अवशम् helpless? प्रकृतेः of Nature? वशात् by force.Commentary The Lord leans on? presses or embraces Nature. He invigorates and fertilises Nature which had gone to sleep at the end of the Mahakalpa or universal dissolution and projects again and again this whole multitude of beings. He gazes at each level and plane after plane comes into being.The term Prakriti denotes or indicates the five Kleshas or afflictions? viz.? Avidya (ignorance)? Asmita (egoism)? Raga (likes)? Dvesha (dislikes) and Abhinivesa (clinging to earthly life). (Cf.IV.6)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.8 Keeping My own prakrti under control, I project forth again and again the whole of this multitude of beings which are powerless owing to the influence of (their own) nature.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.8 With the help of Nature, again and again I pour forth the whole multitude of beings, whether they will or no, for they are ruled by My Will.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 9.10 BG 7.4 BG 14.3 SB 3.26.10 SB 2.5.22 SB 3.5.23 CC Ādi 5.65 CC Madhya 20.269 CC Madhya 25.103 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 4.10Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.2
Through My nature, I create the entire cosmic manifestation again and again — they are helplessly bound by nature's modes.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that the world's rhythms are not random; Kṛṣṇa's nature operates them.
  • Stop fighting the rhythms; align with them.
  • Don't blame the world for being subject to nature's modes.
Reflection Questions
  • Where am I fighting nature's rhythm uselessly?
  • What alignment would free energy?

A potter sits at his wheel; the clay is his, the wheel is his, the spin is his. Pots rise and fall under his hands, again and again. The clay has no say in being a pot, in being broken, in being repotted — it is avaśa, helpless under prakṛti. But the potter is never the pot; He is what holds the wheel.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.9

↗
న చ మాం తాని కర్మాణి నిబధ్‍నన్తి ధనఞ్జయ । ఉదాసీనవదాసీనమసక్తం తేషు కర్మసు ॥ ౯ ॥
na ca māṁ tāni karmāṇi
[na cha maam taani karmaani]
nibadhnanti dhanañ-jaya
[nibadhnanti dhanan-jaya]
udāsīna-vad āsīnam
[udaaseena-vad aaseenam]
asaktaṁ teṣu karmasu
[asaktam teshu karmasu]
na — never ca — also mām — Me tāni — all those karmāṇi — activities nibadhnanti — bind dhanam - jaya — O conqueror of riches udāsīna - vat — as neutral āsīnam — situated asaktam — without attraction teṣu — for those karmasu — activities .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
na ca māṁ tāni karmāṇi
na
never
ca
also
mām
Me
tāni
all those
karmāṇi
activities
nibadhnanti dhanañ-jaya
nibadhnanti
bind
dhanam - jaya
O conqueror of riches
udāsīna-vad āsīnam
udāsīna - vat
as neutral
āsīnam
situated
asaktaṁ teṣu karmasu
asaktam
without attraction
teṣu
for those
karmasu
activities .
  • karmāṇi — activities
    Accusative plural — the entire body of cosmic activities. Creation, maintenance, dissolution: vast tāni karmāṇi. Yet Kṛṣṇa says na nibadhnanti — they do not bind.
  • nibadhnanti — bind
    Ni + √bandh — to bind down. Karma binds the jīva because the jīva claims doership; the Lord, claiming nothing as personal stake, is not tied. The same act binds one and liberates another depending on stake.
  • dhanam - jaya — O winner of wealth
    Arjuna's epithet from his digvijaya conquests. Kṛṣṇa addresses the great winner of wealth to teach that even winning of cosmic kingship by Him does not bind Him — the lesson scales down to Arjuna's own karmic accumulation.
  • udāsīna - vat — as if neutral
    Udāsīna (sitting apart, indifferent) + vat (like). The vat is crucial — He is not actually indifferent (He is bhūta-bhāvanaḥ in 9.5), but His engagement is so unattached it appears like indifference. A precise theological qualifier.
  • āsīnam — seated
    Past participle of √ās — to sit. Kṛṣṇa is seated in His activity — at rest within the motion. The yogī's image of stillness in action returns here, applied to the Lord Himself.
  • asaktam — without attachment
    A- + sakta (clinging). The single hinge word: Kṛṣṇa is asakta. Saṅga is what binds (cf. BG 2.47 saṅgaḥ). Cosmic work that would bind any soul into infinite births passes through Him without leaving a print, because there is no clinging.
O Dhanañjaya, all this work cannot bind Me. I am ever detached from all these material activities, seated as though neutral.

One should not think, in this connection, that the Supreme Personality of Godhead has no engagement. In His spiritual world He is always engaged. In the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.6) it is stated, ātmārāmasya tasyāsti prakṛtyā na samāgamaḥ: “He is always involved in His eternal, blissful, spiritual activities, but He has nothing to do with these material activities.” Material activities are being carried on by His different potencies. The Lord is always neutral in the material activities of the created world. This neutrality is mentioned here with the word udāsīna-vat. Although He has control over every minute detail of material activities, He is sitting as if neutral. The example can be given of a high-court judge sitting on his bench. By his order so many things are happening – someone is being hanged, someone is being put into jail, someone is awarded a huge amount of wealth – but still he is neutral. He has nothing to do with all that gain and loss. Similarly, the Lord is always neutral, although He has His hand in every sphere of activity. In the Vedānta-sūtra (2.1.34) it is stated, vaiṣamya-nairghṛṇye na: He is not situated in the dualities of this material world. He is transcendental to these dualities. Nor is He attached to the creation and annihilation of this material world. The living entities take their different forms in the various species of life according to their past deeds, and the Lord doesn’t interfere with them.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
9. O conqueror of wealth, these actions do not bind Me, who am situated like an indifferent party, unattached to these activities.
Commentary

“But then, since You do so much activity, how is it that You do not get bound like the jīvas?” This verse answers. Activities like creation do not bind Me. Bondage arises from attachment to action. Because all My desires are fulfilled spontaneously without having to act, I do not have attachment to action, and have no bondage. I am like an indifferent person who is not affected by the mixture of happiness and distress of quarreling parties (udāsīnavad).

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
9. O conqueror of wealth, these actions do not bind Me, who am situated almost indifferently, uncontaminated by these acts.
Commentary

“Well, inequality in the matter of creation and maintenance will bind even You, because of Your acts of injustice.” [Note: Jīvas are given different bodies with different types of enjoyment and suffering.] “This is not so. The inequality seen in creation and maintenance does not contaminate Me with the quality of injustice.” The Lord explains the reason by describing Himself. “Previously incurred karmas alone are the causes of different bodies such as deva, human or animal for these jīvas. I am neutral to their unequal karmas (udāsīnavad). Those karmas cannot attribute to Me the fault of injustice (asaktam). The author of Vedānta says vaiṣamya-nairghṛṇye na sāpekṣatvāt tatha hi darśayati: the Lord has no partiality or cruelty, because the pleasure and pain suffered by the living beings is caused by their karmas, so the scriptures declare. (Vedānta Sūtra 2.1.35) Since complete neutrality would forbid any sense of doership to the Lord, the Lord says He is “as if” neutral (udāsīna vad).”

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

The Lord is not directly responsible for all good and evil done in this world. Lord says:

All this work cannot bind Me
I am ever detached from all these material activities

Focus of Learning

(a) ‘Udasina-vat’ – Implies the Lord “As neutral”

Lord is always neutral in the material activities in the created world
Material activities is carried out by His different potencies
Still He has control over every minute detail

(b) Analogy for neutrality: High court judge giving so many decisions, but he is neutral and unaffected

with the gain and loss

(c) Reference for neutrality: Ref. Vedanta Sutra: “Vaisamya Nairghrnye na…”

This reference implies Lord is transcendental to all material dualities
Based on past deeds and desire, living entities take on different forms
Lord does not interfere

(d) Does it mean Lord has no engagement? – He is always engaged in blissful pastimes in spiritual

world (Ref. Brahma Samhita 5.6)

a) “At the end of millennium” – This indicates the time of Brahma’s death

At this time all energy is wound up in the Lord Himself
At manifestation – He expands Himself in material energy (Ref. Chandogya Upanisad: “Bahu syam” – “I become many”)

b) Refutes the modern concept of evolution –

Modern concept: There is gradual evolution of species, from one to another, beginning from creation
Our Understanding of evolution based on this purport – All species of life are created immediately along with the universe at the beginning of creation (and not one after another); based on desires and past deeds of living entities

c) If Krishna as Paramesvara is aloof, then how does material world continue – This is answered as:

“Supreme will” is always present – Everything is definitely under Supreme will of the Lord
Because “He enters as three Vishnu forms into the Mahat-tattva to create”
But no direct involvement of the Lord – He does not Himself create or destroy but:
Material nature acts by His desire – Term “automatically manifested (avasam) ”. In Text 9.8 points out to Krishna’s detachment, which implies Krishna has no direct involvement but acts through material nature
“Basis of Creation” – Creation takes place to accommodate inclinations or the desires of the various living entities
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.9 O Dhananjaya, na ca, nor do; tani, those; karmani, actions-which are the sources of the creation of the multitude of beings uneally; nibadhnanti, bind; mam, Me, who am God. As to that, the Lord states the reason for His not becoming associated with the actions: Asinam, remaining (as I do); udasinavat, like one unconcerned, like some indifferent spectator- for the Self is not subject to any change; and asaktam, unattached; tesu karmasu, to those actions-free from attachment to results, free from the egoism that 'I do.' Hence, even int he case of any other person also, the absence of the idea of agentship and the absence of attachment to results are the causes of not getting bound. Otherwise, like the silkworm, a foolish man becomes bound by acitons. This is the idea. There (in th previous two verses) it involves a contradiction to say, 'Remaining like one unconcerned, I project forth this multitude of beings.' In order to dispel this doubt the Lord says:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.9 But actions like uneal creation do not bind Me. There can be no imputation of cruelty etc., to Me, because the previous actions (Karmas) of individual selves are the causes for the ineality of conditions like that of gods etc. I am untouched by the ineality. I sit, as it were, apart from it as one unconcerned. Accordingly, the author of the Vedanta-sutras says: 'Not ineality and cruelty, on account of (creation) being dependent, for so scripture declares' (Br. Su., 2.1.34), and 'If it be said that there is no Karma on account of non-distinction, it is replied that it is not proper to say so, because it is beginningless ৷৷.' (Ibid., 2.1.35). [The idea is this: Creation has no first beginning. It is an eternal cyclic process of creation and dissolution of the universe. So the differentiation of Karma, Jiva and Isvara even before creation has to be accepted. Only in the creative cycle the differentiation becomes patent, and in the dissolved condition it remains latent.]
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.9 See Comment under 9.10
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.9 These acts do not bind Me, O Arjuna, sitting like one indifferent, unattached to those acts.
Commentary

9.9 न not? च and? माम् Me? तानि these? कर्माणि acts? निबध्नन्ति bind? धनञ्जय O Dhananjaya? उदासीनवत् like one indifferent? आसीनम् sitting? असक्तम् unattached? तेषु in those? कर्मसु acts.Commentary These acts Creation and dissolution of the universe. I am the only cause of dissolution of the universe. I am the only cause of Nature and its activities and yet? being indifferent to everythin? I do nothing. Nor do I cause anything to be done.I remain as one neutral or indifferent or unconcerned. I have no attachment for the fruits of those actions. Further I have not go the egoistic feeling of agency I do this. I know that the Self is actionless. Therefore the actions involved in creation and dissolution do not bind Me.As in the case of Isvara so in the case of others also the absence of the egoistic feeling of agency and the absense of attachment to the fruits of action is the cause of freedom (from Dharma and Adharma? virtue and evil) The ignorant man who works with egoism and who expects rewards for his action is bound by his own actions like the silkworm in the cocoon.Just as the neutral referee or umpire in a cricket or football match is not affected by the victory or defeat of the parties? so also the Lord is not affected by the creation and destruction of this world as He remains unconcerned or indifferent and as He is a silent and changeless witness. (Cf.IV.14)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.9 O Dhananjaya (Arjuna), nor do those actions bind Me, remaining (as I do) like one unconcerned with, and unattached to, those actions.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.9 But these acts of mine do not bind Me. I remain outside and unattached.
Related values
Prema (Divine Love)Anahankarah (Freedom from False Ego)Shraddha (Faith / Reverence)
Related verses
All these works do not bind Me — I am unattached, sitting as if neutral, while material nature acts.
Practical Applications
  • Take Kṛṣṇa's neutrality-while-creating as the model for engaged-yet-free action.
  • Distinguish 'neutral' from 'indifferent' — He cares without binding.
  • Aim for that quality in your own work.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I confuse caring with binding?
  • What would caring-without-binding look like?

Imagine the sun watching morning unfold on earth. By its light the cook fires kindle, traders open shops, judges convict criminals, children play and quarrel. None of these are sun-actions, though without the sun none could occur. The sun is udāsīna-vat — sitting as though neutral. Kṛṣṇa says: that is how I am toward the karma of all worlds. Source of the light; unbound by what is done in it.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.10

↗
మయాధ్యక్షేణ ప్రకృతి: సూయతే సచరాచరమ్ । హేతునానేన కౌన్తేయ జగద్విపరివర్తతే ॥ ౧౦ ॥
mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ
[mayaadhyakshena prakritih]
sūyate sa-carācaram
[sooyate sa-charaacharam]
hetunānena kaunteya
[hetunaanena kaunteya]
jagad viparivartate
[jagad viparivartate]
mayā — by Me adhyakṣeṇa — by superintendence prakṛtiḥ — material nature sūyate — manifests sa — both cara - acaram — the moving and the nonmoving hetunā — for the reason anena — this kaunteya — O son of Kuntī jagat — the cosmic manifestation viparivartate — is working .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ
mayā
by Me
adhyakṣeṇa
by superintendence
prakṛtiḥ
material nature
sūyate sa-carācaram
sūyate
manifests
sa
both
cara - acaram
the moving and the nonmoving
hetunānena kaunteya
hetunā
for the reason
anena
this
kaunteya
O son of Kuntī
jagad viparivartate
jagat
the cosmic manifestation
viparivartate
is working .
  • adhyakṣeṇa — by superintendence
    Adhi + akṣa — over + eye; the one whose eye is over all. An adhyakṣa is a presiding officer, a supervisor. Kṛṣṇa is not the doer of prakṛti's actions; He is the eye under which she dares not stop working.
  • prakṛtiḥ — material nature
    Pra + √kṛ — that which produces forth. Prakṛti is productive, not inert. But she produces only because she is under adhyakṣa. The verse defends both her efficacy and her dependence.
  • sūyate — produces, gives birth
    From √sū — to bring forth. The same root as savitā (the sun who brings forth the day) and sūta (bard, son). Prakṛti is the mother principle, ceaselessly birthing. But what triggers her labour is the adhyakṣa's glance.
  • cara - acaram — moving and nonmoving
    Cara (moving — animals, humans, gods) + acara (nonmoving — plants, stones, mountains). The whole inventory of created species, from oak to elephant, falls under this dvandva.
  • hetunā — for the reason
    Instrumental of hetu — cause, reason. Kṛṣṇa names His superintendence as the hetu of the cosmic process. Modern thinkers seek hetu everywhere except in īśvara; this word points the search home.
  • viparivartate — revolves
    Vi + pari + √vṛt — to whirl around fully. The cosmos is a wheel; the wheel turns; under what hub does it turn? The verb encloses the question; the verse names the answer.
This material nature, which is one of My energies, is working under My direction, O son of Kuntī, producing all moving and nonmoving beings. Under its rule this manifestation is created and annihilated again and again.

It is clearly stated here that the Supreme Lord, although aloof from all the activities of the material world, remains the supreme director. The Supreme Lord is the supreme will and the background of this material manifestation, but the management is being conducted by material nature. Kṛṣṇa also states in Bhagavad-gītā that of all the living entities in different forms and species, “I am the father.” The father gives seeds to the womb of the mother for the child, and similarly the Supreme Lord by His mere glance injects all the living entities into the womb of material nature, and they come out in their different forms and species, according to their last desires and activities. All these living entities, although born under the glance of the Supreme Lord, take their different bodies according to their past deeds and desires. So the Lord is not directly attached to this material creation. He simply glances over material nature; material nature is thus activated, and everything is created immediately. Because He glances over material nature, there is undoubtedly activity on the part of the Supreme Lord, but He has nothing to do with the manifestation of the material world directly. This example is given in the smṛti: when there is a fragrant flower before someone, the fragrance is touched by the smelling power of the person, yet the smelling and the flower are detached from one another. There is a similar connection between the material world and the Supreme Personality of Godhead; actually He has nothing to do with this material world, but He creates by His glance and ordains. In summary, material nature, without the superintendence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, cannot do anything. Yet the Supreme Personality is detached from all material activities.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
10. By My direction, prakṛti gives rise to the universe of moving and non-moving entities. By this cause, O son of Kuntī, the universes appears again and again.
Commentary

“I cannot accept that You are indifferent in Your acts such as creation.” By My direction as the efficient cause (nimitta), [Note: The efficient cause (nimitta) is distinguished from the material cause (upādāna), prakṛti. The potter is the efficient cause and the clay is the material cause of the pot.] prakṛti gives rise to this universe of moving and non-moving entities (sūyate). I am only the director. It is like the duties of the kingdom going on under the kings like Ambarīṣa through their ministers. In that situation, the king remains aloof. But just as nothing can be done by the ministers without the king sitting on the throne, so unconscious matter can do nothing without My directorship in the form of My presence and authority. By this cause (hetunā), by My presence, this world is repeatedly created.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
10. By My direction, prakṛti gives rise to the universe of moving and non-moving entities. By this cause, O son of Kuntī, the universes appears again and again.
Commentary

The Lord further expounds this idea. Glanced upon by Me, the Lord of all, the controller of prakṛti, whose every wish is fulfilled, in accordance with the previous karmas of the jīvas (mayā adhyakṣena), prakṛti creates the universe of moving and non-moving beings. By this cause (anena hetunā), by My glance which considers the jīvas’ positions according to previous karmas, this universe appears again and again, O son of Kuntī! The śrutis also say: vikāra-jananīm ajṣām aṣṭa-rūpām ajāṁ dhruvām dhyāyate’dhyāsitā tena tanyate preritā punaḥ sūyate puruṣārthaṁ ca tenaivādhiṣṭhitā jagat One meditates on prakṛti, which produces changes, which is ignorance, of eight forms, unborn and fixed. Ordered, expanded and inspired by the Lord, prakṛti again creates the universe and goals for humans, under His direction alone. Mantrika Upaniṣad 4 Being the doer and being neutral are not contradictory because the Lord rules by proximity only. The smṛti says: yathā sannidhi-mātreṇagandhaḥ kṣobhāya jāyate: it is just like fragrance which causes agitation by closeness. (Viṣṇu Purāṇa 1.2.30) Prakṛti is dependent on My control alone. Without Me, she does not have the power to do anything. In the absence of the authority of the king on his throne, his ministers do not have the power to carry out actions.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

'Maya adhyksa' means "under My eyes". Everything is happening under Krsna's superintendence, yet He is independent of everything. The example of Maharaja Ambarisha illustrates nicely this point. He was residing in Mathura, the capital of his Empire, and his occupation was doing 'puja' all day long. Yet simply by his presence everything was going on nicely in all the Empire. Srila Prabhupada says in his Purport: "Because He glances over material nature, there is undoubtedly activity on the part of the Supreme Lord, but He has nothing to do with the manifestation of the material world directly. This example is given in the smrti: when there is a fragrant flower before someone, the fragrance is touched by the smelling power of the person the smelling and the flower are detached from one another. There is a similar connection between the material world and the Supreme Personality of Godhead; actually He has nothing to do with this material world, but He creates by His glance and ordains. In summary, material nature, without the superintendence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, cannot do anything. Yet the Supreme Personality is detached from all material activities." Krsna is doing everything by His 'acintya sakti'. In Texts 11 and 15, Section C, Krsna is doing this, and is so wonderfully powerful, He is doing it with just a fragment of His energy. Then why people don't surrender to such a powerful personality who is making everything work and yet completely aloof? The answer is in the next Text.

[C. NON‑WORSHIPERS AND WORSHIPERS (9. 11‑15) Fools that think Krsna is an ordinary human being who possesses a temporary form, become atheists and are defeated in each of their endeavors. (11‑12). On the other hand, mahatmas who know Krsna as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who possesses a transcendental and eternal form. take shelter of His divine nature and perpetually chant His glories, bow down to Him, and serve Him. Actually, all those who take shelter of a conception of the Supreme and worship, such as a ... 1. monist, one who worships himself as one with the Supreme, 2. worshiper of a demigod, one who imagine and worships a demigod's form as supreme, 3. worshiper of the material, universal form...

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Ultimately 9.10 emphasizes the Lord’s Supreme will and thus proves that without the

superintendence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, material nature cannot do anything

The Lord is neutral and aloof and He simply sanctions the material energy
Management is done by material nature on His behalf and Lord is detached

SUMMARISED THEME 9A

SUMMARY OF LORD’S AISHVARYA-JNANA

His inconceivable potency in terms of creation, maintainence and destruction

A) Krishna’s role in maintenance

Lord pervades the entire universe by His energies
He pervades in His unmanifested form, which can only be revealed by devotional service
Everything rests in Him, but still He does not lose His personal existence
Inconceivable mystic opulence – He is aloof from all the material creation and everything happens just by His will
Analogy of sky and wind
Sky is the biggest manifestation to conceive. In that sky, wind is the biggest to conceive
Wind is great and influences all the movements. But wind is never beyond sky, it is always subordinate to the sky
All wonderful cosmic manifestations (compared here to the movements of the wind) exist by the will of the Lord (Lord compared to sky) – Still Lord is aloof and unaffected just like sky is aloof and not affected by movements of wind

B) Krishna’s role in creation and destruction

Under the influence of the Lord’s energy, material world is automatically created and destroyed again and again
At the end of the millennium all material manifestations enter into My nature
Maha-Vishnu is the resting place of all material
It is Lord Krishna Himself who controls this process as the purusha-avartaars
At the beginning of another millennium, the Lord again creates by His potencies

C) Lord is neutral – The Lord is not directly responsible for any of the activities of material existence.

He simply sanctions the material energy based on the past deeds and desires of the living entities

Focus of Learning

Lord and material nature

(a) Ref. Bg. 14.4:

Analogy: Lord is Father and Material Nature is Mother
Lord glances, but species are decided based on past deeds and desire of living entity

(b) Ref. Smrti:

Analogy: Fragrance of a flower touched by the smelling power of a person (yet the smelling and the flower are detached):
Similar connection is there between material world and Supreme Personality of Godhead
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.10 Maya, under Me; adhyaksena, as the supervisor, remaining changeless as a mere witness under all circumstances; prakrtih, the Prakrti, My maya consisting of the three gunas and characterized as ignorance; suyate, produces; the world sa-cara-acaram. of the moving and the none-moving things. Thus there is the Vedic text, 'The one divine Being is hidden in all beings; He is amnipresent, the indwelling Self of all bengs, the Supervisor of actions, the refuge of all beings, the witness, the one who imparts consceiousness, unconditioned [This is according to Sankaracarya's commentary on this verse. A.G. interprets kevala as non-dual.-Tr.] and without alities' (Sv. 6.11). Anena hetuna, owing to this reason-because of this presiding over; O son of Kunti, the jagat, world, with the moving and the non-moving things, consisting of the manifest and the unmanifest; viparivartate, revolves, under all conditions [During creation, continuance and dissolution.] All the activities of the world in the form, 'I eat this; I see; I hear this; I experience this happiness, suffer this sorrow; I shall do this for that purpose, [Ast. omits this portion.-Tr] I shall do this for this purpose; I shall know this,' etc. indeed arise owing to their being the objects of the conscious witness. They verily exist in consciousness, and end in consciousness. And such mantras as, 'He who is the witness of this is in the supreme heaven' [Supreme heaven, the heart; i.e. He is inscrutable.] (Rg., Na. Su. 10.129.7; Tai. Br.2.8.9), reveal this fact. Since it follows from this that there is no other conscious being part from the one Deity-who is the witness of all as the absolute Consciousness, and who in reality has no contact with any kind of enjoyment-, therefore there is no other enjoyer. Hence, in this context, the estion, 'For what purpose is this creation?', and its answer are baseless-in accordance with the Vedic text, 'Who know (It) truly, who can fully speak about this here? From where has this come? From where is this variegated creation?' (Rg. 3.54.5; 10.129.6). And it has been pointed out by the Lord also: 'Knowledge remains covered by ignorance. Thery the creatures become deluded' (5.15).
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.10 Therefore, My Prakrti, looked at by Me, through My will and under My supervision creates the world with its mobile and immobile beings in accordance with the Karma of individual selves. Because of this, namely, My look at Prakrti in conformity with the Karma of individual selves, the world revolves. Behold in this wonderful phenomena the lordly power inherent to Me, the son of Vasudeva, such as My sovereignty, true resolve and being devoid of cruelty and similar blemishes! So declare the Srutis: 'The possessor of Maya projects this universe out of this. The other (i.e., individual self) is confined by Maya in the world. One should know the Maya to be the Prakrti. And the possessor of Maya to be the Mighty Lord' (Sve. U., 4.9.10).
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.9-10 Na ca etc. Maya etc. There is for Me no bondage of actions, because I remain unconcerned. That is why, not resorting to any activity, I am the pirme cause in the process of world-creation.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.10 Under Me as supervisor, Nature produces the moving and the unmoving; because of this, O Arjuna, the world revolves.
Commentary

9.10 मया by Me? अध्यक्षेण as supervisor? प्रकृतिः Nature? सूयते produces? सचराचरम् the moving and the unmoving? हेतुना by cause? अनेन by this? कौन्तेय O Kaunteya? जगत् the world? विपरिवर्तते revolves.Commentary The Lord presides only as a witness. Nature does everything. By reason of His proximity or presence? Nature sends forth the moving and the unmoving. The prime cause of this creation is Nature. For the movable and the immovable? and for the whole universe? the root cause is Nature itself.Although all actions are done with the help of the light of the sun? yet? the sun cannot become the doer of actions. Even so the Lord cannot become the doer of actions even though Nature does all actions with the help of the light of the Lord.As Brahman illumines Avidya (ignorance)? the material cause of this world? It is regarded as the cause of this world. The magnet is ite indifferent although it makes the iron pieces move on account of its proximity. Even so the Lord remains indifferent although He makes Nature create the world.As the Lord and the Witness? He presides over this world which consists of moving and unmoving objects the manifested and the unmanifested wheel round and round.What is the purpose of creation Why has God created this world when He has really no concern with any enjoyment whatsoever This is a transcendental estion or Atiprasna. It is therefore irrelevant to ask or to answer this estion. You cannot say that God created this world for His own enjoyment because He really does not enjoy anything. He is a mere witness only. (Cf.X.8)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.10 Under Me as the supervisor, the Prakrti produces (the world) of the moving and the non-moving things. Owing to this reason, O son of Kunti, the world revolves.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.10 Under my guidance, Nature produces all things movable and immovable. Thus it is, O Arjuna, that this universe revolves.
Related values
Anahankarah (Freedom from False Ego)
Related verses
BG 9.8 BG 7.5 BG 15.7 SB 2.5.21 SB 3.26.19 SB 6.3.12 CC Ādi 5.67 CC Madhya 20.270 CC Madhya 6.159 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 1.3Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 3.8.9
Material nature, working under My direction, produces the moving and unmoving — the world revolves by this principle.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize Kṛṣṇa's directorship behind apparent chaos.
  • Don't take the world to be running on its own.
  • Live with awareness of His underlying direction.
Reflection Questions
  • When have I felt the world running on its own?
  • What restores awareness of His direction?

A great train rolls across a continent. A traveller looking only at the cars would say the locomotive is unnecessary — the cars are doing all the work. But every wheel turns under the unseen pull of the engine ahead. Prakṛti is the line of cars producing all moving and nonmoving beings; Kṛṣṇa is the unseen engine. Materialists see only the cars and announce: matter does it. Kṛṣṇa quietly says: under My supervision.

📝 My note

Section 3 (9.11–9.25)
FOOLS NEGLECT BHAKTI: THE DIVINE DON’T
Section overview
Duratmas – Fools who think Krishna’s form is ordinary are defeated in their endeavours (9.11 –9.12)
Mahatmas – Those who know that Krishna has a transcendental form take shelter of Him and worship Him (9.13 – 9.14)
Indirect worshippers – All who take shelter of a conception of Supreme and worship it, are ultimately worshipping Krishna, but they worship Him indirectly – These are of 3 types:
Ekatvena – the monist, the lowest, worships himself as one with the Supreme (9.11 – 9.12)
Visvato-mukham – a worshiper of the material, universal form is the best (9.16 – 9.19)
Prthakvena – a demigod worshiper, is situated higher than the ‘ekatvena’ (9.20 – 9.25)

LINK BETWEEN SECTION II & SECTION III: After hearing the Lord describe how He is the Supreme object

of worship in terms of the material creation, one may ask, “Why then do some people not respect Him?”

Krishna answers this question here.

Bhagavad-gītā 9.11

↗
అవజానన్తి మాం మూఢా మానుషీం తనుమాశ్రితమ్ । పరం భావమజానన్తో మమ భూతమహేశ్వరమ్ ॥ ౧౧ ॥
avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā
[avajaananti maam moodhaa]
mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam
[maanusheem tanum aashritam]
paraṁ bhāvam ajānanto
[param bhaavam ajaananto]
mama bhūta-maheśvaram
[mama bhoota-maheshvaram]
avajānanti — deride mām — Me mūḍhāḥ — foolish men mānuṣīm — in a human form tanum — a body āśritam — assuming param — transcendental bhāvam — nature ajānantaḥ — not knowing mama — My bhūta — of everything that be mahā - īśvaram — the supreme proprietor .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā
avajānanti
deride
mām
Me
mūḍhāḥ
foolish men
mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam
mānuṣīm
in a human form
tanum
a body
āśritam
assuming
paraṁ bhāvam ajānanto
param
transcendental
bhāvam
nature
ajānantaḥ
not knowing
mama bhūta-maheśvaram
mama
My
bhūta
of everything that be
mahā - īśvaram
the supreme proprietor .
  • avajānanti — they deride
    Ava + √jñā — to know downwards, to look down upon. Not ignorance simply but contemptuous misjudgment. The mūḍhas don't merely fail to recognize Kṛṣṇa; they actively rate Him low.
  • mūḍhāḥ — fools
    From √muh — to be bewildered, deluded. The mūḍha is not stupid in IQ; he is bewildered about the categories. He sees a body and concludes: ordinary. He cannot read the supreme through the human form.
  • mānuṣīm — human
    Adjective qualifying tanu (body). Kṛṣṇa Himself names His form as mānuṣī — yet in the same breath calls Himself bhūta-maheśvara. The two are not in conflict; the human form is a feature, not a limit.
  • tanum — form, body
    Accusative of tanu — body, form. Kṛṣṇa's tanu is His specific personal embodiment. The mūḍha sees only the tanu; the wise sees the bhāva inside the tanu.
  • āśritam — assumed (lit. taken shelter in)
    Past participle of ā + √śri — to take shelter in. Kṛṣṇa 'takes shelter' in the human form rather than being constrained to it. The form is volitionally assumed, not karmically imposed — a critical distinction the mūḍha misses.
  • param — supreme
    Param qualifies bhāva — supreme nature. Behind the mānuṣī tanu is the param bhāva. The fool sees the tanu and stops; the wise sees through to the param bhāva.
  • bhāvam — nature, essence
    Accusative of bhāva — being, essence. The 'inner Kṛṣṇa' behind the human form. Param bhāva together names the supreme essence that the mūḍha fails to perceive.
  • mahā - īśvaram — great Lord
    Mahā + īśvara — the great controller. Bhūta-maheśvara: the great Lord of all beings. The mūḍhas do not just fail to see Kṛṣṇa as Lord; they fail to see Him as the Lord of the very wrestling ring or palace from which they mock Him.
Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know My transcendental nature as the Supreme Lord of all that be.

From the other explanations of the previous verses in this chapter, it is clear that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, although appearing like a human being, is not a common man. The Personality of Godhead, who conducts the creation, maintenance and annihilation of the complete cosmic manifestation, cannot be a human being. Yet there are many foolish men who consider Kṛṣṇa to be merely a powerful man and nothing more. Actually, He is the original Supreme Personality, as is confirmed in the Brahma-saṁhitā ( īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ ); He is the Supreme Lord. There are many īśvaras, controllers, and one appears greater than another. In the ordinary management of affairs in the material world, we find some official or director, and above him there is a secretary, and above him a minister, and above him a president. Each of them is a controller, but one is controlled by another. In the Brahma-saṁhitā it is said that Kṛṣṇa is the supreme controller; there are many controllers undoubtedly, both in the material and spiritual world, but Kṛṣṇa is the supreme controller ( īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ ), and His body is sac-cid-ānanda, nonmaterial. Material bodies cannot perform the wonderful acts described in previous verses. His body is eternal, blissful and full of knowledge. Although He is not a common man, the foolish deride Him and consider Him to be a man. His body is called here mānuṣīm because He is acting just like a man, a friend of Arjuna’s, a politician involved in the Battle of Kurukṣetra. In so many ways He is acting just like an ordinary man, but actually His body is sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha – eternal bliss and knowledge absolute. This is confirmed in the Vedic language also. Sac-cid-ānanda-rūpāya kṛṣṇāya: “I offer my obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, who is the eternal blissful form of knowledge.” ( Gopāla-tāpanī Upaniṣad 1.1) There are other descriptions in the Vedic language also. Tam ekaṁ govindam: “You are Govinda, the pleasure of the senses and the cows.” Sac-cid-ānanda-vigraham: “And Your form is transcendental, full of knowledge, bliss and eternality.” ( Gopāla-tāpanī Upaniṣad 1.38) Despite the transcendental qualities of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s body, its full bliss and knowledge, there are many so-called scholars and commentators of Bhagavad-gītā who deride Kṛṣṇa as an ordinary man. The scholar may be born an extraordinary man due to his previous good work, but this conception of Śrī Kṛṣṇa is due to a poor fund of knowledge. Therefore he is called mūḍha, for only foolish persons consider Kṛṣṇa to be an ordinary human being. The foolish consider Kṛṣṇa an ordinary human being because they do not know the confidential activities of the Supreme Lord and His different energies. They do not know that Kṛṣṇa’s body is a symbol of complete knowledge and bliss, that He is the proprietor of everything that be and that He can award liberation to anyone. Because they do not know that Kṛṣṇa has so many transcendental qualifications, they deride Him. Nor do they know that the appearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in this material world is a manifestation of His internal energy. He is the master of the material energy. As has been explained in several places ( mama māyā duratyayā ), He claims that the material energy, although very powerful, is under His control, and whoever surrenders unto Him can get out of the control of this material energy. If a soul surrendered to Kṛṣṇa can get out of the influence of material energy, then how can the Supreme Lord, who conducts the creation, maintenance and annihilation of the whole cosmic nature, have a material body like us? So this conception of Kṛṣṇa is complete foolishness. Foolish persons, however, cannot conceive that the Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, appearing just like an ordinary man, can be the controller of all the atoms and of the gigantic manifestation of the universal form. The biggest and the minutest are beyond their conception, so they cannot imagine that a form like that of a human being can simultaneously control the infinite and the minute. Actually, although He is controlling the infinite and the finite, He is apart from all this manifestation. It is clearly stated concerning His yogam aiśvaram, His inconceivable transcendental energy, that He can control the infinite and the finite simultaneously and that He can remain aloof from them. Although the foolish cannot imagine how Kṛṣṇa, who appears just like a human being, can control the infinite and the finite, those who are pure devotees accept this, for they know that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore they completely surrender unto Him and engage in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, devotional service of the Lord. There are many controversies between the impersonalists and the personalists about the Lord’s appearance as a human being. But if we consult Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the authoritative texts for understanding the science of Kṛṣṇa, then we can understand that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is not an ordinary man, although He appeared on this earth as an ordinary human. In the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, First Canto, First Chapter, when the sages headed by Śaunaka inquired about the activities of Kṛṣṇa, they said: kṛtavān kila karmāṇi saha rāmeṇa keśavaḥ ati-martyāni bhagavān gūḍhaḥ kapaṭa-māṇuṣaḥ “Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, along with Balarāma, played like a human being, and so masked He performed many superhuman acts.” ( Bhāg. 1.1.20 ) The Lord’s appearance as a man bewilders the foolish. No human being could perform the wonderful acts that Kṛṣṇa performed while He was present on this earth. When Kṛṣṇa appeared before His father and mother, Vasudeva and Devakī, He appeared with four hands, but after the prayers of the parents He transformed Himself into an ordinary child. As stated in the Bhāgavatam (10.3.46) , babhūva prākṛtaḥ śiśuḥ: He became just like an ordinary child, an ordinary human being. Now, here again it is indicated that the Lord’s appearance as an ordinary human being is one of the features of His transcendental body. In the Eleventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā also it is stated that Arjuna prayed to see Kṛṣṇa’s form of four hands ( tenaiva rūpeṇa catur-bhujena ). After revealing this form, Kṛṣṇa, when petitioned by Arjuna, again assumed His original humanlike form ( mānuṣaṁ rūpam ). These different features of the Supreme Lord are certainly not those of an ordinary human being. Some of those who deride Kṛṣṇa and who are infected with the Māyāvādī philosophy quote the following verse from the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.29.21) to prove that Kṛṣṇa is just an ordinary man. Ahaṁ sarveṣu bhūteṣu bhūtātmāvasthitaḥ sadā: “The Supreme is present in every living entity.” We should better take note of this particular verse from the Vaiṣṇava ācāryas like Jīva Gosvāmī and Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura instead of following the interpretation of unauthorized persons who deride Kṛṣṇa. Jīva Gosvāmī, commenting on this verse, says that Kṛṣṇa, in His plenary expansion as Paramātmā, is situated in the moving and the nonmoving entities as the Supersoul, so any neophyte devotee who simply gives his attention to the arcā-mūrti, the form of the Supreme Lord in the temple, and does not respect other living entities is uselessly worshiping the form of the Lord in the temple. There are three kinds of devotees of the Lord, and the neophyte is in the lowest stage. The neophyte devotee gives more attention to the Deity in the temple than to other devotees, so Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura warns that this sort of mentality should be corrected. A devotee should see that because Kṛṣṇa is present in everyone’s heart as Paramātmā, every body is the embodiment or the temple of the Supreme Lord; so as one offers respect to the temple of the Lord, he should similarly properly respect each and every body in which the Paramātmā dwells. Everyone should therefore be given proper respect and should not be neglected. There are also many impersonalists who deride temple worship. They say that since God is everywhere, why should one restrict himself to temple worship? But if God is everywhere, is He not in the temple or in the Deity? Although the personalist and the impersonalist will fight with one another perpetually, a perfect devotee in Kṛṣṇa consciousness knows that although Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality, He is all-pervading, as confirmed in the Brahma-saṁhitā. Although His personal abode is Goloka Vṛndāvana and He is always staying there, by His different manifestations of energy and by His plenary expansion He is present everywhere in all parts of the material and spiritual creation.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
11. The fools deride Me in this human form, not knowing that I am the great Lord of the Brahman, higher than all else.
Commentary

“That well known Mahāpuruṣa lying on the Kāraṇa Ocean with sat-cid-ānanda form, spreading Himself through millions of universes, who creates the universe by His own energy, is indeed You. But some say in deprecation that when You come as the son of Vasudeva with human-like form it is just an aṁśa of that Mahāpuruṣa.” In response the Lord speaks this verse. Yes, they deride this human-like form that I assume. They do not know that this human-like body is the supreme form (paraṁ bhāvam). It is My svarūpa, My actual form, more attractive than and superior to the Mahāpuruṣa lying on the Kāraṇa Ocean and other forms as well. What type of form is this? It is the highest truth (bhūta), meaning Brahman; and it is the great lord (maheśvaram). The phrase “great lord” excludes other meanings of the word bhūta. According to the Amara Kośa, bhūta has various meanings such as truth, the elements like earth, or being fit. The śruti says: tam ekaṁ govindaṁ sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaṁ vṛndāvana-sura-bhūruha-bhāvanāsīnaṁ satataṁ sa-marud-gaṇo’haṁ paramayā stutyā toṣayāmi I constantly satisfy with praises along with the Maruts that one Govinda with sat-cid-ānanda form sitting beneath a desire tree. Gopāla Tāpanī Upaniṣad 1.35 The smṛti says narākṛti-para-brahma: the supreme Brahman has a human form. (Viṣṇu Purāṇa 4.11.2) Thus My knowledgeable devotees describe My human-like body as being sat-cid-ānanda. My mother Yaśodā also saw that sat-cid-ānanda form during My childhood, that form which extended over the whole universe. Or another meaning of paraṁ bhāvam [Note: The first meaning of paraṁ bhāvam was that it was superior to the form of Mahāviṣṇu.] is as follows. The last line describes the reality of that mānusīṁ tanum. That human form is the most exalted state (param bhāvam), viśuddha-sattva, a svarūpa of sat-cid-ānanda. Amara Kośa says bhāva means state, ones nature or intention. That highest state is then detailed. I am the great lord (maheśvāram) of beings such as Brahmā (bhūta) whom I create. This means that I, the lord of Brahmā and others, unlike the jīvas, since I am their lord, am not different from My human body. I am My body. My body is Myself. That body is Brahman. Śukadeva, who is knowledgeable, says My body is directly Brahman: śābdaṁ brahma dadhad vapuḥ Then, in the Satya-yuga, the lotus-eyed Supreme Personality of Godhead, being pleased, showed Himself to that Kardama Muni and displayed His transcendental form, which can be understood only through the Vedas.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
11. The fools deride Me, the Lord of all beings, in this eternal human form, not knowing it is My original spiritual form, pure brahman, higher than all else.
Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Krsna is doing this: universes are coming in and out with no effort from Him and yet He is standing there on the battlefield. Even when Brahma saw Him, after Krsna killed the Aghasura demon, as a young cowherd boy standing there with His friends with a lump of foodstufs in His left hand, Brahma couldn't understand: "it is impossible that this boy is creating universes." Brahma was bewildered by that. Similarly, Krsna explains here 'people don't know that this form that looks like a human being, this is a superior form.' But people cannot conceive this. This human‑like form of Krsna is even superior to the four‑armed Visnu forms worshiped by so many people. People not knowing this, they deride Krsna. Srila Prabhupada explains in his Purport: "Foolish persons, however, cannot conceive that the Personality of Godhead, Krsna, appearing just like an ordinary man, can be the controller of all the atoms and of the gigantic manifestation of the universal form. The biggest and the minutest are beyond their conception, so they cannot imagine that a form like that of a human being can simultaneously control the infinite and the minute. Actually although He is controlling the infinite and the finite, He is apart from all this manifestation. It is clearly stated concerning His yogam aisvaram, His inconceivable transcendental energy, that He can control the infinite and the finite simultaneously and that He can remain aloof from them. Although the foolish cannot imagine how Krsna, who appears just like a human being, can control the infinite and the finite, those who are pure devotees accept this, for they know that Krsna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore they completely surrender unto Him and engage in Krsna consciousness, devotional service of the Lord." If someone is bewildered and doesn't accept that Krsna, the Supreme Lord, the controller of the finite and infinite is in this human form, what happens to him?

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Fools think of Krishna’s form as ordinary human and do not consider Aishvarya-Jnana of Text 9.4 –

9.10

Fools do not consider His transcendental nature as the Supreme Lord of all that be

Focus of Learning

(a) First half of the purport establishes that Krishna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead, although

appearing ordinary but He is not a common man

Based on 9.4 – 9.10 (Yogam-Aishvaram) – One who conducts such inconceivable acts of creation, cannot be a common man
Ref. Brahma Samhita 5.1 – Krishna is the Supreme Ishvara – Supreme Controller
Ref. Gopala-Tapani Upanisad and Brahma Samhita – His body is sac-cid-ananda and not like a common man
If Bg. 7.14 (“daivi hy...”) says: ‘A soul surrendered unto Krishna can get out of material energy’ – Then how can Lord who conducts creation, etc., and controls material energy, have a material body like us
Mudhas – Great scholars, who may be born as extra-ordinary man due to good karma, deride Him because of poor fund of knowledge – They are called Mudhas
What knowledge they lack? – They do not know Krishna’s transcendental knowledge like...

▪ Confidential activities of Supreme Lord and His different energies

▪ His eternal body is of complete bliss and knowledge

▪ He is Supreme proprietor

▪ He can award liberation to anyone

▪ His manifestation in material world is a manifestation of internal energy

▪ He controls infinite (biggest) and finite (smallest) and still He is aloof

▪ This can be established by ‘Yogam-Aishvaram’ (9.4 – 9.10)

Who accepts Krishna ‘yogam-aishvaram’ easily
Pure devotee who know Krishna as the Supreme personality of Godhead
Result of this knowledge – Complete surrender in devotional service

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF TEXTS 9.11 – 9.15

Different people will appreciate Krishna in different ways

according to their level of devotional consciousness

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.11 & 9.12:

What happens to those, who in bewilderment, disrespect Krishna’s form

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.11 Ajanatah, not knowing; mama, My; param, supreme; bhavam, nature-My supreme Reality, which is like space, nay, which is subtler and more pervasive than space; as bhuta-maheswaram, the Lord of all beings, the great Lord of all beings who is their Self; mudhah, foolish people, the non-discriminating ones; avajananti, disregard, belittle; mam, Me, although I am by nature thus eternal, pure, intelligent, free and the Self of all beings; and asritam, who have taken; manusim tanum, a human body common to men, i.e৷৷. when I act with the help of a human body. As a result of that, as a result of continously disrespecting Me, those wretches get ruined. How?
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.11 Because of their evil actions (Karmas), fools disregard Me - the great Lord of all beings, the Omniscient, whose resolves are true, who is the sole cause of the entire universe, and who has taken the human body out of great compassion so that I might become the refuge of all. They consider Me to be a man like themselves. The meaning is that they disregard Me, not knowing My higher nature which is an abode of compassion, generosity, condescension and parental solicitude. This nature of mine is the cause of My resorting to the human shape. But without understanding this, the ignorant consider Me as of the same nature as others, because I have assumed the human form.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.11 Avajananti etc. I am reclining within all that is born Being the Self of all, I become the object of disrespect. For, [they raise the estion] : 'Apart from the fourteen types of creation, like man etc., no Lord is found; hence how can He exist ?'
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.11 Fools disregard Me, clad in human form, not knowing My higher Being as the great Lord of (all) beings.
Commentary

9.11 अवजानन्ति disregard? माम् Me? मूढाः fools? मानुषीम् human? तनुम् form? आश्रितम् assumed? परम् higher? भावम् state or nature? अजानन्तः not knowing? मम My? भूतमहेश्वरम् the Great Lord of beings.Commentary Fools only find fault with My pure nature? just as a man with jaundiced eyes finds all objects to be yellow. The man who is suffering from fever finds even milk as bitter as the essence of neem. Those who wish to behold Me by means of the physical eyes cannot know Me. If anyone takes the mirage for the Ganga? can he find any water thereFools who do not have discrimination and right understanding despise Me? dwelling in the human form. I have taken this body to bless My devotees. These fools have no knowledge of My higher Being. They do not know that I am the great Lord? the Supreme SElf? the luminous? omniscient? pure? ever free? immortal? wise? the Self of all. These fools take Me for an ordinary mortal and despise Me always. The wise know both My transcendental nature and the glory of My manifestation.I pervade? permeate and interpenetrate the universe. I am the support of this world? body? mind? lifeforce and the senses and yet there are some miserable fools? who say that I do not exist. There is thus not a place anywhere where I am not? and yet these people are not able to see Me. Look at the misfortune of these people. Pitiable is their lot (Cf.IV.6VII.24)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.11 Not knowing My supreme nature as the Lord of all beings, foolish people disregard Me who have taken a human body.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.11 Fools disregard Me, seeing Me clad in human form. They know not that in My higher nature I am the Lord-God of all.
Related values
Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)Discriminative WisdomSeva (Service / Selfless Action)Bhakti (Devotion)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)
Related verses
BG 7.15 BG 7.24 BG 4.9 SB 10.14.7 SB 7.1.25 SB 1.7.37 CC Madhya 6.82 CC Madhya 17.135 CC Ādi 2.117 Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.23Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.2.3
Fools deride Me when I appear in human form — not knowing My transcendental nature as Lord of all.
Practical Applications
  • Don't reduce Kṛṣṇa to His human appearance.
  • Honor the descent (avatāra) without diminishing the descender.
  • Recognize Kṛṣṇa's human form as supremely transcendental.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I quietly reduced Kṛṣṇa's form to 'just a man'?
  • What restores His transcendence?

A king travels through his own provinces in plain dress, eating at roadside stalls, walking among his subjects. Some peasants laugh at the simply-dressed traveller for putting himself in their company; they do not know they are mocking the man whose seal hangs on every law they obey. So Kṛṣṇa, descending in human form (mānuṣīm tanum), is laughed at by the mūḍhas — who do not know they laugh at the source of the seal.

Śiśupāla's hundred offenses

Śiśupāla, king of Cedi, hated Kṛṣṇa from childhood. At Yudhiṣṭhira's Rājasūya sacrifice, when Bhīṣma recommended that Kṛṣṇa be worshipped first, Śiśupāla rose and railed: 'This cowherd boy, this trickster, this man of common form — why is he worshipped before kings?'

He did not know — or refused to know — that the mānuṣīm tanum he derided was the param bhāva, the supreme nature of the Lord of all beings. Kṛṣṇa let him utter a hundred such offenses (the number He had promised Śiśupāla's mother to forgive) and then released the Sudarśana cakra. The verse 9.11 is the diagnosis; Śiśupāla is the textbook case.

The wrestlers and washerman of Mathurā

When Kṛṣṇa came to Mathurā as a youth, Kaṁsa's washerman refused Him fresh clothes, mocking the country boys for asking. The wrestlers Cāṇūra and Muṣṭika in the arena saw before them only two cowherd lads and laughed at the unfair match.

All three made the same error 9.11 names: avajānanti mām mūḍhāḥ mānuṣīm tanum āśritam. The Lord in human form was standing in front of them; the mūḍha lens turned Him into prey. Within hours, the washerman had lost his head and the wrestlers their lives — and all three, by His touch, attained higher births. Even derision, when directed at His personal form, is not lost on Him.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.12

↗
మోఘాశా మోఘకర్మాణో మోఘజ్ఞానా విచేతస: । రాక్షసీమాసురీం చైవ ప్రకృతిం మోహినీం శ్రితా: ॥ ౧౨ ॥
moghāśā mogha-karmāṇo
[moghaashaa mogha-karmaano]
mogha-jñānā vicetasaḥ
[mogha-jnaanaa vichetasah]
rākṣasīm āsurīṁ caiva
[raakshaseem aasureem chaiva]
prakṛtiṁ mohinīṁ śritāḥ
[prakritim mohineem shritaah]
mogha - āśāḥ — baffled in their hopes mogha - karmāṇaḥ — baffled in fruitive activities mogha - jñānāḥ — baffled in knowledge vicetasaḥ — bewildered rākṣasīm — demonic āsurīm — atheistic ca — and eva — certainly prakṛtim — nature mohinīm — bewildering śritāḥ — taking shelter of .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
moghāśā mogha-karmāṇo
mogha - āśāḥ
baffled in their hopes
mogha - karmāṇaḥ
baffled in fruitive activities
mogha-jñānā vicetasaḥ
mogha - jñānāḥ
baffled in knowledge
vicetasaḥ
bewildered
rākṣasīm āsurīṁ caiva
rākṣasīm
demonic
āsurīm
atheistic
ca
and
eva
certainly
prakṛtiṁ mohinīṁ śritāḥ
prakṛtim
nature
mohinīm
bewildering
śritāḥ
taking shelter of .
  • mogha - āśāḥ — frustrated in hopes
    Mogha (vain, fruitless) + āśā (hope). Their hopes are not merely disappointed; they are mogha — structurally void from the start. The hope for liberation built on rejection of Kṛṣṇa is a hope poured into a sieve.
  • mogha - karmāṇaḥ — baffled in fruitive activities
    Mogha + karman. Their karmas, too, are mogha. Without offering to the source, even good deeds spin without purchase — building castles on water, however well constructed.
  • mogha - jñānāḥ — baffled in knowledge
    Mogha + jñāna. Even their cultivated knowledge is mogha. The threefold mogha is devastating: hope, action, and learning — all three fail when the foundation is rejection of the Person.
  • vicetasaḥ — bewildered
    Vi (away from) + cetas (consciousness). Their consciousness has gone away from its proper centre. Not unintelligent — vicetasa: con-fused, scattered.
  • rākṣasīm — demonic
    The rākṣasa nature: predatory, devouring, dominated by tamas. The Gītā devotes chapter 16 to this category. Its defining feature is rejection of the Lord and consumption of others.
  • āsurīm — atheistic
    The āsura nature: proud, self-asserting, dominated by rajas. Paired with rākṣasī, the two name the spectrum of natures that reject Kṛṣṇa. The vicetasa souls of the verse take shelter in this combined nature.
  • mohinīm — bewildering
    That which bewilders. Māyā is not merely covering; she is mohinī — actively casting a deluding spell. Those who reject Kṛṣṇa take shelter in this mohinī prakṛti, and she binds them in her bewilderment.
Those who are thus bewildered are attracted by demonic and atheistic views. In that deluded condition, their hopes for liberation, their fruitive activities, and their culture of knowledge are all defeated.

There are many devotees who assume themselves to be in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and devotional service but at heart do not accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, as the Absolute Truth. For them, the fruit of devotional service – going back to Godhead – will never be tasted. Similarly, those who are engaged in fruitive pious activities and who are ultimately hoping to be liberated from this material entanglement will never be successful either, because they deride the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. In other words, persons who mock Kṛṣṇa are to be understood to be demonic or atheistic. As described in the Seventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā, such demonic miscreants never surrender to Kṛṣṇa. Therefore their mental speculations to arrive at the Absolute Truth bring them to the false conclusion that the ordinary living entity and Kṛṣṇa are one and the same. With such a false conviction, they think that the body of any human being is now simply covered by material nature and that as soon as one is liberated from this material body there is no difference between God and himself. This attempt to become one with Kṛṣṇa will be baffled because of delusion. Such atheistic and demoniac cultivation of spiritual knowledge is always futile. That is the indication of this verse. For such persons, cultivation of the knowledge in the Vedic literature, like the Vedānta-sūtra and the Upaniṣads, is always baffled. It is a great offense, therefore, to consider Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to be an ordinary man. Those who do so are certainly deluded because they cannot understand the eternal form of Kṛṣṇa. The Bṛhad-viṣṇu-smṛti clearly states: yo vetti bhautikaṁ dehaṁ kṛṣṇasya paramātmanaḥ sa sarvasmād bahiṣ-kāryaḥ śrauta-smārta-vidhānataḥ mukhaṁ tasyāvalokyāpi sa-celaṁ snānam ācaret “One who considers the body of Kṛṣṇa to be material should be driven out from all rituals and activities of the śruti and the smṛti. And if one by chance sees his face, one should at once take bath in the Ganges to rid himself of infection.” People jeer at Kṛṣṇa because they are envious of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Their destiny is certainly to take birth after birth in the species of atheistic and demoniac life. Perpetually, their real knowledge will remain under delusion, and gradually they will regress to the darkest region of creation.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
12. Among those who cannot distinguish this truth, those who are devotees do not gain sālokya, those who are karmīs do not attain their material fruits, and those who are jṣānīs do not attain liberation. They assume the nature of Rākṣasas and asuras.
Commentary

What is the destination of those who do not accept You, Kṛṣṇa, as the Lord and think that You have a human material body? Even if devotees are in this condition, their aspirations are in vain (moghāśaḥ). They do not achieve sālokya or whatever else they have desired. If they are karmīs, they do not attain the desired results of their actions such as Svarga (mogha-karmaṇaḥ). If they are jṣānīs, they do not attain the result of knowledge, liberation (mogha-jṣāna). Then what do they attain? They assume the nature (prakṛtim) of Rākṣasas.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
12. Among those who cannot distinguish this truth, the devotees do not gain liberation, the karmīs do not attain their material fruits, and the jṣānīs get no result from their knowledge. They assume the nature of rakṣasas and asuras.
Commentary

“What is the destination of those who deride You in your human form, thinking that You have a material body and have attained great power by very great acts of puṇya?” Even if they are devotees of the Lord, they are deprived of obtaining moksa (mogha āśā). If they are fixed in fruitive sacrifices, those actions are without result, being a waste of energy (mogha karmaṇā). If they are devoted to study of vedānta for jṣāna, their understanding bears no result. Why? They are perplexed (vicetasaḥ), having destroyed their power of discrimination by the sin of rejecting Me, the supreme Brahman, directly visible in an eternal, spiritual, human form. Therefore is said: yo vetti bhautikaṁ dehaṁ kṛṣṇasya paramātmanaḥ sa sarvasmād bahiṣkāryaḥ śrauta-smārta-vidhānataḥ mukhaṁ tasyāvalokyāpi sa-celaṁ snānam ācaret One who considers the body of Kṛṣṇa to be material should be driven out from all rituals and activities of the śruti and the smṛti. And if one by chance sees his face, one should at once take bath in the Ganges with clothing on to rid himself of infection. Bṛhad Viṣṇu Smṛti [Note: It could also be Viṣṇu Purāṇa, but I have found the quotation in neither work, unless there is a bigger version called “brhad.”] What result do they attain? Taking shelter of dispositions (prakṛtim) without power of discrimination, of entities in the mode of ignorance predominated by violence (rākṣasīm) and entities in the mode of passion with intense lust and pride (āsurīm), they are qualified to live in hell.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

The result of not accepting Krsna's form as transcendental and thus be disrespectfull towards Krsna, is that one becomes bewildered and attracted by demoniac and atheistic views. This means if one is practicing karma‑kanda or yoga or jnana‑ yoga, looking for fruitive results, mystic powers, liberation, if he thinks that Krsna's form is not eternal, he will not attain none of those results he is looking for. 'Mogha‑asah', all their hopes are baffled, ruined; 'Mogha‑karmanah, all their hopes for fruitive results are baffled, ruined; 'Mogha‑jnanah', all their hopes for knowledge are baffled, ruined.

There is no success for a person who doesn't accept Krsna's transcendental form. Mayavadis say that Brahman is Supreme but He is taking on the mode of goodness and becomes Krsna. The future of those 'rakasim asurim' is to become 'yaksas and raksasas', because their mentality is demoniac. Texts 13 and 15 explain those who are divine.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Duratmas – “Fate” of those who out of bewilderment disrespect Krishna’s form

They are attracted by demoniac and atheistic views
Hopes for liberation, fruitive activities and culture of knowledge are all defeated

Focus of Learning

(b) Solution to controversies between impersonalists and personalists on lord’s appearance as a

human being – Solved on the basis of authoritative texts like Bhagavad-gita and Srimad

Bhagavatam

Superhuman acts of Krishna and Balarama (Ref. SB 1.1.20) – Krishna and Balarama played like human beings but performed many superhuman acts which no human can perform
Two examples of the Lord’s appearance – Lord’s appearance as human is one of His features of His transcendental body
Krishna appears as four-armed form and then two-armed form in front of Vasudev and Devaki
Universal form and four-armed-form in front of Arjuna (Ref. Bg. Chapter 11)
Mayavadis quote Srimad Bhagavatam to prove Krishna as ordinary man. They say everyone is God
Argument: They use Text SB 3.29.21 – “Supreme is present in every living entity” – to establish Krishna as an ordinary man or ‘Everyone is God’
Refutation: Based on Srila Jiva Goswami and Srila Visvanath Chakravathi Thakura

▪ Jiva Goswami says: Krishna is present as Paramatma in all the hearts. To give

attention to Archa Murti in temple and not to respect other living entities is

neophyte mentality and is useless worship. Visvanath Chakravathi Thakur

warns about this mentality

▪ Conclusion: Devotees vision – “Krishna is present is everyone’s heart as

Paramatma, therefore everyone is embodiment or temple of the Lord, so

everyone should be given proper respect.”

Impersonalists deride temple worship
Argument: Since God is everywhere why restrict ourselves to Deity worship
Refutation: If God is everywhere then why not also in the temple or in the Deity
Knowledge of Perfect Devotee in Krishna Consciousness:

▪ Knows that “Although Krishna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He is all-

pervading by His energies and plenary expansions” (Ref. Brahma Samhita)

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.12 & 9.13:

What about those who do respect Krishna as He has revealed Himself

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.12 Moghasah, of vain hopes. So also, mogha-karmanah, of vain actions: their rites, such as Agnihotra etc. which are undertaken by them, verily become vain, fruitless actions, because of dishonouring the Lord, disregarding Him who is their own Self. In this way they are of vain actions. Similarly, mogha-jnanah, of vain knowledge: of fruitless knowledge; even their knowledge verily becomes useless. And vicetasah, senseless: i.e., they lose their power of discrimination. Besides, [Besides, in the next birth৷৷.] they become sritah, possessed of; the mohinim, self-deceptive, self-delusive; prakritim, disposition; raksasim, of fiends; and asurim, of demons-according to which the body is the Self; i.e., they become habitually inclined to act cruelly, saying, 'cut, break, drink, eat, steal others' wealth,' etc. [The habit to cut, break, drink, eat, etc. is characteristic of fiends. The habit of stealing others' wealth, etc. is characteristic of demons.] This is stated in the Sruti, 'Those worlds of devils (are covered by blinding darkness)' (Is. 3).
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.12 Men yielding to the deluding nature characteristics of Asuras and Raksas and not aware of My higher nature like compassion etc. When I am in a human form, are possessed of vain hopes, i.e, their hopes remain fruitless, and their knowledge also is vain, i.e., is fruitless. They are so because of their erroneous understanding which fails to know that all things, mobile and immobile, belong to Me. They are ignorant on account of their being devoid of knowledge of truth everywhere. Whatever they do regarding Me, the Lord of all, is done with an attitude that I am an ordinary mortal. So their efforts go in vain. All this springs from their partaking of the nature of Raksasas and Asuras.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.12 Mogha-etc. Their action, knowledge and aspirations are all futile, as these are concerned with the unreal. The demoniac and devilish nature etc. They are of the nature of excessive desire and ignorance.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.12 Of vain hopes, of vain actions, of vain knowledge and senseless, they verily are possessed of the deceitful nature of demons and undivine beings.
Commentary

9.12 मोघाशाः of vain hopes? मोघकर्माणः of vain actions? मोघज्ञानाः of vain knowledge? विचेतसः senseless? राक्षसीम् devilish? आसुरीम् undivine? च and? एव verily? प्रकृतिम् nature? मोहिनीम् deceitful? श्रिताः (are) possessed of.Commentary They entertain vain hopes? for there can be no hope in perishable forms. It is vain hope because they run after transient objects and miss the Eternal. It is vain action? because it is not performed by them as sacrifice unto the Lord. The Agnihotra (a ritual) and other actions performed by them are fruitless? because they insult the Lord. They are senseless. They have no,discrimination. They have no idea of the eternal Self. They worship their body only. They behold no self beyond the body. They neglect their own Self. They do atrocious crimes and cruel actions. They rob others property and murder people. They partake of the nature of the demons and the undivine beings.The Rakshasa are Tamasic and the Asuras are Rajasic.Prakriti means here Svabhava (ones own nature).They see the external human body only. They have no knowledge of the Self that dwells within the body. They do not behold God in the universe. They life for eating and drinking only.He who entertains hope of getting the rewards of actions through mere Karma alone? without the grace of the Lord is one of empty hope and empty deed. Karmas are insentient. They cannot give rewards independently. The omniscient Lord Who knows the relationship between Karmas and their fruits can dispense them. He who has obtained knowledge from books which do not admit of the existence of the Self and which do not speak of the Self is one of empty knowledge. This will not give any reward. That knowledge obtained through the study of spiritual books which treat of Brahman alone can give the reward. (Cf.VII.15XVI.6?20)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.12 Of vain hopes, of vain actions, of vain knowledge, and senseless, they become verily possessed of the deceptive disposition of fiends and demons.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.12 Their hopes are vain, their actions worthless, their knowledge futile; they are without sense, deceitful, barbarous and godless.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Such bewildered persons are attracted to demoniac and atheistic views — their hopes for liberation, their actions, their knowledge — all defeated.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that bewilderment defeats hope, action, and knowledge — all three.
  • Address bewilderment at the root.
  • Don't waste effort on superstructure when the root needs care.
Reflection Questions
  • Where is bewilderment defeating my best efforts?
  • What addresses it at the root?

A traveller who refuses the only true map will still get a map — from a passing stranger, drawn on the back of a leaf, leading nowhere. Three things he carries: hope of arriving, work to do, lore he has gathered. All three turn mogha — fruitless. Reject the param bhāva and the universe will still hand you a map; it just won't be a real one.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.13

↗
మహాత్మానస్తు మాం పార్థ దైవీం ప్రకృతిమాశ్రితా: । భజన్త్యనన్యమనసో జ్ఞాత్వా భూతాదిమవ్యయమ్ ॥ ౧౩ ॥
mahātmānas tu māṁ pārtha
[mahaatmaanas tu maam paartha]
daivīṁ prakṛtim āśritāḥ
[daiveem prakritim aashritaah]
bhajanty ananya-manaso
[bhajanty ananya-manaso]
jñātvā bhūtādim avyayam
[jnaatvaa bhootaadim avyayam]
mahā - ātmānaḥ — the great souls tu — but mām — unto Me pārtha — O son of Pṛthā daivīm — divine prakṛtim — nature āśritāḥ — having taken shelter of bhajanti — render service ananya - manasaḥ — without deviation of the mind jñātvā — knowing bhūta — of creation ādim — the origin avyayam — inexhaustible .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
mahātmānas tu māṁ pārtha
mahā - ātmānaḥ
the great souls
tu
but
mām
unto Me
pārtha
O son of Pṛthā
daivīṁ prakṛtim āśritāḥ
daivīm
divine
prakṛtim
nature
āśritāḥ
having taken shelter of
bhajanty ananya-manaso
bhajanti
render service
ananya - manasaḥ
without deviation of the mind
jñātvā bhūtādim avyayam
jñātvā
knowing
bhūta
of creation
ādim
the origin
avyayam
inexhaustible .
  • mahā - ātmānaḥ — the great souls
    Mahā + ātman. Not 'celebrities' but souls who have become vast — not by accumulation but by orientation. They face Kṛṣṇa, and that single facing enlarges them.
  • daivīm — divine (i.e. parā-prakṛti, Bhagavān's spiritual energy)
    Daivī here is not 'belonging to the devas' but Bhagavān's own superior energy — the parā-prakṛti named in 7.5, internally constituted as hlādinī, sandhinī, and saṁvit. The aparā (eightfold material) deludes; the daivī shelters, because she *is* Kṛṣṇa's intimate śakti. The mahātmā takes refuge not in a higher realm but in Kṛṣṇa's own internal potency — and through her, in Him.
  • āśritāḥ — having taken shelter
    Past participle of ā + √śri. The same root used in 9.11 for Kṛṣṇa āśrita-ing the human form — but now the verb runs the other way. Just as He takes shelter in mānuṣī tanu to come close, the mahātmā takes shelter in daivī prakṛti to come close.
  • bhajanti — they worship
    From √bhaj — to share, partake, serve. Bhakti at its root means sharing in. The mahātmā does not merely admire Kṛṣṇa; he shares life with Him. The verb is in active, present, third plural — a continuous shared living.
  • ananya - manasaḥ — without deviation of mind
    A- + anya (other) + manas (mind). 'No-other-minded.' The mahātmā's mind has stopped offering itself in pieces to other objects. One mind, one direction. The single most demanding qualification in the verse.
  • avyayam — inexhaustible
    A- + √vyaya (expenditure) — never spent, never used up. The mahātmā knows Kṛṣṇa as bhūta-ādi (source of beings) and avyaya — original and never-depleted. Not a god among gods, but the never-spent fountain from which all gods come.
O son of Pṛthā, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under the protection of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional service because they know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, original and inexhaustible.

In this verse the description of the mahātmā is clearly given. The first sign of the mahātmā is that he is already situated in the divine nature. He is not under the control of material nature. And how is this effected? That is explained in the Seventh Chapter: one who surrenders unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, at once becomes freed from the control of material nature. That is the qualification. One can become free from the control of material nature as soon as he surrenders his soul to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is the preliminary formula. Being marginal potency, as soon as the living entity is freed from the control of material nature, he is put under the guidance of the spiritual nature. The guidance of the spiritual nature is called daivī prakṛti, divine nature. So when one is promoted in that way – by surrendering to the Supreme Personality of Godhead – one attains to the stage of great soul, mahātmā. The mahātmā does not divert his attention to anything outside Kṛṣṇa, because he knows perfectly well that Kṛṣṇa is the original Supreme Person, the cause of all causes. There is no doubt about it. Such a mahātmā, or great soul, develops through association with other mahātmās, pure devotees. Pure devotees are not even attracted by Kṛṣṇa’s other features, such as the four-armed Mahā-viṣṇu. They are simply attracted by the two-armed form of Kṛṣṇa. They are not attracted to other features of Kṛṣṇa, nor are they concerned with any form of a demigod or of a human being. They meditate only upon Kṛṣṇa in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. They are always engaged in the unswerving service of the Lord in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
13. The fortunate souls, attaining deva nature, worship My human form with no distractions, knowing that My human-like body is the cause of all things and is indestructible, being fully spiritual.
Commentary

But those men who attain greatness by unpredictable mercy of My devotees attain the nature of the devas (daivīṁ prakṛtim) (rather than asuras), and worship Me in My human-like form. Their minds do not dwell on such things as desires for jṣāna or karma (ananya manasaḥ). By knowledge of My powers (mayā tatam idaṁ sarvam), they know that I am the cause of all the unlimited bodies starting with Brahmā (bhūtādim). They know that I am indestructible (avayayam), since I have a body of sat-cid-ānanda. For understanding that I am worthy of worship, they should have at least this much knowledge of Me. Knowing this (jṣātvā), they worship Me. It should be understood that this bhakti, which is not dependent on karma or jṣāna which aim at realization of ātmā (tvam), and which is exclusively centered on the Lord, is the best of all, the king of knowledge, the king of secrets.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
13. Those of profound mind, taking shelter of My spiritual svarūpa, serve My human form with no distractions, knowing that My human-like body is the cause of all things, is indestructible, and fully spiritual.
Commentary

“Then who respects You?” Those who know Me as para Brahman with a human form, whose minds have become enlarged and deepened by such faith in Me (mahātmanaḥ—big minded), through devotee association, those who have no taste for other forms of the Lord such as the one having a thousand heads, [Note: This is the description of the Lord in the Puruṣa Sūkta, or the viśva rūpa.] though those are also My forms—such persons, having taken shelter of My spiritual svarūpa (daivim prakṛtim), accepting with conviction (jṣātvā) that I, with human form, am the cause of all living entities, the humans as well as Brahmā and Śiva (bhūtādim), and that I am eternal (avyayam), serve Me (bhajanti). Their consciousness is deeply absorbed in Me in My human form alone (ananya manasaḥ).

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Those mahatmas they are 'asritah', they have taken shelter, not in 'prakrtim mohinim sritah' as the demoniac do, but in the internal energy of the Lord 'daivim prakrtih asritah'. They have taken full shelter of the internal potency of Krsna: 'lhadini, sandini and samvit', and they know everything. They worship Krsna's form. Those mahatmas although humans, are actually divine ‑ and their consciousness is fixed on Krsna without deviation. What are these mahatmas' activities?

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Mahatamas – Those who do accept Krishna as He revealed Himself (c.f. Duratmas Bg. 9.12)

PLEASE NOTE: All signs and symptoms of ‘Mahatmas’ as given in the translation are included under various themes

of the ‘Focus of Learning’ section for these verses

Focus of Learning

(a) Various signs of ‘Mahatmas’

He is already situated in the protection of the Divine Nature
By surrender unto Supreme Personality of Godhead, one is situated in the divine nature (Ref. Bg. 7.14)
‘Guidance of spiritual nature’ is called ‘Daivi-prakrti’
Does not divert his attention to anything outside Krishna. How?
Because he knows Krishna to be original Supreme person
Attracted by His two-handed form – Performs unswerving service – may not even be interested in four-armed Vishnu form

(a) Example of the category of people mentioned here (Duratmas)

Many devotees who assume themselves to be in Krishna consciousness and devotional service, but at heart do not accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krishna, as the Absolute Truth
Those engaged in fruitive pious activities and ultimately hoping to be liberated, but they mock Krishna and deride Krishna as the Supreme Personality of Godhead

(b) People jeer at Krishna because they are envious of the Supreme Personality of Godhead

(c) Supporting Ref. Bg. 7.15 “na mam...” – Such demoniac miscreants never surrender to Krishna

(d) Thoughts and convictions of such Duratmas

Their mental speculations about the Absolute Truth bring them to the false conclusion that the ordinary living entity are one and the same
They think that the body of any human being is now simple covered by material nature and that as soon as one is liberated from the material body, there is no difference between God and Himself

(e) Destiny of such Duratmas – They take shelter of the material energy and are attracted by

demoniac and atheistic views

Never surrender to Krishna – Never taste the fruit of Devotional Service (Back to Godhead)
Destiny – Birth after birth gets species of demoniac life
Real knowledge remains under delusion Gradually regress to darkest regions of creation

(f) It is a great offence to consider Krishna as an ordinary man (Ref. Brhad Vishnu Smrti) – (study

purport)

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.14 & 9.15: Now Krishna mentions three types of worshipers who worship Him

indirectly

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.13 On the other hand, O son of Prtha, those mahat-manah, noble ones-who are not small-mined, who are imbued with faith, and who have set out on the path of Liberation, which is characerized by devotion to God; being asritah, possessed of; daivim, divine; prakrtim, nature-distinguished by mental and physical control, kindness, faith, etc.; tu, surely; bhajante, adore; mam, Me, God; ananya-manasah, with single-mindedness; jnatva, knowing Me; as the avyayam, immutable; bhutadim, source of all objects, of space etc. (i.e. th five elements) as well as of living beings. How?
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.13 Those who, through their multitude of good acts, have taken refuge in Me and have been thery released from the bondage of evil - they understand My divine nature. They are high-souled. Knowing Me to be the immutable source of all beings, namely, as the Lord whose name, acts and nature are beyond thought and speech, and who has descended in a human form out of supreme compassion to rescue the good, - they worship Me with un unswerving mind. As I am extremely dear to them, without worshipping Me they are unable to find support for their mind, self and external organs. Thus they become devoted to Me as their sole object.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.13 See Comment under 9.15
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.13 But the great souls, O Arjuna, partaking of My divine nature, worship Me with a single mind (with the mind devoted to nothing else), knowing Me as the imperishable source of beings.
Commentary

9.13 महात्मानः great souls? तु but? माम् Me? पार्थ O Partha? दैवीम् divine? प्रकृतिम् nature? आश्रिताः refuged (in)? भजन्ति worship? अनन्यमनसः with a mind devoted to nothing else? ज्ञात्वा having known? भूतादिम् the source of beings? अव्ययम् imperishable.Commentary Jnatva Bhutadimavyayam There is another interpretation -- knowing Me to be the source or the origin of beings and imperishable.Daivim Prakritim Divine or Sattvic nature. Those who are endowed with divine nature? and who possess selfrestraint? mercy? faith? purity? etc.Mahatmanah Or? the highsouled ones are those whose pure minds have been made by Me? as My special abode. I dwell in the pure minds of the highsouled ones. They have sincere devotion to Me. Those who possess divine Sattvic nature? who are endowed with a pure mind? and who have knowledge of the Self are Mahatmas.Bhutas All living beings? as well as the five elements.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.13 O son of Prtha, the noble ones, being possessed of divine nature, surely adore Me with single-mindedness, knowing Me as the immutable source of all objects.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.13 But the Great Souls, O Arjuna! Filled with My Divine Spirit, they worship Me, they fix their minds on Me and on Me alone, for they know that I am the imperishable Source of being.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
But the great souls, under the protection of the divine nature, fully engage in devotional service knowing Me as inexhaustible and original.
Practical Applications
  • Aspire to the protection of the divine nature, not just the divine.
  • Cultivate full engagement, not partial.
  • Recognize Kṛṣṇa as inexhaustible source.
Reflection Questions
  • Where is my engagement still partial?
  • What would 'full' look like this season?

Two ships sail the same sea. One carries no flag and accepts cargo from any port; the wind tosses it everywhere. The other flies the king's pennant; storms pass, pirates yield, supplies arrive at every port without payment. The mahātmā is the second ship — daivīm prakṛtim āśritāḥ, sheltered under the divine nature. Ananya-manasaḥ — single-masted, one flag, one destination.

Dhruva Mahārāja

Five-year-old Dhruva, refused his father's lap because he was the son of the second queen, walked alone into the forest to find a higher father. Nārada tested him and then gave him the mantra; Dhruva sat in such fierce determination that the universe itself trembled.

When the Lord appeared, Dhruva — now fully aware that he was a mahātmā in the daivī prakṛti — knew he had set out for sweets and found nectar. The royal seat he had originally come for was offered to him afterwards almost as an afterthought. The mahātmā in 9.13 is a portrait Dhruva inhabits: ananya-manasaḥ, knowing Kṛṣṇa as bhūta-ādim avyayam — the original, inexhaustible source.

Prahlāda inside Hiraṇyakaśipu's house

Born into a household defined by hatred of Viṣṇu, Prahlāda was still — from infancy — āśrita to the daivī prakṛti. No threat from his father, no torture, no poisons or serpents shook the ananya-manas of the child. He served the Lord with whole heart while serpents coiled around him.

The verse's portrait of a mahātmā fits him precisely: he knew Kṛṣṇa as bhūta-ādim, the source of all beings, and bhajati with no fluctuation. Hiraṇyakaśipu, by contrast, fits the previous verse — vicetasa, mogha-āśa.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.14

↗
సతతం కీర్తయన్తో మాం యతన్తశ్చ దృఢవ్రతా: । నమస్యన్తశ్చ మాం భక్త్య‍ా నిత్యయుక్తా ఉపాసతే ॥ ౧౪ ॥
satataṁ kīrtayanto māṁ
[satatam keertayanto maam]
yatantaś ca dṛḍha-vratāḥ
[yatantash cha dridha-vrataah]
namasyantaś ca māṁ bhaktyā
[namasyantash cha maam bhaktyaa]
nitya-yuktā upāsate
[nitya-yuktaa upaasate]
satatam — always kīrtayantaḥ — chanting mām — about Me yatantaḥ — fully endeavoring ca — also dṛḍha - vratāḥ — with determination namasyantaḥ — offering obeisances ca — and mām — Me bhaktyā — in devotion nitya - yuktāḥ — perpetually engaged upāsate — worship .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
satataṁ kīrtayanto māṁ
satatam
always
kīrtayantaḥ
chanting
mām
about Me
yatantaś ca dṛḍha-vratāḥ
yatantaḥ
fully endeavoring
ca
also
dṛḍha - vratāḥ
with determination
namasyantaś ca māṁ bhaktyā
namasyantaḥ
offering obeisances
ca
and
mām
Me
bhaktyā
in devotion
nitya-yuktā upāsate
nitya - yuktāḥ
perpetually engaged
upāsate
worship .
  • satatam — always
    From san + tatam (continuously stretched). Not periodically but continuously. The kīrtana of the mahātmā is not a daily practice slot; it is a continuous condition of being.
  • kīrtayantaḥ — chanting (glories)
    Present participle of √kīrt — to celebrate, proclaim. Kīrtana is celebration that travels — the glory is not kept in the heart but sent into the air, where it changes the air, and others, and the chanter again.
  • yatantaḥ — endeavoring
    Present participle of √yat — to strive. Bhakti is not passive surrender; it is active endeavor. The mahātmā exerts. The grace responds. Both are real.
  • dṛḍha - vratāḥ — with firm determination
    Dṛḍha (firm, unshaken) + vrata (vow). Their commitments are not gentle inclinations but vratas — vows held against weather and persecution. Without dṛḍha-vrata, kīrtana evaporates at the first inconvenience.
  • namasyantaḥ — offering obeisances
    Present participle of namasya — to do namas. The body is included; bhakti is not only mind and tongue. Offering obeisances trains the ego's most stubborn organ — the spine — to bend toward something greater.
  • nitya - yuktāḥ — eternally engaged
    Nitya (eternal, perpetual) + yukta (joined, engaged). The yoga of these souls is not a session; it is their nityatva — their continuous mode. Engagement and existence have merged.
Always chanting My glories, endeavoring with great determination, bowing down before Me, these great souls perpetually worship Me with devotion.

The mahātmā cannot be manufactured by rubber-stamping an ordinary man. His symptoms are described here: a mahātmā is always engaged in chanting the glories of the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Personality of Godhead. He has no other business. He is always engaged in the glorification of the Lord. In other words, he is not an impersonalist. When the question of glorification is there, one has to glorify the Supreme Lord, praising His holy name, His eternal form, His transcendental qualities and His uncommon pastimes. One has to glorify all these things; therefore a mahātmā is attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One who is attached to the impersonal feature of the Supreme Lord, the brahma-jyotir, is not described as mahātmā in the Bhagavad-gītā. He is described in a different way in the next verse. The mahātmā is always engaged in different activities of devotional service, as described in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, hearing and chanting about Viṣṇu, not a demigod or human being. That is devotion: śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ and smaraṇam, remembering Him. Such a mahātmā has firm determination to achieve at the ultimate end the association of the Supreme Lord in any one of the five transcendental rasas. To achieve that success, he engages all activities – mental, bodily and vocal, everything – in the service of the Supreme Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. That is called full Kṛṣṇa consciousness. In devotional service there are certain activities which are called determined, such as fasting on certain days, like the eleventh day of the moon, Ekādaśī, and on the appearance day of the Lord. All these rules and regulations are offered by the great ācāryas for those who are actually interested in getting admission into the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the transcendental world. The mahātmās, great souls, strictly observe all these rules and regulations, and therefore they are sure to achieve the desired result. As described in the second verse of this chapter, not only is this devotional service easy, but it can be performed in a happy mood. One does not need to undergo any severe penance and austerity. He can live this life in devotional service, guided by an expert spiritual master, and in any position, either as a householder or a sannyāsī or a brahmacārī; in any position and anywhere in the world, he can perform this devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead and thus become actually mahātmā, a great soul.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
14. They worship Me at all times with devotion, in the form of singing about Me, having strict vows, desiring to be My associates, wandering about to gain association, and offering unto Me respects as well as other devotional acts.
Commentary

In the last verse, it was mentioned that they worship Me. What type of worship do they perform? They worship always (satatam), not as in karma-yoga which is dependent on suitable time, place, person and purity for its execution. The smṛti says: na deśa-niyamas tatra na kāla-niyamas tatha nocchiṣṭhādau niṣedho ’sti śrī-harer nāmni lubdhaka For one eager for the name of Hari, there are no restrictions of time, place or impurity. Viṣṇu Dharma Just as poor householders strive for money at the door of a wealthy man in order to support their families, My devotees seek out (yatanti) the assembly of devotees in order to obtain devotional processes like chanting. Attaining that, they repeatedly recite the scriptures teaching bhakti. They have strict rules for themselves (dṛḍha-vratāḥ), thinking, “I must do this number of rounds of chanting, this many obeisance, this much service.” They offer their obeisances. The word ca indicates that they also perform all the other process of bhakti such as hearing, and serving the lotus feet which are not mentioned in the verse. They desire to be in eternal association with Me (nitya-yuktāḥ). There is a rule that desire can be expressed by the past tense. Here the past tense expresses the present condition of desiring. [Note: Rāmānuja gives the same meaning.] Singing about Me, they worship Me. This parallel construction indicates that the singing and other acts are their form of worship. Thus there is no fault in repetition of the word mām.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
14. They, having strict vows, desiring to be My associates, diligent to understand My Nature, worship Me at all times in the form of singing, offering respects as well as other devotional acts with devotion.
Commentary

Two verses now explain the devotional process. At all times, without regard for purity of time and place, they glorify Me. They worship Me by loudly chanting the sweet nectar of My names related to My auspicious qualities and activities, such as Govinda and Govardhana dharī. Going to temples housing My forms, they fall down like rods on the dusty earth, full of devotion (mām namasyantaḥ bhaktyā). The expression “singing My glories, they worship Me” means that the processes such as singing about Me are worship of Me, being structurally in apposition in the sentence. Thus the repetition of the word mam is not redundant. The word ca indicates that other unmentioned processes such as hearing, recitation of prayers and deity worship are included. They are very diligent in discerning the real nature of My form and qualities along with like-minded devotees (yatantaḥ). They have strict vows, not failing to observe fasts on ekādaśī, janmāṣṭamī and other sacred days (dṛḍha vratāḥ). They desire an eternal relationship with Me in the future (nitya yuktā). A past participle (yuktā) can be used to express aspirations in the future according to the rule āśaṁsāyāṁ bhūtavac ca (Pāṇini 3.3.132)

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

'Kirti'‑ always chanting the glories of the Lord for the welfare of others. They are always engaged in the welfare of others. 'Drdha vratah' ‑ with a fixed vow (like the chanting of rounds) 'Namasyanta' ‑ offering obeisances. It means all forms of devotional service are there. 'Nitya yukta' ‑ they will eternally be in union with the Lord, they are endeavoring for that. And they eternally will be with Krsna because they have taken shelter of Him with full faith. In the next text, three other types of persons are explained: those who worship Krsna in three different ways, but don't understand that is Krsna that they are worshiping.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Mahatamas – Those who do accept Krishna as He revealed Himself (c.f. Duratmas Bg. 9.12)

PLEASE NOTE: All signs and symptoms of ‘Mahatmas’ as given in the translation are included under various themes

of the ‘Focus of Learning’ section for these verses

Focus of Learning

(a) Various signs of ‘Mahatmas’

He is already situated in the protection of the Divine Nature
By surrender unto Supreme Personality of Godhead, one is situated in the divine nature (Ref. Bg. 7.14)
‘Guidance of spiritual nature’ is called ‘Daivi-prakrti’
Does not divert his attention to anything outside Krishna. How?
Because he knows Krishna to be original Supreme person
Attracted by His two-handed form – Performs unswerving service – may not even be interested in four-armed Vishnu form

(a) Example of the category of people mentioned here (Duratmas)

Many devotees who assume themselves to be in Krishna consciousness and devotional service, but at heart do not accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krishna, as the Absolute Truth
Those engaged in fruitive pious activities and ultimately hoping to be liberated, but they mock Krishna and deride Krishna as the Supreme Personality of Godhead

(b) People jeer at Krishna because they are envious of the Supreme Personality of Godhead

(c) Supporting Ref. Bg. 7.15 “na mam...” – Such demoniac miscreants never surrender to Krishna

(d) Thoughts and convictions of such Duratmas

Their mental speculations about the Absolute Truth bring them to the false conclusion that the ordinary living entity are one and the same
They think that the body of any human being is now simple covered by material nature and that as soon as one is liberated from the material body, there is no difference between God and Himself

(e) Destiny of such Duratmas – They take shelter of the material energy and are attracted by

demoniac and atheistic views

Never surrender to Krishna – Never taste the fruit of Devotional Service (Back to Godhead)
Destiny – Birth after birth gets species of demoniac life
Real knowledge remains under delusion Gradually regress to darkest regions of creation

(f) It is a great offence to consider Krishna as an ordinary man (Ref. Brhad Vishnu Smrti) – (study

purport)

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.14 & 9.15: Now Krishna mentions three types of worshipers who worship Him

indirectly

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.14 Satatam, always; kirtayantah, glorifying; mam, Me, God, who am Brahman in reaility; ca, and; yatantah, striving, endeavouring with the help of such virtues as withdrawal of the organs, control of mind and body, kindness, non-injury, etc.; drdha-vratah, the men of firm vows those whose vows [Vows such as celibacy], those whosevows are unshakable; upasate, worship Me; namasyantah, by paying obeisance; mam, to Me, to the Self residing in the heart, ca, and; nitya-yuktah, being ever endowed; bhaktya, with devotion. The various ways in which they adore are being stated:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.14 Because of My being very dear to them, they are unable to find support for their souls even for a moment without 'singing My praises,' 'striving for My sake and bowing to Me in reverence.' Remembering My names connotative of My special attributes, they cry out My names - Narayana, Krsna, Vasudeva etc., with horripilations in every part of their bodies and with their voices tremulous and indistinct because of joy. They engage in activities for my sake, such as performing worship, and doing actions helpful to worship, lik building temples and cultivating temple gardens. They prostrate themselves on the earth like a stick, indifferent to dust, mud and the gravel, with all the eight members of their beings - the Manas, Buddhi, Ahankara, the two feet, two hands, and the head, which are bowed down under the influence of Bhakti. Aspiring for eternal communion with Me, desiring eternal union with Me, they worship Me, resolved to attain the state of servitude to Me for their entire being.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.14 See Comment under 9.15
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.14 Always glorifying Me, striving,firm in vows, prostrating themselves before Me, they worship Me with devotion always steadfast.
Commentary

9.14 सततम् always? कीर्तयन्तः glorifying? माम् Me? यतन्तः striving? च and? दृढव्रताः firm in vows? नमस्यन्तः prostrating? च and? माम् Me? भक्त्या with devotion? नित्ययुक्ताः always steadfast? उपासते worship.Commentary These great souls sing My glory. They do Japa (repetition) of Pranava (Om). They study and recite the Upanishads. They hear the Srutis (the Vedas) from their spiritual preceptor? reflect and meditate on the attributeless Absolute (Nirguna Brahman). They cultivate the Sattvic virtues such as patience? mercy? cosmic love? tolerance? forbearance? truthfulness? purity? etc. They control the senses and steady the mind. They are firm in their vows of nonviolence? truthfulness and purity in thought? word and deed. They worship Me with great faith and devotion as the inner Self hidden in their heart. As a neophyte cannot see God face to face? he will have to worship his Guru (spiritual preceptor) firt and regard him as God or Brahman Himself.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.14 Always glorifying Me and striving, the men of firm vows worship Me by paying obeisance to Me and being ever endowed with devotion.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.14 Always extolling Me, strenuous, firm in their vows, prostrating themselves before Me, they worship Me continually with concentrated devotion.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)
Related verses
Concepts
Dharma
Always chanting My glories, endeavoring with great determination, bowing down before Me, constantly worship Me with devotion.
Practical Applications
  • Adopt the explicit practices: chanting glories, determined endeavor, bowing down.
  • Make these visible elements of daily life.
  • Don't be embarrassed by overt devotion.
Reflection Questions
  • Which of the three (chanting / endeavor / bowing) is most underused?
  • What would adopting it visibly require?

Watch how a stream behaves when it finds the slope toward the ocean — it no longer hesitates among the stones, no longer wonders whether to go. It runs continuously, day and night, in dry season and monsoon. Satatam kīrtayantaḥ. Once the mahātmā has found his slope toward Kṛṣṇa, his praise becomes the running of water — not a discipline imposed but a direction owned.

Haridāsa Ṭhākura and the three lakh names

Haridāsa Ṭhākura, named by Caitanya Mahāprabhu as Nāmācārya, vowed to chant three hundred thousand holy names every day — and held to it for the rest of his life. Beaten by twenty-two market officers under a Muslim governor's order, he chanted as the rods fell. Tempted by a courtesan sent to ruin him, he chanted; she became his disciple by morning.

Satatam kīrtayantaḥ, dṛḍha-vratāḥ, nitya-yuktāḥ — every word of 9.14 describes Haridāsa. The chanting was so unbroken that at his samādhi, Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself carried the body. The verse is not a hyperbole; it is a job description Haridāsa wrote his life into.

Mīrābāī's continuous song

Mīrābāī of Mewar lost her husband young, refused the customary suicide, and gave her life entirely to Giridharī. The palace tried to silence her, sent her poison in a cup, sent her a basket with a serpent. She drank the poison singing, opened the basket singing, walked the streets singing.

Her life is a long enactment of satatam kīrtayantaḥ. Even the rulers of Cittor could not interrupt the kīrtana. Mīrā shows the verse from the kṣatriya side — the determined-vow (dṛḍha-vrata) form of bhakti.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.15

↗
జ్ఞానయజ్ఞేన చాప్యన్యే యజన్తో మాముపాసతే । ఏకత్వేన పృథక్త్వేన బహుధా విశ్వతోముఖమ్ ॥ ౧౫ ॥
jñāna-yajñena cāpy anye
[jnaana-yajnena chaapy anye]
yajanto mām upāsate
[yajanto maam upaasate]
ekatvena pṛthaktvena
[ekatvena prithaktvena]
bahudhā viśvato-mukham
[bahudhaa vishvato-mukham]
jñāna - yajñena — by cultivation of knowledge ca — also api — certainly anye — others yajantaḥ — sacrificing mām — Me upāsate — worship ekatvena — in oneness pṛthaktvena — in duality bahudhā — in diversity viśvataḥ - mukham — and in the universal form .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
jñāna-yajñena cāpy anye
jñāna - yajñena
by cultivation of knowledge
ca
also
api
certainly
anye
others
yajanto mām upāsate
yajantaḥ
sacrificing
mām
Me
upāsate
worship
ekatvena pṛthaktvena
ekatvena
in oneness
pṛthaktvena
in duality
bahudhā viśvato-mukham
bahudhā
in diversity
viśvataḥ - mukham
and in the universal form .
  • jñāna - yajñena — by the sacrifice of knowledge
    Jñāna offered as yajña — the cultivation of understanding itself made into an offering. The jñānī's intellect is the ladle, the truth is the ghee, the heart is the fire. The verse honours this path while keeping bhakti supreme.
  • yajantaḥ — worshipping
    Present participle of √yaj — to sacrifice. The same root behind yajña. Worship is, in the Vedic frame, always an offering — even when the offering is mental cultivation.
  • ekatvena — in oneness
    Instrumental of ekatva (oneness). One mode of jñāna-yajña: God known as the One, undivided. In the Gauḍīya reading this is the advaita approach — and Prabhupāda's purport notes that such worshippers reach only the impersonal Brahman feature, not Bhagavān Himself. Acintya-bhedābheda holds the correction: there is oneness — jīva and Bhagavān share the same spiritual nature, Kṛṣṇa is the source of all energies — but the jīva remains eternally a distinct servant. Oneness of substance, never merger of identity.
  • pṛthaktvena — in diversity
    Instrumental of pṛthaktva (separateness, manyness). The second mode: God known in His manifold expansions, the devatās each as His limb. The bhedābheda strand of jñāna-yajña.
  • bahudhā — in many ways
    Manifold-wise. Not limited to one or two modes — Kṛṣṇa enumerates the variety to absorb every legitimate approach. The Gītā is famously inclusive here without being relativist; all roads end at Him, even when the travellers see them as different roads.
  • viśvataḥ - mukham — with faces in every direction
    Viśvataḥ (everywhere) + mukha (face). The universal form — viśvarūpa — has faces in every direction. The image will return in full force in chapter 11. Here in 9.15 it is named as the third major mode of approach by the jñāna-yajña tradition.
Others, who engage in sacrifice by the cultivation of knowledge, worship the Supreme Lord as the one without a second, as diverse in many, and in the universal form.

This verse is the summary of the previous verses. The Lord tells Arjuna that those who are purely in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and do not know anything other than Kṛṣṇa are called mahātmā; yet there are other persons who are not exactly in the position of mahātmā but who worship Kṛṣṇa also, in different ways. Some of them have already been described as the distressed, the financially destitute, the inquisitive, and those who are engaged in the cultivation of knowledge. But there are others who are still lower, and these are divided into three: (1) he who worships himself as one with the Supreme Lord, (2) he who concocts some form of the Supreme Lord and worships that, and (3) he who accepts the universal form, the viśva-rūpa of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and worships that. Out of the above three, the lowest, those who worship themselves as the Supreme Lord, thinking themselves to be monists, are most predominant. Such people think themselves to be the Supreme Lord, and in this mentality they worship themselves. This is also a type of God worship, for they can understand that they are not the material body but are actually spiritual soul; at least, such a sense is prominent. Generally the impersonalists worship the Supreme Lord in this way. The second class includes the worshipers of the demigods, those who by imagination consider any form to be the form of the Supreme Lord. And the third class includes those who cannot conceive of anything beyond the manifestation of this material universe. They consider the universe to be the supreme organism or entity and worship that. The universe is also a form of the Lord.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
15. Others worship Me through knowledge sacrifices, thinking of themselves as non-different from Me, worshipping Me in many different forms, and worshipping Me as the universe in many ways.
Commentary

Thus, in this chapter and the previous chapter, the ananya-bhakta, also called the mahātmā (BG 8.15), is shown to be superior to the other devotees such as the one who approaches the Lord to rid himself of suffering. Now the Lord shows three other types of devotees who have not been mentioned previously, who are inferior to the previously mentioned ones: those who worship themselves, those who worship pratīka or secondary forms, and those who worship the viśvarūpa. Madhusūdana Sarasvatī explains the verse as follows. These others are unable to practice the sādhana of the mahātmā mentioned previously. They worship by the sacrifice of knowledge mentioned in the śruti in this way: tvaṁ vā aham asmi bhagavo devate ahaṁ vai tvam asi : O Lord, I am You and You are I.(Varāha Upaniṣad 33) They worship solely by a process of knowledge in which they identify themselves with God. Thus it is called jṣāna-yajṣa. Ca means “only” and api indicates that they give up other practices. Thus the meaning is: some, not desiring any other form of sādhana, worship Me through the sacrifice of knowledge, denying difference, simply by contemplating the non-difference of the worshipper and the object of worship (ekatvena). These are the best of the three types. [Note: This is Madhusūdana Sarasvatī’s opinion, not the Vaiṣṇava philosophy.] Inferior to this type are others who, thinking of difference (pṛthaktvena) between worshipper and object of worship, worship Me through sacrifice of knowledge in different external forms (devatās) representing the Lord, according to the śruti statements such as ādityo brahmety ādeśaḥ: the sun is Brahman, this is the instruction. (Chāndogya Upaniṣad 3.19.1) Others who are inferior to that, and are unable to worship either in non-difference or difference, worship Me as the soul of all (viśvato mukham), viśvarūpa, by many methods (bahudhā). According to the Tantric idea, one who does not identify with the deva cannot worship that deva: nādevo devam arcayet. [Note: This is quoted in Tattva and Bhakti Sandarbhas as well.] Such worship in which one thinks, “I am Gopāla” is called ahaṁgrahopāsanā. The worship of the vibhūtis of the Lord, taking one and worshipping separately, is called pratīkopāsanā. In such worship the person thinks, “The Supreme Lord Viṣṇu is non-different from the sun, He is non-different from Indra, He is non-different from Soma.” Worship of the totality of the vibhūtis, thinking “Viṣṇu is everything” is called viśvarūpa upāsanā. These are the three types of jṣāna-yajṣa. Or the meaning of ekatvena pṛthaktvena can mean that the two states “I am Gopāla” (oneness) and “I am the servant of Gopāla,” (difference) are simultaneously contemplated by one person, just like the river going to the ocean is different and non-different from the ocean. In this case there are only two types of jṣāna-yajṣa. [Note: The other worship would be worship of viśvarūpa.]

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
15. Others worship Me through knowledge sacrifice, worshipping Me in many different material forms, and in the form of many devatās.
Commentary

Having spoken of the devotees known as mahātmas who have a predominance of pure bhakti in the form of chanting and other processes, and who are fixed on the pure form of the Lord, Kṛṣṇa now speaks of other devotees who have a predominance of jṣāna, with the processes of bhakti such as chanting as secondary actions. Apart from the devotees mentioned in the previous verse, there are others whose worship Me through jṣāna yajṣa, and also using the devotional processes such as singing (kīrtana) just described. The Lord then describes the method of this worship. They worship Me who am actually one, but who am situated separately with material forms consisting of pradhāna, mahat tattva and other elements (pṛthaktvena), and am situated as the form of devatās such as Indra (viśvato mukham), by many methods (bahudhā). The point is this. Kṛṣṇa, possessing subtle spiritual and material energies, whose every wish is fulfilled, by willing “Let there be many,” remains one with His spiritual and material energies , but in a gross manifestation, is situated in the form of the variegated universe starting from Brahmā down to inanimate objects. They worship Me through chanting and other processes related to Me in order to realize this conception.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

There are here three terms designating the three types of worship done by these jnanis without knowing that they are worshiping the Supreme Person, Krsna: 1. Ekatvena, in oneness, 2. Prthaktvena, in duality and, 3. Bahuda visvato‑mukha, in the universal form, in diversity. Srila Prabhupada says in his Purport: "This verse is the summary of the previous verses. The Lord tells Arjuna that those who are purely in Krsna consciousness and do not know anything other than Krsna are called mahatma; yet there are other persons who are not exactly in the position of mahatma but who worship Krsna also, in different ways. Some of them have already been described as the distressed, the financially destitute, the inquisitive, and those who are engaged in the cultivation of knowledge. But there are others who are still lower, and these are divided into three: (1) he who worships himself as one with the Supreme Lord, (2) he who concocts some form of the Supreme Lord and worships that, and (3) he who accepts the universal form, the visvarupa of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and worships that. Out of the above three, the lowest, those who worship themselves as the Supreme Lord, thinking themselves to be monists, are most predominant. Such people think themselves to be the Supreme Lord, and in this mentality they worship themselves. This is also a type of God worship, for they can understand that they are not the material body but are actually spiritual soul; at least, such a sense is prominent. Generally the impersonalists worship the Supreme Lord in this way. The second class includes the worshipers of the demigods, those who by imagination consider any form to be the form of the Supreme Lord. And the third class includes those who cannot conceive of anything beyond the manifestation of this material univ They consider the universe to be the supreme organism or entity and worship that. The universe is also a form of the Lord." Ekatvena, worshiping oneself as 'one with the Supreme' ‑ this is the lowest of the three. Prthaktvena, worshipers of the demigods, concocting that they are the Supreme. Bahudha visvato‑mukham, he who accepts the universal form of the Lord and worships that. We heard in the end of Chapter Seven and in the beginning of Chapter Eight, that: Krsna is 'adhidevata', He is also the material manifestation. Adhibhuta, and He is the source of Brahman (brahmano hi prathistaham). Those who are 'ekatvena', their results have already been explained in Texts 11 and 12 ‑ they are 'avajananti mam mudhah'. In the next Section (16‑25), Krsna explains two things: (1) how to worship the universal form of Krsna (16‑19) and (2) about the worship of demigods, the different results of that worship. About worshiping the demigods improperly, not seeing them as part of Krsna.

[D. KRSNA IS THE SUPREME OBJECT OF WORSHIP (9. 16‑25) 1. Worshipers of the universal form: Krsna who is the sacrifice, the ritual, the syllable OM, the Vedas, the universal father, the most dear friend, the sustainer, the goal, death, drought, heat, and the rain. (16‑19) ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Indirect worshipers – 3 Kinds of worshipers, worship Krishna indirectly, without knowing that it is only

Krishna whom they are worshiping.

‘Ekatvena’ – Worships himself as one with the Supreme
Lowest and most predominant
Destiny is given in Texts 9.11 – 9.12
‘Prthaktvena’ – Concocts some form of the Supreme and worships that form
Includes demigod worshippers
Discussed in Texts 9.20 – 9.25
‘Visvato-mukham’ – Accepts the Universal form as the Supreme
Best of all these three
Considers universe to be Supreme organism and worship that.
Cannot conceive of anything beyond this material manifestation.
Discussed in Texts 9.16 – 9.19

Focus of Learning

(b) Further symptoms of ‘Mahatmas’ (9.14):

Always engaged in chanting the glories of the Lord
Refutes impersonalism – Because mahatma is attached to the personal form of the Lord and glorifies personal attributes
Endeavouring with determination
Determined to achieve Lord’s association in one of five rasas
Engaged in certain activities called “Determined” e.g. fasting on Ekadasi’s, Appearance days etc.
Following the rules and regulations of great acharyas
Always bowing down before Me
No severe austerity or penance required
Can perform “in any social condition or ashram”
“Only thing” is under the guidance of expert spiritual master
Perpetually worshiping Krishna with devotion
Implies engaging all mental, bodily and vocal functions in service of the Lord
By the nine processes of devotion (devotion means activity)

(c) How do ‘Mahatmas’ develop – By association with other Mahatmas

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.15 & 9.16: Krishna has already discussed the results gained by the ‘ekatvena’

worshiper in Texts 9.11 – 9.12. In the next four verses, He will explain how to recognize and worship Him

in His universal form. Further on in this chapter, Krishna will also discuss the results of demigod worship.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.15 Anye, others, giving up others forms of adoration; ca, verily; upasate, worship; mam, Me, God; yajantah, by adoring, glorifying; api, exclusively; jnana-yajnene ekatvena, through the sacrifice of the knowledge of oneness-knowledge of God itself being the sacrifice; and that knowledge consists in the realization of the highest truth that the supreme Brahman is verily one. Adoring with that (knowledge) they worship Me. And some others Me prthaktvena, multifariously-in different forms as the sun, moon, etc. They worship (Me) by thinking that, Visnu who is God Himself exists in different forms as the sun etc. Still others worship Me thinking that, that very God who is visvatomukhah, mulitiformed, who has His facr everywhere, i.e., who is the Cosmic Person; exists bahudha, variously. In numerous ways they worship Him, the Cosmic Person, who has His face everywhere. 'If they worship in numerous ways, how is it that they worship You alone?' Hence the Lord says:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.15 Other high-minded persons worship Me by singing My names, etc., already described; and they also perform the sacrifice called knowledge. They worship Me, who, by being 'characterised by diversity in various ways' in the form of the cosmos, is a multiform, namely, having all entities as modes (Prakaras) and also as One (the Prakari). The purport is this: The Lord Vasudeva alone, having the body comprising animate and inanimate entities in an extremely subtle form (in the state of Cosmic dissolution) incapable of distinctness by name and form, resolves by His unfailing true will power: 'May I become embodied in gross animate and inanimate entities, distinguished variously by name and form.' He alone then abides, with the variegated cosmos as His body, comprising gods, animals, men and immobile things. They worship Me by contemplating on Me thus. Therefore Sri Krsna declares: 'I, having the universe for My body, alone abide'.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.13-15 Mahatmanah etc., upto Visvato-mukham. Divine nature i.e., of goodness. Offering sacrifices : i.e., by means of sacrifices with the external materials. But others worship Me with knowledge-sacrifice only. Hence through knowledge some [worship Me] as One, while others [worship Me] as Many through the action-Yoga. However all conceive Me alone, as their highest goal. But, action certainly abounds in the idea of duality, because it is coextensive with hosts of different causes (karakas). So how can it lead to the Absolute state ? It is answered [as] :
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.15 Others also sacrificing with the wisdom-sacrifice worship Me, the All-faced, as one, as distinct, and as manifold.
Commentary

9.15 ज्ञानयज्ञेन with the wisdomsacrifice? च and? अपि also? अन्ये others? यजन्तः sacrificing? माम् Me?,उपासते worhsip? एकत्वेन as one? पृथक्त्वेन as different? बहुधा in various ways? विश्वतोमुखम् the Allfaced.Commentary Others too sacrificing by the wisdomsacrifice? i.e.? seeing the Self in all? adore Me the One and the manifold? present everywhere. They regard all the forms they see as the forms of God? all sounds they hear as the names of God. They give all objects they eat as offerings unto the Lord in vaious ways.Some adore Him with the knowledge that there is only one Reality? the Supreme Being Who is ExistenceKnowledgeBliss. They identify themselves with the Truth or Brahman. This is the Monistic view of the Vedantins. Some worship Him making a distinction between the Lord and themselves with the attitude of master and servant. This is the view of the Dualistic School of philosophy. Some worship Him with the knowledge that He exists as the various divinities? Brahma? Vishnu? Rudra? Siva? etc.Visvatomukham Others worship Him who has assumed all the manifold forms in the world? Who exists in all the forms as the Allfaced (the one Lord exists in all the different forms with His face on all sides? as it were). (Cf.IV.33)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.15 Others verily worship Me by adoring exclusively through the sacrifice of the knowledge of oneness; (others worship Me) multifariously, and (others) as the multiformed existing variously.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.15 Others worship Me with full consciousness as the One, the Manifold, the Omnipresent, the Universal.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
BG 4.25 BG 7.18 BG 11.13 SB 1.2.11 SB 11.19.1 SB 10.87.1 CC Ādi 2.11 CC Madhya 20.159 CC Madhya 25.148 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 2.2.11Chāndogya Upaniṣad 6.2.1
Concepts
Yajna
Others, by cultivation of knowledge, worship Me as one — as the diverse — and as the universal form.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize multiple valid modes of worship.
  • Find the mode that matches your nature.
  • Don't dismiss others' modes.
Reflection Questions
  • Which mode of worship suits my nature?
  • Which have I dismissed unfairly?

Three travellers approach the same king. One stands far off and sees only the blaze of light around the palace — he meets the king's effulgence and calls that the king (ekatva, the Brahman feature). A second sees the king's officers and ministers spread across the realm and worships him through them (pṛthaktva, His expansions and the devatās as His limbs). A third gazes at the vast map of the kingdom itself and worships the king as the realm (viśvataḥ-mukham, the universal form). Each touches something of Kṛṣṇa, yet none has entered the inner chamber where Bhagavān Himself is met face to face — that is reserved for the ananya-bhakta of 9.13.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.16

↗
అహం క్రతురహం యజ్ఞ: స్వధాహమహమౌషధమ్ । మన్‍త్రోఽహమహమేవాజ్యమహమగ్న‍ిరహం హుతమ్ ॥ ౧౬ ॥
ahaṁ kratur ahaṁ yajñaḥ
[aham kratur aham yajnah]
svadhāham aham auṣadham
[svadhaaham aham aushadham]
mantro ’ham aham evājyam
[mantro ’ham aham evaajyam]
aham agnir ahaṁ hutam
[aham agnir aham hutam]
aham — I kratuḥ — Vedic ritual aham — I yajñaḥ — smṛti sacrifice svadhā — oblation aham — I aham — I auṣadham — healing herb mantraḥ — transcendental chant aham — I aham — I eva — certainly ājyam — melted butter aham — I agniḥ — fire aham — I hutam — offering .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ahaṁ kratur ahaṁ yajñaḥ
aham
I
kratuḥ
Vedic ritual
aham
I
yajñaḥ
smṛti sacrifice
svadhāham aham auṣadham
svadhā
oblation
aham
I
aham
I
auṣadham
healing herb
mantro ’ham aham evājyam
mantraḥ
transcendental chant
aham
I
aham agnir ahaṁ hutam
aham
I
eva
certainly
ājyam
melted butter
aham
I
agniḥ
fire
aham
I
hutam
offering .
  • kratuḥ — the ritual
    Vedic kratu — the major sacrificial rite (jyotiṣṭoma, agniṣṭoma, etc.). Kṛṣṇa identifies Himself with the highest tier of Vedic ritualism. The kratu's authority comes from Him, not from its own complexity.
  • yajñaḥ — the sacrifice
    The smṛti yajña — sacrificial activity in the broader sense. Together with kratu the verse covers both Vedic śruti and smṛti ritual. The whole sacrificial culture is internally one Person.
  • svadhā — the offering to the ancestors
    Svadhā — the formula and substance offered to pitṛs (departed ancestors). Kṛṣṇa is the food that nourishes the pitṛs. Even what reaches the ancestral realm is sourced in Him.
  • auṣadham — the healing herb
    Oṣadhi — the medicinal plant. Connecting yajña to āyurveda: the herb that cures is also Kṛṣṇa. Health is yajña; the herb is His body.
  • mantraḥ — the transcendental chant
    Mantra — the sound that, by being uttered, accomplishes the work. Kṛṣṇa is the mantra. The syllables are not symbols pointing at Him; they are Him in sonic form.
  • ājyam — the clarified butter
    Ājya — the ghee offered to the fire. The richest, most central oblation. Kṛṣṇa is the very ghee that drops into the flame — the offering itself, not just the offered-to.
  • agniḥ — the fire
    Agni — fire personified, the divine messenger who carries oblations to the gods. Kṛṣṇa is also the fire. The link between offerer and recipient is also Him.
  • hutam — the act of offering
    Past participle of √hu — to pour out. Even the verbal act of offering — what is huta — is Kṛṣṇa. There is no role in the yajña He does not occupy; the entire ritual is His self-conversation.
But it is I who am the ritual, I the sacrifice, the offering to the ancestors, the healing herb, the transcendental chant. I am the butter and the fire and the offering.

The Vedic sacrifice known as Jyotiṣṭoma is also Kṛṣṇa, and He is also the Mahā-yajña mentioned in the smṛti. The oblations offered to the Pitṛloka or the sacrifice performed to please the Pitṛloka, considered as a kind of drug in the form of clarified butter, is also Kṛṣṇa. The mantras chanted in this connection are also Kṛṣṇa. And many other commodities made with milk products for offering in the sacrifices are also Kṛṣṇa. The fire is also Kṛṣṇa because fire is one of the five material elements and is therefore claimed as the separated energy of Kṛṣṇa. In other words, the Vedic sacrifices recommended in the karma-kāṇḍa division of the Vedas are in total also Kṛṣṇa. Or, in other words, those who are engaged in rendering devotional service unto Kṛṣṇa are to be understood to have performed all the sacrifices recommended in the Vedas.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
16-19. I am the sacrifices mentioned in the śruti and smṛti, the offering to the Pitṛs, the herbs, the mantra, the ghee, the fire and the act of offering. I am the father of the universe, the mother, the maintainer, the grandfather, the object of knowledge, the purifier, om, the Ṛk, Sāma and Yajur Vedas. I am the result, the master, the controller, the witness, the abode, the shelter, the friend. I am creation, destruction and maintenance, the treasure, the indestructible cause. I create heat, withdraw rain and then shower it. I am liberation and bondage, the subtle and gross, O Arjuna.
Commentary

“How one can worship You as viśvarūpa in many ways (bahudhā)?” The Lord speaks four verses in response. Kratu means sacrifices mentioned in the śruti like the agniṣṭoma. Yajṣa refers to sacrifices mentioned in the smṛtis like vaiśvadeva-homa. Auṣadham refers to food made from herbs. I am the father (pitā) because I give rise to individual and total ingredients (material cause) for all the universes. I am the mother (mātā) because I hold within My womb the universe. I am the nourisher (dātā) of the universe. I am the grandfather, because I produce the creator of the universe, Brahmā. I am the object to be known and the object which purifies. I am the result (gati), the master (bhartṛ), the controller (prabhu), the seer of all good and bad things (sakṣi), the abode (nivāsaḥ), the deliverer from dangers (śaraṇam), and the motiveless benefactor (suhṛt). I am the act of creation, destruction and maintenance (prabhava-pralaya-sthānam). I am the treasures (nidhānam) such as padma-nidhi and śaṅkha-nidhi, [Note: These are some of Kuvera’s treasures.] the cause (bījam), which is indestructible (avyayam), unlike rice and other seeds which are temporary. Being the sun, I cause heat in the summer, and shower rain in the rainy season, and sometimes I also hold back the rain. I am liberation (amṛtam), and repeated birth and death in bondage (mṛtyuḥ). I am the subtle and the gross (sad-asad). Thus the person, thinking that I am all of this, worships Me as the form of universe. These verses are thus connected with the last part of verse 15 which mentions the universal form.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
16-19. I am the vedic and smārta sacrifices, the offering to the pitṛs, the herbs, the mantra, the ghee, the fire and the act of offering. I am the father of the universe, the mother, the maintainer, the grandfather, the object of knowledge, the purifier, om, the ṛk, sāma and yajur Vedas. I am the method, the master, the controller, the witness, the abode, the shelter, the friend. I am creation, destruction and maintenance, the treasure, the indestructible cause or seed. I create heat, withdraw rain and then shower it. I am liberation and bondage, the subtle and gross, O Arjuna.
Commentary

In four verses Kṛṣṇa shows how He is situated in the form of the universe. Kratu refers to the Vedic śrauta sacrifices such as jyotiṣṭoma. Yajṣa refers to the sacrifices such as vaiśvadeva, mentioned in the smṛtis. Svadhā refers to the śrāddha rites offered to the pitas. Auṣadha means medicine or food coming from herbs. Mantra means the words such as yājyāpuro nu uttered in offering oblations to the devatās. Ajya means the substances for offering such as ghee. The fires (agni) used for sacrifice are of various types such as āhavanīya. Hūta means the act of offering oblations. I am situated as the soul of all those things. I am situated as the mother, the father and the grandfather of each moving and non-moving thing in the universe. I, in the form of kings and others, am situated as the maintainer and nourisher in all those entities (dhātā). Because I am the possessor of all energies material and spiritual, and the paramātmā within all matter and jīvas, the number of living entities to maintain is no problem for Me. I am what is to be known (vedyam) and what purifies (pavitram)—the waters of rivers like the Gaṅgā. I am om, the seed of all the Vedas and the cause of knowledge of Brahman, the object of knowledge (vedyam). I am the three Vedas, ṛk, yajus and sāma. The word ca indicates Atharva Veda. Rk also refers to the vedic verse with regular syllables. Sāma refers to those verses with regular meter and which are sung. Some say that sāma refers to any verse which is sung. Yajus refers to verses not sung and with irregular syllables. I am these three types of mantras useful in rites. Gati means the method or path by which a goal is achieved, literally “that by which something is attained (gamyate). Bhartā means a protector. Prabhu means controller. Sākṣī means the seer of all sinful and pious acts. Nivāsa means a place of enjoyment, literally, where one resides. Śaraṇa means He who takes away the suffering or the person who approaches. The derivation of the word is “that in which suffering will be destroyed (duḥkham śīrṣyate asmin).” Suhṛt is one who does beneficial activities for someone else because of that person’s qualifications. prabhavaḥ pralayaḥ sthānaṁ refer to the acts of creation destruction, and maintenance. Nidhānam refer to the nine treasures such as padma nidhi. [Note: Kuvera has nine treasures: padmanidhi, mahānidhi, saṅkhanidhi, makaranidhi, kacchapanidhi, mukundanidhi, nandanidhi, nīlanidhi and kharvanidhi.] Bijam means the cause which is indestructible I am not perishable like rice and other material seeds. In the form of the sun, I heat the universe during the summer. During monsoon season, I release rain (varṣam) in the form of clouds. Sometimes in the form of drought, I draw back the rain. I am liberation (amṛtam) and saṁsāra (mṛtyuḥ). I am the gross (sat) and the subtle (asat). I alone am all of this. I, the son of Vasudeva, one person, holding all powers, am situated in the form of the whole universe with many names and forms. Some worship Me with this jṣāna yajṣa, which searches out the one person in these many things.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Vedic sacrifices of ‘Karma-kanda’ division are in total also Krishna

Those in devotional service are to be understood to have performed all sacrifices recommended in the Vedas
Study translation for all the components of sacrifice

Focus of Learning

Of all the components of sacrifice, only the important terms are clarified here:

(a) ‘Ritual’ – Vedic Sacrifice known as Jyotistoma is also Krishna

(b) ‘Sacrifice’ – Maha-yajna mentioned in Smrti is also Krishna

(c) ‘Oblations’ – “Offerings to Pitraloka”

(d) ‘Fire’ – One of the five material elements; therefore separated energy of Krishna

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF TEXTS 9.16 – 9.25

Seeing Lord Krishna’s superiority in terms of the ‘material world’ as well as ‘over demigods’, will lead one to worship him directly
Since Krishna is both matter and spirit, the gigantic universal form comprising all material manifestations is also Krishna and His Vrindavana pastimes as two-handed Shyamasundara, playing on a flute, are those of the Supreme Personality of Godhead

(a) Why ‘Ekatvena’ is considered God worship, although they worship themselves as one with

Supreme (as ‘God’ )

Because at least they have the sense, that we are not the material body but spirit soul

(b) 3 Levels of Krishna worshipers

‘Mahatmas’ – Topmost (9.13 – 9.14)
4 Types of Sukrtinas (7.16)
3 Types of Jnanis discussed here in Text 9.15 – ‘Ekatvena’, ‘Prthaktvena’ and ‘Visvato-mukham’
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.16 Aham, I; am the kratuh, a kind of Vedic sacrifice; I Myself am the yajnah, sacrifice as prescribed by the Smrtis; further, I am svadha, the food that is offered to the manes; I am ausadham-by which word is meant the food that is eaten by all creatures. Or, svadha means food in general of all creatures, and ausadha means medicine for curing diseases. I am the mantra with which offering is made to manes and gods. I Myself am the ajyam, oblations; and I am agnih, the fire-I Myself am the fire into which the oblation is poured. And I am the hutam, act of offering. Besides,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.16 I am the Kratu, namely, I am Jyotistoma and other Vedic sacrifices. I alone am the Great Sacrifice (the fivefold sacrifices). I am the Svadha, the libation offered to nourish the hosts of manes. I am the herb, namely, oblation. I am the Mantra. I alone am the clarified butter. This implies other illustrations also. I alone am the oblation of Soma etc. Such is the meaning. I am the fire such as Ahavaniya etc. I am the act of offering into fire.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.16 See Comment under 9.19
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.16 I am the Kratu; I am the Yajna; I am the offering (food) to the manes; I am the medicinal herbs and all the plants; I am the Mantra; I am also the Ghee or the melted butter; I am the fire; I am the oblation.
Commentary

9.16 अहम् I? क्रतुः sacrifice? अहम् I? यज्ञः the sacrifice? स्वधा the offering to Pitris or ancestors? अहम् I? अहम् I? औषधम् the medicinal herbs and all plants? मन्त्रः sacred syllable? अहम् I? अहम् I? एव also? आज्यम् ghee or clarified butter? अहम् I? अग्निः the fire? अहम् I? हुतम् the offering.Commentary Kratu is a kind of Vedic sacrifice.Yajna is the worship enjoined in the Smriti or the holy books laying down lay and the code of conduct.I am the Mantra? the chant with which the oblation is offered to the manes or ancestors? and the shining ones (the Devatas or gods).Hutam also means the act of offering.Aushadham All plants including rice and barley or medicine that can cure diseases. (Cf.IV.24)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.16 I am the kratu, I am the yajna, I am the svadha, I am the ausadha, I am the mantra, I Myself am the ajya, I am the fire, and I am the act of offering.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.16 I am the Oblation, the Sacrifice and the Worship; I am the Fuel and the Chant, I am the Butter offered to the fire, I am the Fire itself, and I am the Act of offering.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 9.17 BG 4.24 BG 10.25 SB 2.6.25 SB 4.7.27 SB 3.9.38 CC Ādi 3.77 CC Madhya 20.360 CC Ādi 3.78 Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 1.4.10Taittirīya Upaniṣad 3.10
Concepts
Yajna
I am the ritual, the sacrifice, the offering, the herb, the mantra, the clarified butter, the fire, and what is offered.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize Kṛṣṇa as every component of sacrifice, not just the recipient.
  • Use this in puja to deepen perception.
  • Don't fragment Him into recipient versus means.
Reflection Questions
  • What component of my sacrifice am I treating as not-Him?
  • How does seeing all-as-Him change the offering?

Walk into a Vedic sacrificial hall. Look around: the priest chants, the butter pours, the fire roars, the offering disappears upward. The materialist sees five things — chant, butter, fire, offering, priest. Kṛṣṇa says: look again. All five are Me. Like a master playwright who is also the actor, the costume, the stage, the line, and the laughter from the audience — the yajña has only one substance running through every role.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.17

↗
పితాహమస్య జగతో మాతా ధాతా పితామహ: । వేద్యం పవిత్రమ్ ఓంకార ఋక్ సామ యజురేవ చ ॥ ౧౭ ॥
pitāham asya jagato
[pitaaham asya jagato]
mātā dhātā pitāmahaḥ
[maataa dhaataa pitaamahah]
vedyaṁ pavitram oṁ-kāra
[vedyam pavitram om-kaara]
ṛk sāma yajur eva ca
[rik saama yajur eva cha]
pitā — father aham — I asya — of this jagataḥ — universe mātā — mother dhātā — supporter pitāmahaḥ — grandfather vedyam — what is to be known pavitram — that which purifies oṁ - kāra — the syllable oṁ ṛk — the Ṛg Veda sāma — the Sāma Veda yajuḥ — the Yajur Veda eva — certainly ca — and .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
pitāham asya jagato
pitā
father
aham
I
asya
of this
jagataḥ
universe
mātā dhātā pitāmahaḥ
mātā
mother
dhātā
supporter
pitāmahaḥ
grandfather
vedyaṁ pavitram oṁ-kāra
vedyam
what is to be known
pavitram
that which purifies
oṁ - kāra
the syllable oṁ
ṛk sāma yajur eva ca
ṛk
the Ṛg Veda
sāma
the Sāma Veda
yajuḥ
the Yajur Veda
eva
certainly
ca
and .
  • pitā — the father
    Father — the one who gives the seed of existence. Kṛṣṇa is the original pitā; every biological father is a derivative officer. The Vedic frame demands this — without an original Father, fatherhood is a charade.
  • mātā — the mother
    Mother — the one who bears, nourishes, holds. Kṛṣṇa takes both poles. The Bhāgavata will say of Yaśodā that she fed the Lord who feeds her — and 9.17 explains the deep structure of that paradox.
  • dhātā — the supporter
    From √dhā — to hold, support, place. Kṛṣṇa is what holds the universe in its place; without His dhāraṇa it would not stay where it is. Note the relation to dharma: that which sustains.
  • pitāmahaḥ — the grandsire
    Father of fathers. Pitāmaha is also Brahmā's epithet — and Brahmā has Kṛṣṇa as his pitāmaha. The chain of fatherhood terminates only at the Lord.
  • vedyam — the knowable
    Gerundive of √vid — that which is to be known. Of all knowables, He is the vedya. All other vedyas are mere stand-ins, partial knowables; He is the knowable that absorbs all knowing.
  • oṁ - kāra — the syllable Oṁ
    Oṁ — the praṇava, the highest sound of Vedic culture. Kṛṣṇa names Himself as Oṁ; in 17.23 He will repeat oṁ tat sat as His threefold designation. Identifying with Oṁ identifies with the seed-sound of all mantras.
  • ṛk — the Ṛg Veda
    The eldest Veda. Kṛṣṇa identifies Himself with it. Not only the content of the Ṛg but the very text-body has Him as substance. Texts revere Him because they are made of Him.
  • sāma — the Sāma Veda
    The Veda of melody and song. The Bhāgavatam says Kṛṣṇa's voice is most clearly heard in the Sāma. He names Himself as its substance — the song's source as well as its content.
I am the father of this universe, the mother, the support and the grandsire. I am the object of knowledge, the purifier and the syllable oṁ. I am also the Ṛg, the Sāma and the Yajur Vedas.

The entire cosmic manifestations, moving and nonmoving, are manifested by different activities of Kṛṣṇa’s energy. In the material existence we create different relationships with different living entities who are nothing but Kṛṣṇa’s marginal energy; under the creation of prakṛti some of them appear as our father, mother, grandfather, creator, etc., but actually they are parts and parcels of Kṛṣṇa. As such, these living entities who appear to be our father, mother, etc., are nothing but Kṛṣṇa. In this verse the word dhātā means “creator.” Not only are our father and mother parts and parcels of Kṛṣṇa, but the creator, grandmother and grandfather, etc., are also Kṛṣṇa. Actually any living entity, being part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa, is Kṛṣṇa. All the Vedas, therefore, aim only toward Kṛṣṇa. Whatever we want to know through the Vedas is but a progressive step toward understanding Kṛṣṇa. That subject matter which helps us purify our constitutional position is especially Kṛṣṇa. Similarly, the living entity who is inquisitive to understand all Vedic principles is also part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa and as such is also Kṛṣṇa. In all the Vedic mantras the word oṁ, called praṇava, is a transcendental sound vibration and is also Kṛṣṇa. And because in all the hymns of the four Vedas – Sāma, Yajur, Ṛg and Atharva – the praṇava, or oṁ-kāra, is very prominent, it is understood to be Kṛṣṇa.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
16-19. I am the sacrifices mentioned in the śruti and smṛti, the offering to the Pitṛs, the herbs, the mantra, the ghee, the fire and the act of offering. I am the father of the universe, the mother, the maintainer, the grandfather, the object of knowledge, the purifier, om, the Ṛk, Sāma and Yajur Vedas. I am the result, the master, the controller, the witness, the abode, the shelter, the friend. I am creation, destruction and maintenance, the treasure, the indestructible cause. I create heat, withdraw rain and then shower it. I am liberation and bondage, the subtle and gross, O Arjuna.
Commentary

“How one can worship You as viśvarūpa in many ways (bahudhā)?” The Lord speaks four verses in response. Kratu means sacrifices mentioned in the śruti like the agniṣṭoma. Yajṣa refers to sacrifices mentioned in the smṛtis like vaiśvadeva-homa. Auṣadham refers to food made from herbs. I am the father (pitā) because I give rise to individual and total ingredients (material cause) for all the universes. I am the mother (mātā) because I hold within My womb the universe. I am the nourisher (dātā) of the universe. I am the grandfather, because I produce the creator of the universe, Brahmā. I am the object to be known and the object which purifies. I am the result (gati), the master (bhartṛ), the controller (prabhu), the seer of all good and bad things (sakṣi), the abode (nivāsaḥ), the deliverer from dangers (śaraṇam), and the motiveless benefactor (suhṛt). I am the act of creation, destruction and maintenance (prabhava-pralaya-sthānam). I am the treasures (nidhānam) such as padma-nidhi and śaṅkha-nidhi, [Note: These are some of Kuvera’s treasures.] the cause (bījam), which is indestructible (avyayam), unlike rice and other seeds which are temporary. Being the sun, I cause heat in the summer, and shower rain in the rainy season, and sometimes I also hold back the rain. I am liberation (amṛtam), and repeated birth and death in bondage (mṛtyuḥ). I am the subtle and the gross (sad-asad). Thus the person, thinking that I am all of this, worships Me as the form of universe. These verses are thus connected with the last part of verse 15 which mentions the universal form.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
16-19. I am the vedic and smārta sacrifices, the offering to the pitṛs, the herbs, the mantra, the ghee, the fire and the act of offering. I am the father of the universe, the mother, the maintainer, the grandfather, the object of knowledge, the purifier, om, the ṛk, sāma and yajur Vedas. I am the method, the master, the controller, the witness, the abode, the shelter, the friend. I am creation, destruction and maintenance, the treasure, the indestructible cause or seed. I create heat, withdraw rain and then shower it. I am liberation and bondage, the subtle and gross, O Arjuna.
Commentary

In four verses Kṛṣṇa shows how He is situated in the form of the universe. Kratu refers to the Vedic śrauta sacrifices such as jyotiṣṭoma. Yajṣa refers to the sacrifices such as vaiśvadeva, mentioned in the smṛtis. Svadhā refers to the śrāddha rites offered to the pitas. Auṣadha means medicine or food coming from herbs. Mantra means the words such as yājyāpuro nu uttered in offering oblations to the devatās. Ajya means the substances for offering such as ghee. The fires (agni) used for sacrifice are of various types such as āhavanīya. Hūta means the act of offering oblations. I am situated as the soul of all those things. I am situated as the mother, the father and the grandfather of each moving and non-moving thing in the universe. I, in the form of kings and others, am situated as the maintainer and nourisher in all those entities (dhātā). Because I am the possessor of all energies material and spiritual, and the paramātmā within all matter and jīvas, the number of living entities to maintain is no problem for Me. I am what is to be known (vedyam) and what purifies (pavitram)—the waters of rivers like the Gaṅgā. I am om, the seed of all the Vedas and the cause of knowledge of Brahman, the object of knowledge (vedyam). I am the three Vedas, ṛk, yajus and sāma. The word ca indicates Atharva Veda. Rk also refers to the vedic verse with regular syllables. Sāma refers to those verses with regular meter and which are sung. Some say that sāma refers to any verse which is sung. Yajus refers to verses not sung and with irregular syllables. I am these three types of mantras useful in rites. Gati means the method or path by which a goal is achieved, literally “that by which something is attained (gamyate). Bhartā means a protector. Prabhu means controller. Sākṣī means the seer of all sinful and pious acts. Nivāsa means a place of enjoyment, literally, where one resides. Śaraṇa means He who takes away the suffering or the person who approaches. The derivation of the word is “that in which suffering will be destroyed (duḥkham śīrṣyate asmin).” Suhṛt is one who does beneficial activities for someone else because of that person’s qualifications. prabhavaḥ pralayaḥ sthānaṁ refer to the acts of creation destruction, and maintenance. Nidhānam refer to the nine treasures such as padma nidhi. [Note: Kuvera has nine treasures: padmanidhi, mahānidhi, saṅkhanidhi, makaranidhi, kacchapanidhi, mukundanidhi, nandanidhi, nīlanidhi and kharvanidhi.] Bijam means the cause which is indestructible I am not perishable like rice and other material seeds. In the form of the sun, I heat the universe during the summer. During monsoon season, I release rain (varṣam) in the form of clouds. Sometimes in the form of drought, I draw back the rain. I am liberation (amṛtam) and saṁsāra (mṛtyuḥ). I am the gross (sat) and the subtle (asat). I alone am all of this. I, the son of Vasudeva, one person, holding all powers, am situated in the form of the whole universe with many names and forms. Some worship Me with this jṣāna yajṣa, which searches out the one person in these many things.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Krishna as all the relationships: In the material existence, we create different relationships with

different living entities who are nothing but Krishna’s marginal energy; under the creation of ‘praktrti’, some of

them appear as our father, mother, grandfather, creator etc. But actually they are parts and parcels of Krishna

Study translation for all points
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.17 Asya, of this; jagatah, world; aham, I; am pita, the father; mata, the mother; dhata, ordainer, dispenser of the results of their actions to the creatures; (and the) pirtamahah, grand-father. I am the vedayam, knowable-that which has to be known; the pavitram, sanctifier; [Virtuous actions.] and the onkarah, syllable Om; eva ca, as also Rk, Sama and Yajus. [Brahman, which has to be known, is realizable through Om, regarding which fact the three Vedas are the authority. The ca (as also) is suggestive of the Atharva-veda.] Moreover,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.17 Of the world consisting of mobile and immobile entities, I alone am the father, mother, creator and grandfather. Here the term Dhatr stands for one other than the parents who helps in the birth of a particular person. Whatever is known from theVedas as purifying, I alone am that. I am the Pranava, which originates knowledge and forms the seed of the Vedas. I am the Veda comprising Rk, Saman and Yajus.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.17 See Comment under 9.19
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.17 I am the father of this world, the mother, the dispenser of the fruits of actions and the grandfather; the (one) thing to be known, the purifier, the sacred monosyllable (Om), and also the Rik-, the Sama-and the Yajur-Vedas.
Commentary

9.17 पिता father? अहम् I? अस्य of this? जगतः world? माता mother? धाता the dispenser of the fruits of actions? पितामहः grandfather? वेद्यम् the (one) thing to be known? पवित्रम् the purifier? ओंकारः the Omkara? ऋक् Rik? साम Sama? यजुः Yajus? एव also? च and.Commentary Dhata Supporter or sustainer by dispenser of the fruits of actions.Isvara or the Saguna Brahman is the father. MulaPrakriti or the primordial Nature is the mother. The pure Satchidananda Para Brahman (ExistenceKnowledgeBliss Absolute) is the grandfather.Vedyam The one thing to be known. This is the Supreme Being.Pavitram Purifier. I am of the form of a bath in the holy river Ganga and the Gayatri Japa which purify the aspirants externally and internally.Cha and. This includes the AtharvanaVeda also. (Cf.XIV.3)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.17 Of this world I am the father, mother, ordainer, (and the), grand-father; I am the knowable, the sancitifier, the syllable Om as also Rk, Sama and Yajus.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.17 I am the Father of the universe and its Mother; I am its Nourisher and its Grandfather; I am the Knowable and the Pure; I am Om; and I am the Sacred Scriptures.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses
Concepts
Mantra
I am the father of this universe, the mother, the supporter, the grandfather — the object of knowledge, the purifier, the syllable Om, the Veda.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize Kṛṣṇa in familial language — He is your true family.
  • Use the relational language to deepen intimacy.
  • Don't reduce Him to abstract principle.
Reflection Questions
  • Which familial relationship to Kṛṣṇa is most real to me?
  • Which is least cultivated?

A great river runs through a family's land. The father drank from it, the grandfather dug the first well there, the mother cooked with it, the syllable of its name is whispered in lullabies, the school texts of the family teach its tributaries. The river is father, mother, grandfather, syllable, scripture, all in one — not because the family fancies it so but because every drop in their veins came from it. So Kṛṣṇa.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.18

↗
గతిర్భర్తా ప్రభు: సాక్షీ నివాస: శరణం సుహృత్ । ప్రభవ: ప్రలయ: స్థానం నిధానం బీజమవ్యయమ్ ॥ ౧౮ ॥
gatir bhartā prabhuḥ sākṣī
[gatir bhartaa prabhuh saakshee]
nivāsaḥ śaraṇaṁ suhṛt
[nivaasah sharanam suhrit]
prabhavaḥ pralayaḥ sthānaṁ
[prabhavah pralayah sthaanam]
nidhānaṁ bījam avyayam
[nidhaanam beejam avyayam]
gatiḥ — goal bhartā — sustainer prabhuḥ — Lord sākṣī — witness nivāsaḥ — abode śaraṇam — refuge su - hṛt — most intimate friend prabhavaḥ — creation pralayaḥ — dissolution sthānam — ground nidhānam — resting place bījam — seed avyayam — imperishable .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
gatir bhartā prabhuḥ sākṣī
gatiḥ
goal
bhartā
sustainer
prabhuḥ
Lord
sākṣī
witness
nivāsaḥ śaraṇaṁ suhṛt
nivāsaḥ
abode
śaraṇam
refuge
su - hṛt
most intimate friend
prabhavaḥ pralayaḥ sthānaṁ
prabhavaḥ
creation
pralayaḥ
dissolution
sthānam
ground
nidhānaṁ bījam avyayam
nidhānam
resting place
bījam
seed
avyayam
imperishable .
  • gatiḥ — the goal
    From √gam — that to which one goes. The destination of all paths. Whatever appears to be the goal is a sub-goal under the gati that is Him.
  • bhartā — the sustainer
    From √bhṛ — to bear, support. He who carries the burden of the universe's sustenance. A king is a bhartā of his subjects; Kṛṣṇa is the bhartā of all kings.
  • sākṣī — the witness
    Sa + akṣa — with the eye. The witness, the seer who is unaffected by what He sees. Important: not a removed observer, but the constant interior witness of every soul's experience.
  • nivāsaḥ — the abode
    Ni + √vas — to dwell. He is the dwelling place. We do not just live in the world; we live in Him. The world is His apartment; the apartment is Him too.
  • śaraṇam — the refuge
    From √śri — to take shelter. The classic word of the bhakti tradition. He is śaraṇa — that to which one runs in emergency. Sarva-dharmān parityajya in chapter 18 will give the verb for this noun.
  • su - hṛt — the dearmost friend
    Su (good) + hṛd (heart). Literally 'good-hearted one' — the friend who wishes well without being asked. Kṛṣṇa names Himself friend of every being, even those who do not yet know they have such a friend.
  • bījam — the seed
    Seed — the originating cause. Paired in this verse with avyayam (eternal). Material seeds give one tree and are gone; this seed gives all trees of all times without depletion.
  • avyayam — eternal, inexhaustible
    A- + vyaya — never depleted. The same avyayam that closed 9.13 closes 9.18 — Kṛṣṇa as the never-spent substance under every passing form.
I am the goal, the sustainer, the master, the witness, the abode, the refuge and the most dear friend. I am the creation and the annihilation, the basis of everything, the resting place and the eternal seed.

Gati means the destination where we want to go. But the ultimate goal is Kṛṣṇa, although people do not know it. One who does not know Kṛṣṇa is misled, and his so-called progressive march is either partial or hallucinatory. There are many who make as their destination different demigods, and by rigid performance of the strict respective methods they reach different planets known as Candraloka, Sūryaloka, Indraloka, Maharloka, etc. But all such lokas, or planets, being creations of Kṛṣṇa, are simultaneously Kṛṣṇa and not Kṛṣṇa. Such planets, being manifestations of Kṛṣṇa’s energy, are also Kṛṣṇa, but actually they serve only as a step forward for realization of Kṛṣṇa. To approach the different energies of Kṛṣṇa is to approach Kṛṣṇa indirectly. One should directly approach Kṛṣṇa, for that will save time and energy. For example, if there is a possibility of going to the top of a building by the help of an elevator, why should one go by the staircase, step by step? Everything is resting on Kṛṣṇa’s energy; therefore without Kṛṣṇa’s shelter nothing can exist. Kṛṣṇa is the supreme ruler because everything belongs to Him and everything exists on His energy. Kṛṣṇa, being situated in everyone’s heart, is the supreme witness. The residences, countries or planets on which we live are also Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is the ultimate goal of shelter, and therefore one should take shelter of Kṛṣṇa either for protection or for annihilation of his distress. And whenever we have to take protection, we should know that our protection must be a living force. Kṛṣṇa is the supreme living entity. And since Kṛṣṇa is the source of our generation, or the supreme father, no one can be a better friend than Kṛṣṇa, nor can anyone be a better well-wisher. Kṛṣṇa is the original source of creation and the ultimate rest after annihilation. Kṛṣṇa is therefore the eternal cause of all causes.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
16-19. I am the sacrifices mentioned in the śruti and smṛti, the offering to the Pitṛs, the herbs, the mantra, the ghee, the fire and the act of offering. I am the father of the universe, the mother, the maintainer, the grandfather, the object of knowledge, the purifier, om, the Ṛk, Sāma and Yajur Vedas. I am the result, the master, the controller, the witness, the abode, the shelter, the friend. I am creation, destruction and maintenance, the treasure, the indestructible cause. I create heat, withdraw rain and then shower it. I am liberation and bondage, the subtle and gross, O Arjuna.
Commentary

“How one can worship You as viśvarūpa in many ways (bahudhā)?” The Lord speaks four verses in response. Kratu means sacrifices mentioned in the śruti like the agniṣṭoma. Yajṣa refers to sacrifices mentioned in the smṛtis like vaiśvadeva-homa. Auṣadham refers to food made from herbs. I am the father (pitā) because I give rise to individual and total ingredients (material cause) for all the universes. I am the mother (mātā) because I hold within My womb the universe. I am the nourisher (dātā) of the universe. I am the grandfather, because I produce the creator of the universe, Brahmā. I am the object to be known and the object which purifies. I am the result (gati), the master (bhartṛ), the controller (prabhu), the seer of all good and bad things (sakṣi), the abode (nivāsaḥ), the deliverer from dangers (śaraṇam), and the motiveless benefactor (suhṛt). I am the act of creation, destruction and maintenance (prabhava-pralaya-sthānam). I am the treasures (nidhānam) such as padma-nidhi and śaṅkha-nidhi, [Note: These are some of Kuvera’s treasures.] the cause (bījam), which is indestructible (avyayam), unlike rice and other seeds which are temporary. Being the sun, I cause heat in the summer, and shower rain in the rainy season, and sometimes I also hold back the rain. I am liberation (amṛtam), and repeated birth and death in bondage (mṛtyuḥ). I am the subtle and the gross (sad-asad). Thus the person, thinking that I am all of this, worships Me as the form of universe. These verses are thus connected with the last part of verse 15 which mentions the universal form.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
16-19. I am the vedic and smārta sacrifices, the offering to the pitṛs, the herbs, the mantra, the ghee, the fire and the act of offering. I am the father of the universe, the mother, the maintainer, the grandfather, the object of knowledge, the purifier, om, the ṛk, sāma and yajur Vedas. I am the method, the master, the controller, the witness, the abode, the shelter, the friend. I am creation, destruction and maintenance, the treasure, the indestructible cause or seed. I create heat, withdraw rain and then shower it. I am liberation and bondage, the subtle and gross, O Arjuna.
Commentary

In four verses Kṛṣṇa shows how He is situated in the form of the universe. Kratu refers to the Vedic śrauta sacrifices such as jyotiṣṭoma. Yajṣa refers to the sacrifices such as vaiśvadeva, mentioned in the smṛtis. Svadhā refers to the śrāddha rites offered to the pitas. Auṣadha means medicine or food coming from herbs. Mantra means the words such as yājyāpuro nu uttered in offering oblations to the devatās. Ajya means the substances for offering such as ghee. The fires (agni) used for sacrifice are of various types such as āhavanīya. Hūta means the act of offering oblations. I am situated as the soul of all those things. I am situated as the mother, the father and the grandfather of each moving and non-moving thing in the universe. I, in the form of kings and others, am situated as the maintainer and nourisher in all those entities (dhātā). Because I am the possessor of all energies material and spiritual, and the paramātmā within all matter and jīvas, the number of living entities to maintain is no problem for Me. I am what is to be known (vedyam) and what purifies (pavitram)—the waters of rivers like the Gaṅgā. I am om, the seed of all the Vedas and the cause of knowledge of Brahman, the object of knowledge (vedyam). I am the three Vedas, ṛk, yajus and sāma. The word ca indicates Atharva Veda. Rk also refers to the vedic verse with regular syllables. Sāma refers to those verses with regular meter and which are sung. Some say that sāma refers to any verse which is sung. Yajus refers to verses not sung and with irregular syllables. I am these three types of mantras useful in rites. Gati means the method or path by which a goal is achieved, literally “that by which something is attained (gamyate). Bhartā means a protector. Prabhu means controller. Sākṣī means the seer of all sinful and pious acts. Nivāsa means a place of enjoyment, literally, where one resides. Śaraṇa means He who takes away the suffering or the person who approaches. The derivation of the word is “that in which suffering will be destroyed (duḥkham śīrṣyate asmin).” Suhṛt is one who does beneficial activities for someone else because of that person’s qualifications. prabhavaḥ pralayaḥ sthānaṁ refer to the acts of creation destruction, and maintenance. Nidhānam refer to the nine treasures such as padma nidhi. [Note: Kuvera has nine treasures: padmanidhi, mahānidhi, saṅkhanidhi, makaranidhi, kacchapanidhi, mukundanidhi, nandanidhi, nīlanidhi and kharvanidhi.] Bijam means the cause which is indestructible I am not perishable like rice and other material seeds. In the form of the sun, I heat the universe during the summer. During monsoon season, I release rain (varṣam) in the form of clouds. Sometimes in the form of drought, I draw back the rain. I am liberation (amṛtam) and saṁsāra (mṛtyuḥ). I am the gross (sat) and the subtle (asat). I alone am all of this. I, the son of Vasudeva, one person, holding all powers, am situated in the form of the whole universe with many names and forms. Some worship Me with this jṣāna yajṣa, which searches out the one person in these many things.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

When Krsna is explaining that He is the basis of everything, the resting place, the eternal seed, He is 'avyayam', He is imperishable, when the universe is destroyed it is Krsna that remains.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

All the terms mentioned in the translation indicate Krishna to be the eternal cause of all causes

Study translation for all points
Focus of Learning

Only some important terms are clarified here:

(a) ‘Gati’ – ‘Ultimate goal is Krishna’, although people do not know it

Many make their destination to different demigods
Thus perform rigid rituals
But all such demigod planets, being creations of Krishna, are simultaneously Krishna and not Krishna – How:
Being manifestation of Krishna’s energy they are Krishna, but
They serve only a step forward for realising Krishna
To approach different energies of Krishna is an indirect approach
Better to have direct approach which saves time and energy
Analogy: Elevator vs staircase

(b) ‘Sustainer’ – Because everything is resting on Krishna’s energy

(c) ‘Master’ – Krishna is the Supreme ruler and everything belongs to Him

(d) ‘Witness’ – He is in everyone’s heart

(e) ‘Abode’ – Residences, countries or planets on which we live

(f) ‘Ultimate goal of our shelter’ – Take shelter of Krishna for any distress

(g) ‘Suhrta’ (Best friend) – Because He is the cause of our generation and Supreme Father

Only the important terms are clarified here:

(a) Father, Mother, Support and Grandsire – All these relationships in the material world are part and

parcel of Krishna which implies they are all Krishna.

(b) Dhata – implies creator or supporter

(c) Purifier – That subject matter which helps us purify our constitution position is also Krishna

(d) Omkara – A transcendental sound vibration in all Vedic mantras, is therefore Krishna

(e) All the Vedas – Because all the hymns have ‘Omkara’, therefore it is Krishna

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.18 (I am) the gatih, fruit of actions; the bharta, nourisher; [The giver of the fruits of actions.] the prabhuh, Lord; the saksi, witness of all tha is done or not done by creatures; the nivasah, abode, where creatures live; the saranam, refuge, remover of sufferings of the afflicted who take shelter; the suhrt, friend, one who does a good turn without thought of reward; the prabhavah, origin of the world; the pralayah, end, the place into which the world merges. So also, (I am) the sthanam, foundation on which the world rests; the nidhanam, store, which is for future enjoyment of creatures; and the avyayam, imperishable; bijam, seed, the cause of growth of all things which germinate. The seed is imperishable because it continues so long as the world lasts. Indeed, nothing springs up without a seed. And since creation is noticed to be continuous, it is understood that the continuity of the seed never ends. Further,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.18 'Gaith' means that which is reached. The meaning is that it is the place to be reached from everywhere. The 'supporter' is one who props. The 'ruler' is one who rules. The 'witness' is one who sees directly. The 'abode' is that where one dwells in as in a house etc. The 'refuge' is the intelligent being wh has to be sought, as he leads one to the attainment of desirable things and avoidance of evils. A 'friend' is one who wishes well. The 'base' is that place in which origin and dissolution takes place. I alone am that 'Nidhana', that which is preserved. What comes into being and is dissolved is Myself. The imperishable seed is that exhaustless cause everywhere. I alone am that.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.18 See Comment under 9.19
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.18 I am the goal, the supporter, the Lord, the witness, the abode, the shelter, the friend, the origin, the dissolution, the foundation, the treasure-house and the seed which is imperishable.
Commentary

9.18 गतिः the goal? भर्ता the supporter? प्रभुः the Lord? साक्षी the witness? निवासः the abode? शरणम् the shelter? सुहृत् the friend? प्रभवः the origin? प्रलयः the dissolution? स्थानम् the foundation? निधानम् the treasurehouse? बीजम् the seed? अव्ययम् imperishable.Commentary I am the goal? the fruit of action. He who nourishes and supports is the huand. I am the witness of the good and evil actions done by the Jivas (individuals). I am the abode wherein all living beings dwell. I am the shelter or refuge for the distressed. I relieve the sufferings of those who take shelter under Me. I am the friend? i.e.? I do good without expecting any return. I am the source of this universe. In Me the whole world is dissolved. I am the mainstay or the foundation of this world. I am the treasurehouse which living beings shall enjoy in the future. I am the imperishable see? i.e.? the cause of the origin of all beings. Therefore? take shelter under My feet.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.18 (I am) the fruit of actions, the nourisher, the Lord, witness, abode, refuge, friend, origin, end, foundation, store and the imperishable seed.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.18 I am the Goal, the Sustainer, the Lord, the Witness, the Home, the Shelter, the Lover and the Origin; I am Life and Death; I am the Fountain and the Seed Imperishable.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 5.29 BG 15.15 BG 7.6 SB 3.25.38 SB 4.7.54 SB 11.2.55 CC Madhya 22.161 CC Madhya 19.53 CC Ādi 4.200 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.11Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.1.1
Concepts
Mantra
I am the goal, the sustainer, the master, the witness, the abode, the refuge, the most dear friend — the origin and dissolution.
Practical Applications
  • Trace Kṛṣṇa's many roles and choose the one that calls you most.
  • Don't think He must be one thing — He is all of these.
  • Approach Him in the role you most need today.
Reflection Questions
  • Which role of Kṛṣṇa most fits my present need?
  • Have I approached Him in that role?

Imagine a traveller's day. Where am I going? Who carries my pack? Who pays the bills? Who watches over me? Where will I sleep? Where do I run when bandits come? Who is my friend on this road? In Kṛṣṇa-conscious life, the answer to every one of these questions is one Person. The mind that learns to put the same answer into every empty box has begun to taste the bījam avyayam — the eternal seed of all its asking.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.19

↗
తపామ్యహమహం వర్షం నిగృహ్ణామ్యుత్సృజామి చ । అమృతం చైవ మృత్యుశ్చ సదసచ్చ‍ాహమర్జున ॥ ౧౯ ॥
tapāmy aham ahaṁ varṣaṁ
[tapaamy aham aham varsham]
nigṛhṇāmy utsṛjāmi ca
[nigrihnaamy utsrijaami cha]
amṛtaṁ caiva mṛtyuś ca
[amritam chaiva mrityush cha]
sad asac cāham arjuna
[sad asach chaaham arjuna]
tapāmi — give heat aham — I aham — I varṣam — rain nigṛhṇāmi — withhold utsṛjāmi — send forth ca — and amṛtam — immortality ca — and eva — certainly mṛtyuḥ — death ca — and sat — spirit asat — matter ca — and aham — I arjuna — O Arjuna .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tapāmy aham ahaṁ varṣaṁ
tapāmi
give heat
aham
I
aham
I
varṣam
rain
nigṛhṇāmy utsṛjāmi ca
nigṛhṇāmi
withhold
utsṛjāmi
send forth
ca
and
amṛtaṁ caiva mṛtyuś ca
amṛtam
immortality
ca
and
eva
certainly
mṛtyuḥ
death
ca
and
sad asac cāham arjuna
sat
spirit
asat
matter
ca
and
aham
I
arjuna
O Arjuna .
  • tapāmi — I give heat
    First person singular of √tap — I burn, I radiate heat. Kṛṣṇa identifies Himself as the heat of the sun. Note: not 'the sun is My agent' but 'I give the heat' — direct claim of agency.
  • varṣam — the rain
    The rain — and by implication the absence of rain (the verse pairs varṣam with both nigṛhṇāmi and utsṛjāmi). Sustenance and drought both flow from one hand.
  • nigṛhṇāmi — I withhold
    Ni + √grah — I hold back. The drought is also His. A bold theology: it would be easy to assign only the pleasant rain to the Lord and the drought to chance. Kṛṣṇa refuses that escape.
  • amṛtam — immortality
    A- + mṛta (dead) — the deathless. Kṛṣṇa is the principle of immortality itself. Whoever attains amṛta attains Him; there is no immortality apart from Him.
  • mṛtyuḥ — death
    From √mṛ — to die. Kṛṣṇa is also mṛtyu — death personified. In chapter 11 He will declare Himself kālo'smi loka-kṣaya-kṛt. Here the same identification is stated dryly in one word.
  • sat — being, the real
    Being — that which is. Kṛṣṇa is the sat. Paired in the verse with asat: He is both sides of the most basic philosophical dyad. The manifest creation is His sat aspect.
  • asat — non-being, the unreal
    A- + sat — non-being, the unmanifest. Kṛṣṇa is also asat. He is not on one side of the sat/asat dyad; He is its substrate. The unmanifest pre-creation flows from Him no less than the manifest does.
O Arjuna, I give heat, and I withhold and send forth the rain. I am immortality, and I am also death personified. Both spirit and matter are in Me.

Kṛṣṇa, by His different energies, diffuses heat and light through the agency of electricity and the sun. During the summer season it is Kṛṣṇa who checks rain from falling from the sky, and then during the rainy season He gives unceasing torrents of rain. The energy which sustains us by prolonging the duration of our life is Kṛṣṇa, and Kṛṣṇa meets us at the end as death. By analyzing all these different energies of Kṛṣṇa, one can ascertain that for Kṛṣṇa there is no distinction between matter and spirit, or, in other words, He is both matter and spirit. In the advanced stage of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, one therefore makes no such distinctions. He sees only Kṛṣṇa in everything. Since Kṛṣṇa is both matter and spirit, the gigantic universal form comprising all material manifestations is also Kṛṣṇa, and His pastimes in Vṛndāvana as two-handed Śyāmasundara, playing on a flute, are those of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
16-19. I am the sacrifices mentioned in the śruti and smṛti, the offering to the Pitṛs, the herbs, the mantra, the ghee, the fire and the act of offering. I am the father of the universe, the mother, the maintainer, the grandfather, the object of knowledge, the purifier, om, the Ṛk, Sāma and Yajur Vedas. I am the result, the master, the controller, the witness, the abode, the shelter, the friend. I am creation, destruction and maintenance, the treasure, the indestructible cause. I create heat, withdraw rain and then shower it. I am liberation and bondage, the subtle and gross, O Arjuna.
Commentary

“How one can worship You as viśvarūpa in many ways (bahudhā)?” The Lord speaks four verses in response. Kratu means sacrifices mentioned in the śruti like the agniṣṭoma. Yajṣa refers to sacrifices mentioned in the smṛtis like vaiśvadeva-homa. Auṣadham refers to food made from herbs. I am the father (pitā) because I give rise to individual and total ingredients (material cause) for all the universes. I am the mother (mātā) because I hold within My womb the universe. I am the nourisher (dātā) of the universe. I am the grandfather, because I produce the creator of the universe, Brahmā. I am the object to be known and the object which purifies. I am the result (gati), the master (bhartṛ), the controller (prabhu), the seer of all good and bad things (sakṣi), the abode (nivāsaḥ), the deliverer from dangers (śaraṇam), and the motiveless benefactor (suhṛt). I am the act of creation, destruction and maintenance (prabhava-pralaya-sthānam). I am the treasures (nidhānam) such as padma-nidhi and śaṅkha-nidhi, [Note: These are some of Kuvera’s treasures.] the cause (bījam), which is indestructible (avyayam), unlike rice and other seeds which are temporary. Being the sun, I cause heat in the summer, and shower rain in the rainy season, and sometimes I also hold back the rain. I am liberation (amṛtam), and repeated birth and death in bondage (mṛtyuḥ). I am the subtle and the gross (sad-asad). Thus the person, thinking that I am all of this, worships Me as the form of universe. These verses are thus connected with the last part of verse 15 which mentions the universal form.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
16-19. I am the vedic and smārta sacrifices, the offering to the pitṛs, the herbs, the mantra, the ghee, the fire and the act of offering. I am the father of the universe, the mother, the maintainer, the grandfather, the object of knowledge, the purifier, om, the ṛk, sāma and yajur Vedas. I am the method, the master, the controller, the witness, the abode, the shelter, the friend. I am creation, destruction and maintenance, the treasure, the indestructible cause or seed. I create heat, withdraw rain and then shower it. I am liberation and bondage, the subtle and gross, O Arjuna.
Commentary

In four verses Kṛṣṇa shows how He is situated in the form of the universe. Kratu refers to the Vedic śrauta sacrifices such as jyotiṣṭoma. Yajṣa refers to the sacrifices such as vaiśvadeva, mentioned in the smṛtis. Svadhā refers to the śrāddha rites offered to the pitas. Auṣadha means medicine or food coming from herbs. Mantra means the words such as yājyāpuro nu uttered in offering oblations to the devatās. Ajya means the substances for offering such as ghee. The fires (agni) used for sacrifice are of various types such as āhavanīya. Hūta means the act of offering oblations. I am situated as the soul of all those things. I am situated as the mother, the father and the grandfather of each moving and non-moving thing in the universe. I, in the form of kings and others, am situated as the maintainer and nourisher in all those entities (dhātā). Because I am the possessor of all energies material and spiritual, and the paramātmā within all matter and jīvas, the number of living entities to maintain is no problem for Me. I am what is to be known (vedyam) and what purifies (pavitram)—the waters of rivers like the Gaṅgā. I am om, the seed of all the Vedas and the cause of knowledge of Brahman, the object of knowledge (vedyam). I am the three Vedas, ṛk, yajus and sāma. The word ca indicates Atharva Veda. Rk also refers to the vedic verse with regular syllables. Sāma refers to those verses with regular meter and which are sung. Some say that sāma refers to any verse which is sung. Yajus refers to verses not sung and with irregular syllables. I am these three types of mantras useful in rites. Gati means the method or path by which a goal is achieved, literally “that by which something is attained (gamyate). Bhartā means a protector. Prabhu means controller. Sākṣī means the seer of all sinful and pious acts. Nivāsa means a place of enjoyment, literally, where one resides. Śaraṇa means He who takes away the suffering or the person who approaches. The derivation of the word is “that in which suffering will be destroyed (duḥkham śīrṣyate asmin).” Suhṛt is one who does beneficial activities for someone else because of that person’s qualifications. prabhavaḥ pralayaḥ sthānaṁ refer to the acts of creation destruction, and maintenance. Nidhānam refer to the nine treasures such as padma nidhi. [Note: Kuvera has nine treasures: padmanidhi, mahānidhi, saṅkhanidhi, makaranidhi, kacchapanidhi, mukundanidhi, nandanidhi, nīlanidhi and kharvanidhi.] Bijam means the cause which is indestructible I am not perishable like rice and other material seeds. In the form of the sun, I heat the universe during the summer. During monsoon season, I release rain (varṣam) in the form of clouds. Sometimes in the form of drought, I draw back the rain. I am liberation (amṛtam) and saṁsāra (mṛtyuḥ). I am the gross (sat) and the subtle (asat). I alone am all of this. I, the son of Vasudeva, one person, holding all powers, am situated in the form of the whole universe with many names and forms. Some worship Me with this jṣāna yajṣa, which searches out the one person in these many things.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Srila Prabhupada says in his Purport: "Since Krsna is both matter and spirit, the gigantic universal form comprising all material manifestations is also Krsna, and His pastimes in Vrndavana as two‑handed Syamasundara, playing on a flute, are those of the Supreme Personality of Godhead." Now Krsna is going to explain the result of worshiping Krsna but indirectly through the demigods.

[2. Worshipers of demigods: Worshipers of demigods indirectly worship Krsna through following the Vedas. But not only is directly worship of Krsna superior, but demigod worshipers are worshiping improperly. (20‑25) ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

For Krishna, there is no distinction between matter and spirit; He is both matter and spirit.

In advanced stages of consciousness one can see Krishna in everything

Study translation for all the points
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.19 O Arjuna, aham, I, in the form of the sun; tapami, give heat through some intense rays. Through some rays utsrjami, I pour down; varsam, rain. Having poured down, again nigrhnami, I withdraw it through some rays-for eight months. Again I pour it down in the rainy season. I am eva ca, verily; the amrtam, nectar of the gods; and mrtyuh, death of the mortals. I Myself am sat, existence-the effect which has come into bneing in relation to its cause; and its opposite, asat, nonexistence. [Nonexistence: the cause which has not become manifest as the effect possessing name and form, It cannot be admitted that the effect has absolute existence, for the Upanisad says, 'All transformation has speech as it basis, and it is name only' (Ch.6. 1. 4). Nor can it be said that the cause has absolute non-existence, for there is the text,'৷৷.by what logic can the existent come verily out of nonexistence? But surely,৷৷.all this was Existence, one without a second' (op. cit. 6.2.2).] It is not that the Lord is Himself absolutely nonexistence; nor are effect and cause (absolutely) existence and nonexistent (respectively). Those men of Knowledge who meditate of Me while worshpping Me according to the respective forms of sacrifices mentioned above-regardomg Me as one or multifirious, etc.-, they attain Me alone according to their conceptions.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.19 I send out 'heat' in the form of fire, the sun etc. I 'hold back' the rain during summer. Likewise, I pour out the rains during the rainy season. I am 'immortality as well as death' - I am both these conditions through which the world lives and dies. Why say more? I am 'the being and the non-being.' Being is that which exists in the present time. Non-being is that which existed in the past and that which may exist in the future, but is not experienced now as existing. The meaning is that, I alone am existent, having all the entities for my modes, as all intelligent and inhert beings existing in all states, constitute My body. In this way, they (the wise) worship Me, contemplating, through the realisation of My essential unity, as the entire universe distinguished by names and forms and characterished by varied pluralities constituting My body. I alone exist; all the pluralities are only My modes. Thus, after depiciting the character of the noble-minded, whose enjoyment consists of only the experience of the Lord, and in order to bring into bolder relief their greatness, He describes the behaviour of ignorant men who covet the objects of desire.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.16-19 Ahim kratuh etc. upto Arjuna. The Brahman-being is of course only one and admits of no parts. The action also depends only on the assumed [or not real] causes. Hence, it accomplishes the aloneness (or oneness) of the Brahman. For, if it is performed with the realisation that all the different causes are nothing but the Self, then the action is not far away from reaching the Bhagavat. That has also been stated - 'This self same action-power of Siva, if it exists in the ignorant, binds [him]; the same power, when it is realised that it is a path to his own Self [Siva], then it leads to the goal (the Lord).' (SpK, III, 16). I have myself (Ag.) stated elsewhere as : The intellect that confirms, in the beginning, to [the duality of] the beings and the non-beings; the same intellect does not conform, at the time of withdrawl, to [the duality of] the beings and the non-beings. This subject has been discussed in detail in different places. Hence let us stop [the present discussion] here. I give heat etc. This is said in the context of discussing the One that admits no duality. But if the Brahman can be attained by means of external sacrifices also, then, is a different god (different from Vasudeva) worshipped in the sacrifices like the Agnistoma ? If it is admitted, then it would lead to the doctrine of duality. If [on the other hand] it is Vasudeva Himself, the how is it that emancipation is not attained by the performence [of these sacrifices] ? Therefore it is stated -
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.19 (As the sun) I give heat; I withhold and send forth the rain; I am immortality and also death, existence and non-existence, O Arjuna.
Commentary

9.19 तपामि give heat? अहम् I? अहम् I? वर्षम् rain? निगृह्णामि withhold? उत्सृजामि send forth? च and? अमृतम् immortality? च and? एव also? मृत्युः death? च and? सत् existence? असत् nonexistence? च and? अहम् I? अर्जुन O Arjuna.Commentary I radiate heat in the form of the sun. I send forth the rain in the form of Indra in the rainy season and I take it back during the rest of the year.Sat Existence? the manifested world (the effect).Asat Nonexistence? the unmanifested (the cause).Nonexistence does not mean nothingness. The subtle? unmanifested cause is spoken of as nonexitence. The Self or Brahman or the Eternal can never be altogether nonexistence. It always exists. It is Existence Absolute. If you say that the subtle unmanifested cause is nothing? it is impossible to conceive existence coming out of nothing. The Chhandogya Upanishad asks? How can existence come out of nonexistence It is simply absurd to conceive that existence has arisen out of nonexistence (nothing).For a Vedantin ( student or follower of Vedanta) Brahman (the Absolute) is Sat (existence) because It always exists and because It is unchanging. This manifested world is Asat or unreal. For the worldlyminded people who have neither understanding nor knowledge of Brahman? who are endowed with gross and impure mind? who do not have a sharp and subtle intellect? and who ca perceive the gross forms only? this manifested world is the Sat and the subtle unmanifested MulaPrakriti (the primordial Nature)? the cause of this manifested world? is Asat. For them Brahman also is Asat. The unmanifested refers to MulaPrakriti and Para Brahman also because both are hidden.Every object has three states? viz.? the gross (Sthula)? the subtle (Sukshma) and the causal (Karana). Mahakarana (the great causeless cause) is Para Brahman. The gross and the subtle states are the effects of Karana. What you see outside is the physical body. This physical body is moved by the astral (the subtle) body made up of the mind? liferoce and the senses. The causal body is the seedbody. From this seedbody have sprung the subtle and the gross bodies. Take the case of an orange. The outer skin is its physical body the inner pulp or essence is the subtle body the innermost causal body which gives rise to the pulp and the outer skin is the seed. This is only a gross illustration. The orange has got another kind of subtle and causal bodies. The worldlyminded man beholds the physical body only and takes this as the Truth. For him? the astral and the causal bodies are unreal.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.19 O Arjuna, I give heat, I withhold and pour down rain. I am verily the nectar, and also death existence and nonexistence.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.19 I am the Heat of the Sun, I release and hold back the Rains. I am Death and Immortality; I am Being and Not-Being.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Concepts
Mantra
I provide heat; I withhold and send rain; I am immortality and personified death — being and non-being, both.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize Kṛṣṇa even in withholding and death.
  • Don't blame nature when withholding occurs.
  • Trust that being-and-non-being are both Him.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I blamed when I should have recognized?
  • What would recognition do for that grief?

Stand in the open field at noon: you feel His heat. Run for shelter from the monsoon: He sent the rain and now He stops it. Sit with the dying: He is the death stepping in. Sit with the newborn: He is the immortal life stepping in. The dichotomies the world insists on — life/death, real/unreal, mercy/severity — meet without contradiction in His person, because both poles are His.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.20

↗
త్రైవిద్యా మాం సోమపా: పూతపాపా యజ్ఞైరిష్ట్వా స్వర్గతిం ప్రార్థయన్తే । తే పుణ్యమాసాద్య సురేన్ద్రలోక- మశ్న‍‍న్తి దివ్యాన్దివి దేవభోగాన్ ॥ ౨౦ ॥
trai-vidyā māṁ soma-pāḥ pūta-pāpā
[trai-vidyaa maam soma-paah poota-paapaa]
yajñair iṣṭvā svar-gatiṁ prārthayante
[yajnair ishtvaa svar-gatim praarthayante]
te puṇyam āsādya surendra-lokam
[te punyam aasaadya surendra-lokam]
aśnanti divyān divi deva-bhogān
[ashnanti divyaan divi deva-bhogaan]
trai - vidyāḥ — the knowers of the three Vedas mām — Me soma - pāḥ — drinkers of soma juice pūta — purified pāpāḥ — of sins yajñaiḥ — with sacrifices iṣṭvā — worshiping svaḥ - gatim — passage to heaven prārthayante — pray for te — they puṇyam — pious āsādya — attaining sura - indra — of Indra lokam — the world aśnanti — enjoy divyān — celestial divi — in heaven deva - bhogān — the pleasures of the gods .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
trai-vidyā māṁ soma-pāḥ pūta-pāpā
trai - vidyāḥ
the knowers of the three Vedas
mām
Me
soma - pāḥ
drinkers of soma juice
pūta
purified
pāpāḥ
of sins
yajñair iṣṭvā svar-gatiṁ prārthayante
yajñaiḥ
with sacrifices
iṣṭvā
worshiping
svaḥ - gatim
passage to heaven
prārthayante
pray for
te puṇyam āsādya surendra-lokam
te
they
puṇyam
pious
āsādya
attaining
sura - indra
of Indra
lokam
the world
aśnanti divyān divi deva-bhogān
aśnanti
enjoy
divyān
celestial
divi
in heaven
deva - bhogān
the pleasures of the gods .
  • trai - vidyāḥ — knowers of the three Vedas
    Trai (three) + vidyā. The Vedicists who specialize in karma-kāṇḍa — Ṛg, Sāma, Yajur. Their scholarship is real; their orientation is wrong. They mistake the means (Vedic ritual) for the end (the Lord Himself, whom the Vedas point to).
  • soma - pāḥ — drinkers of soma
    Soma — the ritual drink of Vedic sacrifices, conferring momentary spiritual elevation. The trai-vidyāḥ drink soma to reach Svarga; they treat the means as the goal. Their pāna is real; their direction is not.
  • pūta — purified
    Past participle of √pū — purified. Their pāpa (sins) are pūta — really cleansed by yajña. Kṛṣṇa concedes the effect. But cleansed sins still leave merit, which still binds. Even good karma is a chain, if it is gold.
  • yajñaiḥ — by sacrifices
    Plural — many sacrifices. Their effort is enormous. The verse does not deny the work; it diagnoses the destination.
  • svaḥ - gatim — passage to heaven
    Svaḥ (heaven) + gati (passage). The goal they prārthayante — pray for. They aim at heaven and they get heaven. Kṛṣṇa concedes the efficacy. The next verse will deliver the punch line.
  • deva - bhogān — the enjoyments of the gods
    Deva (god) + bhoga (enjoyment). Sense gratification on the heavenly tier. The senses are still active, the appetite is still in charge — only the venue has improved. From earthly sandwich to celestial banquet, but the eater is unchanged.
Those who study the Vedas and drink the soma juice, seeking the heavenly planets, worship Me indirectly. Purified of sinful reactions, they take birth on the pious, heavenly planet of Indra, where they enjoy godly delights.

The word trai-vidyāḥ refers to the three Vedas – Sāma, Yajur and Ṛg. A brāhmaṇa who has studied these three Vedas is called a tri-vedī. Anyone who is very much attached to knowledge derived from these three Vedas is respected in society. Unfortunately, there are many great scholars of the Vedas who do not know the ultimate purport of studying them. Therefore Kṛṣṇa herein declares Himself to be the ultimate goal for the tri-vedīs. Actual tri-vedīs take shelter under the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa and engage in pure devotional service to satisfy the Lord. Devotional service begins with the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra and side by side trying to understand Kṛṣṇa in truth. Unfortunately those who are simply official students of the Vedas become more interested in offering sacrifices to the different demigods like Indra and Candra. By such endeavor, the worshipers of different demigods are certainly purified of the contamination of the lower qualities of nature and are thereby elevated to the higher planetary systems or heavenly planets known as Maharloka, Janaloka, Tapoloka, etc. Once situated on those higher planetary systems, one can satisfy his senses hundreds of thousands of times better than on this planet.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
20. Knowers of the three Vedas, worshipping Me indirectly through sacrifice, drinking soma and becoming purified, pray for Svarga. Attaining puṇya in the form of the planet of Indra, they enjoy in heaven the celestial pleasures of the devas.
Commentary

Those devotees who worship Me through those three methods, and know Me as the Supreme Lord, become liberated. [Note: These three types of devotees were classed as inferior to the other types, and performed jṣāna-yajṣa as part of bhakti. Because the worship is inferior to that of the ananya and mixed devotees, they attain less than sālokya.] But those who follow material karma do not become liberated. This is explained in two verses. Those who study and know the three Vedas, Ṛk, Yajur, and Sāma, or those who are absorbed in the karmas described in those three Vedas, not knowing that Indra and other devatās are actually My forms, and consequently worship Me (indirectly) through worshipping those forms (mām iṣṭvā), drink the remnants of the sacrifice (soma-pāḥ), and thus attain puṇya.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
20. Those who, knowing the three Vedas, worshipping Me indirectly through sacrifice, drinking soma and becoming purified, pray for svarga. Attaining puṇya in the form of the planet of Indra, they enjoy in heaven the pleasures of the devas.
Commentary

Having described the qualities of His devotees, in order to give a further understanding of them, he contrasts them with those who are averse to the Lord in two verses. The collection of three types of knowledge is trividyā. Those who study and know this are called traividyā according to tad adhīte tad veda (Pāṇini 4.2.59) This means those who are dedicated to the activities described in the three Vedas. Though they do not know that the forms of Indra and other devatās are My forms alone, actually they are worshipping Me situated in those respective forms by jyotiṣṭomā and other sacrifices prescribed in the three Vedas. Drinking the remnants of sacrifice, soma, and being purified of sins which obstruct their attainment of svarga (pūta papa), they pray for svarga. The rest of the verse is clear. It should be understood that the enjoyment they obtain is actually given only by Me.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Result of Demigod worship mentioned here

Demigod worshippers worship Krishna only, but indirectly
They study the Vedas, drink the Soma juice, seeking the heavenly planets
Path of demigod worshipers
Purified of sinful reactions, they take birth on the pious, heavenly planet of Indra where they enjoy Godly delights
After exhausting the result of their pious activity, they return to this mortal planet again
Thus this path only offers repeated birth and death

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.21 & 9.22: Texts 20 – 21 explains : “How demigods obtain the necessities of life”

Text 22 explains: “How unalloyed devotees are maintained and receive their necessities”

Focus of Learning

(a) Ultimate goal for Tri-vedis is Krishna only (9.20)

Actual Tri-vedis take shelter of lotus feet of Krishna and engage in devotional service
By chanting Hare Krishna,
And by cultivating knowledge of Krishna

(b) Simply official students of Vedas are only interested in sacrifice to demigods

Have not attained the perfection of knowledge which is to know the “Source of all” (‘Janmady asya yatah’)
Only benefits achieved:
Gets purified of lower modes
Elevation to heavenly planets with longer life and better sense gratification

(c) Disadvantage of heavenly planets as the goal

Comes back to the earth – Cycle of birth and death ‘after exhausting pious deeds’
Analogy: “Ferris wheel” compared to “Cycle of birth and death” (study 9.21 purport)
Solution offered to avoid repeated birth and death: Make spiritual world as your goal

(a) ‘Immortality’ – The energy which sustains us and which prolongs the duration of life

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.20 Those, again, who are ignorant and desirous of pleasures, trai-vidyah, who are versed in the three Vedas, who know the Rk, Yajus and Sama Vedas; somapah, who are drinkers of Soma; and who, as a result of that very drinking of Soma, are puta-papah, purified of sin; prarthayante, pray for; the svargatim, heavenly goal, the attainment of heaven-heaven itself being the goal [Ast. adds this portion-svareva gatih, heaven itself being the goal.-Tr.]-; istva, by worshipping; mam, Me, existing in the forms of gods such as the Vasus and others; yajnaih, through sacrifices such as the Agnistoma etc. And asadya, having reached; surendra-lokam, the place (world) of the kind of gods, of Indra; (which is) punyam, the result of righteousness; te, they; asnanti, enjoy; divi, in heaven; the devyan, divine, heavenly, supernatural;; deva-bhogan, pleasures of gods.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.20 The three Vedas consist of the Rk, Yajus and Saman. The followers of the three Vedas are called 'Trai-vidyah', but they are not devoted to Vedanta (or Trayyanta). The great souls, who rely on Vedanta, know Me, as mentioned before, to be the only object to be known from all the Vedas. Considering Me as the highest object of attainment, they worship Me through singing My names etc., caused by deep devotion to Me, and also through the sacrifice of knowledge. But the followers of the three Vedas drink the Soma beverage, forming the remainder of sacrifices in honour of Indra and other divinities, as prescribed by the Vedas. They are thery purified of evil that stand in the way of attainment of heaven. In these sacrifices, in which Indra etc., are regarded as divinties, they really worship Me in the forms of these divinities. They 'however' do not know that I abide in them in that way, and so they pray for the way to heaven etc. After attaining the world of Indra, which is free from unhappiness, they enjoy everywhere the divine pleasures.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.20 See Comment under 9.21
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.20 The knowers of the three Vedas, the drinkers of Soma, purified of all sins, worshipping Me by sacrifices, pray for the way to heaven; they reach the holy world of the Lord of the gods and enjoy in heavn the divine pleasures of the gods.
Commentary

9.20 त्रैविद्याः the knowers of the three Vedas? माम् Me? सोमपाः the drinkers of Soma? पूतपापाः purified from sin? यज्ञैः by sacrifices? इष्ट्वा worshipping? स्वर्गतिम् way to heaven? प्रार्थयन्ते pray? ते they? पुण्यम् holy? आसाद्य having reached? सुरेन्द्रलोकम् the world of the Lord of gods? अश्नन्ति eat (enjoy)? दिव्यान् divine? दिवि in heaven? देवभोगान् the divine pleasures.Commentary May aspirants climb up to a certain height on the ladder of Yoga. They are irresistibly swept away by the temptation of the higher planes (the heaven? and the plane of the celestial beings? etc.). They lose their power of discrimination and right understanding and thery lose themselves in heavenly enjoyments. The dwellers of the higher planes? the shining ones? tempt the aspirants in a variety of ways. They say unto them? O Yogi? we are very much pleased with your austerities and dispassion? spiritual practices and divine alities. This is the plane for your final resting which you have obtained through your merit and your austerities. We are all your servants to obey your orders and carry out your ?nds or behests. Here is the celestial car for you. You can move about anywhere you like. Here are the celestial damsels to attend on you. They will please you with their celestial music. Here is the wishfulfilling ree which will give you whatever you want. Here is the celestial nectar in the golden cup? which will make you immortal. Here is the celestial lake of supreme joy. You can swim freely in this lake. The uncautious Yogi is easily carried away by the invitations of the gods and the sweet flowery speeches. He gets false satisfaction or contentment. He thinks that he has reached the highest goal of Yoga. He yields to the templations and his energy is dissipated in various directions. As soon as his merits are exhausted he comes down to this earthplane. He will have to start his upward climb on the spiritual lader once more. But that dispassionate Yogi who is endowed with strong discrimination rejects ruthlessly these invitations from the gods? marches boldly on his spiritual path and stops not till he attains the highest rung on the ladder of Yoga or the highest summit on the hill of knowledge or Nirvikalpa Samadhi. He is fully conscious that enjoyments in heaven are as much worthless as those of this illusory world. The pleasures of heaven are subtle? exceedingly intense and extremely intoxicating. That is the reason why the uncautious? nonvigilant and less dispassionate aspirant yields easily to the temptations of the higher planes. Even in this physical plane? in the West and in America where there is abundance of wealth? plenty of dollars and gold? people enjoy subtle and intense sensual pleasures. Every day scientists bring out new inventions? new forms of sensual pleasures for the gratification of the mischievous and revolting senses. Even an abstemious man of simple habits of India becomes a changed man when he lives in America or Europe for some time. He yields to the temptations. Such is the power of Maya. Such is the influence of temptation. Such is the strength of the senses. That man who is endowed with strong discrimination? sustained dispassion? good selfanalytic power? and burning yearning for liberation? can resist temptations and he aloen can be really happy. He alone can attain the highest goal of life? the final beatitude or the sublime vision of the Infinite.Those who drink the Soma juice are purified from sin.Sacrifices Such as the Agnistoma? Jyotistoma. They worship Me as the Vasus and other deities (Rudras and Adityas) by sacrifices such as the Agnistoma.Indra is the Lord of the gods. He is called Satakratu because he had performed a hundred sacrifices. The divine pleasures are the supernatural pleasures of the heaven.DivyaBhoga An enjoyment that is beyond the reach of man or an enjoyment that can be had only by the celestial body of the gods or an enjoyment given by the gods in the heaven. The term Bhoga indicates sensual pleasures. Though the heavenly pleasuresare of a very subtle nature? yet,they are sensual pleasures only. (Cf.II.45)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.20 Those who are versed in the Vedas, who are drinkers of Soma and are purified of sin, pray for the heavenly goal by worshipping Me through sacrifices. Having reached the place (world) of the king of gods, which is the result of righteousness, they enjoy in heaven th divine pleasure of gods.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.20 Those who are versed in the scriptures, who drink the mystic Soma-juice and are purified from sin, but who while worshipping Me with sacrifices pray that I will lead them to heaven; they reach the holy world where lives the Controller of the Powers of Nature, and they enjoy the feasts of Paradise.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
BG 2.42 BG 2.43 BG 7.23 SB 11.3.46 SB 10.87.2 SB 4.29.46 CC Madhya 22.21 CC Ādi 1.91 CC Madhya 24.89 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.7Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.10
Concepts
Yajna
Those who study the Vedas and drink the soma, performing sacrifices to attain heaven, attain heaven and enjoy.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that even Vedic ritual can be aimed at heaven, not Kṛṣṇa.
  • Aim higher than heavenly enjoyment.
  • Don't confuse pious goals with the highest goal.
Reflection Questions
  • What 'heavenly' goal am I working toward that I should outgrow?
  • What is the highest goal calling me?

A man receives a letter inviting him to the palace; he reads only the address, not the signature, and travels instead to a wealthy estate the address briefly passes. He arrives, is feasted lavishly, returns home, and tells everyone the estate was the palace. The trai-vidyāḥ are this traveller: they read the Vedas and stop at the heavenly estate, not the Lord whose seal is on the envelope. They drink the soma; they do not meet the king who poured it.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.21

↗
తే తం భుక్త్వా స్వర్గలోకం విశాలం క్షీణే పుణ్యే మర్త్యలోకం విశన్తి । ఏవం త్రయీధర్మమనుప్రపన్నా గతాగతం కామకామా లభన్తే ॥ ౨౧ ॥
te taṁ bhuktvā svarga-lokaṁ viśālaṁ
[te tam bhuktvaa svarga-lokam vishaalam]
kṣīṇe puṇye martya-lokaṁ viśanti
[ksheene punye martya-lokam vishanti]
evaṁ trayī-dharmam anuprapannā
[evam trayee-dharmam anuprapannaa]
gatāgataṁ kāma-kāmā labhante
[gataagatam kaama-kaamaa labhante]
te — they tam — that bhuktvā — having enjoyed svarga - lokam — heaven viśālam — vast kṣīṇe — being exhausted puṇye — the results of their pious activities martya - lokam — to the mortal earth viśanti — fall down evam — thus trayī — of the three Vedas dharmam — doctrines anuprapannāḥ — following gata - āgatam — death and birth kāma - kāmāḥ — desiring sense enjoyments labhante — attain .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
te taṁ bhuktvā svarga-lokaṁ viśālaṁ
te
they
tam
that
bhuktvā
having enjoyed
svarga - lokam
heaven
viśālam
vast
kṣīṇe puṇye martya-lokaṁ viśanti
kṣīṇe
being exhausted
puṇye
the results of their pious activities
martya - lokam
to the mortal earth
viśanti
fall down
evaṁ trayī-dharmam anuprapannā
evam
thus
trayī
of the three Vedas
dharmam
doctrines
anuprapannāḥ
following
gatāgataṁ kāma-kāmā labhante
gata - āgatam
death and birth
kāma - kāmāḥ
desiring sense enjoyments
labhante
attain .
  • bhuktvā — having enjoyed
    Absolutive of √bhuj — to enjoy, consume. Tense matters: bhuktvā, having-enjoyed. The verse opens by acknowledging real enjoyment; it does not dismiss heaven as illusion. It dismisses heaven as finite.
  • svarga - lokam — the heavenly planet
    Svarga + loka — the heaven-region. A real cosmic location in the Vedic frame. Vast (viśālam) and pleasant — but still a loka, with a perimeter and a clock.
  • kṣīṇe — when exhausted
    Locative of kṣīṇa — worn out, depleted. Locative absolute with puṇye: 'merit being exhausted.' The mathematics is exact: heaven is paid for in puṇya; the moment of kṣīṇa is the moment the bill comes due.
  • puṇye — merit (locative)
    Locative of puṇya — pious merit. The currency of heavenly elevation. Heaven is exactly as long as the puṇya account holds — neither longer nor shorter.
  • martya - lokam — the mortal planet
    Martya (mortal) + loka — the death-planet. The return address is precisely where they came from. The cycle is sealed; ascension is not escape.
  • trayī — the threefold (Veda)
    The threefold — the three Vedas (Ṛg, Sāma, Yajur) taken as a unit. Trayī-dharma is the karma-kāṇḍa Vedic religion. Kṛṣṇa contrasts it with the rāja-vidyā of 9.2: both are dharma; only one delivers escape velocity.
  • dharmam — the religious principle
    Accusative of dharma — qualified here by trayī. Vedic ritual religion in its karma-kāṇḍa face. The verse does not condemn it — it precisely accounts for what it can and cannot deliver.
  • gata - āgatam — going and coming
    Gata (gone) + āgata (come back). Cyclic existence in one compact word. Kāma-kāmāḥ labhante — they get only this oscillation. The most precise diagnosis of saṁsāra's geometry in a single phrase.
  • kāma - kāmāḥ — desirers of desires
    Kāma (desire) + kāmā (desirer). 'Desire-desirers' — they desire to keep desiring. The pathology behind the cycle: not just desire but desire for desire, the refusal to be released.
When they have thus enjoyed vast heavenly sense pleasure and the results of their pious activities are exhausted, they return to this mortal planet again. Thus those who seek sense enjoyment by adhering to the principles of the three Vedas achieve only repeated birth and death.

One who is promoted to the higher planetary systems enjoys a longer duration of life and better facilities for sense enjoyment, yet one is not allowed to stay there forever. One is again sent back to this earth upon finishing the resultant fruits of pious activities. He who has not attained perfection of knowledge, as indicated in the Vedānta-sūtra ( janmādy asya yataḥ ), or, in other words, he who fails to understand Kṛṣṇa, the cause of all causes, becomes baffled about achieving the ultimate goal of life and is thus subjected to the routine of being promoted to the higher planets and then again coming down, as if situated on a ferris wheel which sometimes goes up and sometimes comes down. The purport is that instead of being elevated to the spiritual world, from which there is no longer any possibility of coming down, one simply revolves in the cycle of birth and death on higher and lower planetary systems. One should better take to the spiritual world to enjoy an eternal life full of bliss and knowledge and never return to this miserable material existence.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
21. Having enjoyed the vast pleasures of Svarga and exhausting their merit, they return to this planet. Following the rites of the three Vedas, desiring objects of enjoyment, they take repeated birth and death.
Commentary

Being filled with desires for enjoyment, they take repeated birth and death (gatāgatam).

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
21. Having enjoyed the vast pleasures of svarga and exhausting their merit, they return to this planet. Following the rites of the three Vedas again, desiring objects of enjoyment, they take repeated birth and death.
Commentary

These people who prayed for svarga, having enjoyed svarga loka, with the depletion of pious acts which brought them there, enter the world of death. They attain births as brāhmaṇas and others on this earth according to the process mentioned in the knowledge of the five fires. [Note: The five fires are explained by Baladeva in his commentary on verse 3, chapter 8.] Again performing the duties enjoined in the three Vedas, these desirers of sense objects, desiring the enjoyment of svarga (kāma kāmāḥ), obtain repeated birth in this world (gatāgatam).

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

But on the other hand,

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

COMMON THEME: Result of Demigod worship mentioned here

Demigod worshippers worship Krishna only, but indirectly
They study the Vedas, drink the Soma juice, seeking the heavenly planets
Path of demigod worshipers
Purified of sinful reactions, they take birth on the pious, heavenly planet of Indra where they enjoy Godly delights
After exhausting the result of their pious activity, they return to this mortal planet again
Thus this path only offers repeated birth and death

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.21 & 9.22: Texts 20 – 21 explains : “How demigods obtain the necessities of life”

Text 22 explains: “How unalloyed devotees are maintained and receive their necessities”

Focus of Learning

(a) Ultimate goal for Tri-vedis is Krishna only (9.20)

Actual Tri-vedis take shelter of lotus feet of Krishna and engage in devotional service
By chanting Hare Krishna,
And by cultivating knowledge of Krishna

(b) Simply official students of Vedas are only interested in sacrifice to demigods

Have not attained the perfection of knowledge which is to know the “Source of all” (‘Janmady asya yatah’)
Only benefits achieved:
Gets purified of lower modes
Elevation to heavenly planets with longer life and better sense gratification

(c) Disadvantage of heavenly planets as the goal

Comes back to the earth – Cycle of birth and death ‘after exhausting pious deeds’
Analogy: “Ferris wheel” compared to “Cycle of birth and death” (study 9.21 purport)
Solution offered to avoid repeated birth and death: Make spiritual world as your goal

(a) ‘Immortality’ – The energy which sustains us and which prolongs the duration of life

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.21 Bhuktva, after having enjoyed; tam, that: visalam, vast; svargalokam, heavenly world; te, they; visanti, enter into; this martyalokam, human world; ksine, on the exhaustion; of their punye, merit. Evam, thus, indeed; anuprapannah, those who follow in the manner described; trai-dharmyam, [A variant reading is trayi-dharmam.-Tr.] the rites and duties prescribed in the three Vedas-merely the Vedic rites and duties; and are kama-kamah, desirous of pleasures; labhante, attain; only gata-agatam, the state of going and returning, but never that of independence. This is the meaning.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.21 After enjoying the spacious world of heaven, they return to the world of mortals when the meritorious Karma forming the cause of that experience is exhausted. Thus, lacking in the knowledge established in the Vedanta and desiring only the attainment of heaven etc., they who follow the teaching of the three Vedas on sacrificial rites, come and go. After enjoying the trifling and transient pleasures of heaven, they return to Samsara again and again. But the great souls meditating on Me, who am incomparably dear to them, attain boundless and unsurpassed bliss and do not return to Samsara. Sri Krsna desribes their distinguishing features:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.20-21 Traividyah etc. Te tam etc. Of course, they worship Me (Vasudeva) alone. However, the action [like sacrifice] is limited (or is known [to them]) by their aspiration for heaven only. Hence, on account of the weakness is their own being (sattva), they condition the action solely by the result of the heaven. That is why their religious act leads to rirth and thus they attain the state of going and coming. But [on that account] it is not the inherent nature of the sacrifice to beget rirth. For instance :
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.21 They, having enjoyed the vast heaven, enter the world of mortals when their merit is exhausted; thus abiding by the injunctions of the ï1threeï1 (Vedas) and desiring (objects of) desires, they attain to the state of going and returning.
Commentary

9.21 ते they? तम् that? भुक्त्वा having enjoyed? स्वर्गलोकम् heavenworld? विशालम् vast? क्षीणे at the exhaustion of? पुण्ये merit? मर्त्यलोकम् the world of mortals? विशन्ति enter? एवम् thus? त्रयीधर्मम् of the three Vedas? अनुप्रपन्नाः abiding by? गतागतम् the state of goind and returning? कामकामाः desiring desires? लभन्ते attain.Commentary When the accumulated merit (the cause of heavenly pleasures) is exhausted? they descend to this world. They come and go. They have no independence.The Dharma of the three Mere Vedic ritual? enjoined by the three Vedas. KamaKamah The people whose minds are filled with Vasanas or worldly tendencies.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.21 After having enjoyed that vast heavenly world, they enter into the human world on the exhaustion of their merit. Thus, those who follow the rites and duties prescribed in the three Vedas, and are desirous of pleasures, attain the state of going and returning.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.21 Yet although they enjoy the spacious glories of Paradise, nevertheless, when their merit is exhausted, they are born again into this world of mortals. They have followed the letter of the scriptures, yet because they have sought but to fulfill their own desires, they must depart and return again and again.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Concepts
Dharma
Having enjoyed in heaven, when their pious credit is exhausted, they return — those who follow Vedic ritual aiming at sense pleasure repeatedly come and go.
Practical Applications
  • Don't envy 'heavenly' enjoyments — they exhaust and return you.
  • Choose unending Kṛṣṇa over expiring heaven.
  • Use this verse during temptation toward 'higher' material pleasure.
Reflection Questions
  • What returnable pleasure am I aiming at?
  • What unending pleasure is also available?

A lottery winner spends the prize over many years; one day he goes to the bank and the account is closed. Heaven is the most expensive prize the cosmos can hand out — and it too closes. Kṣīṇe puṇye — when the merit is spent, the elevator descends. Vedic lottery returns its winners to the mortal floor; sense-seeking circles forever.

King Nahuṣa, briefly Indra

When Indra fled in shame after slaying Vṛtra (himself a brahmin), the gods elevated King Nahuṣa to the throne of heaven on the strength of his immense puṇya. Nahuṣa enjoyed the deva-bhogas, demanded Indra's queen Śacī as his consort, and rode in a palanquin carried by sages.

In his arrogance he kicked the sage Agastya, who cursed him to fall as a serpent. His puṇya — vast as it had been — was kṣīṇa, exhausted by misuse, and he viśanti martya-lokam — he re-entered the mortal world, not even as a king but as a python in the forest. The verse 9.21 in narrative compression: heaven lifts you, heaven drops you, when the account is spent.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.22

↗
అనన్యాశ్చిన్తయన్తో మాం యే జనా: పర్యుపాసతే । తేషాం నిత్యాభియుక్తానాం యోగక్షేమం వహామ్యహమ్ ॥ ౨౨ ॥
ananyāś cintayanto māṁ
[ananyaash chintayanto maam]
ye janāḥ paryupāsate
[ye janaah paryupaasate]
teṣāṁ nityābhiyuktānāṁ
[teshaam nityaabhiyuktaanaam]
yoga-kṣemaṁ vahāmy aham
[yoga-kshemam vahaamy aham]
ananyāḥ — having no other object cintayantaḥ — concentrating mām — on Me ye — those who janāḥ — persons paryupāsate — properly worship teṣām — of them nitya — always abhiyuktānām — fixed in devotion yoga — requirements kṣemam — protection vahāmi — carry aham — I .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ananyāś cintayanto māṁ
ananyāḥ
having no other object
cintayantaḥ
concentrating
mām
on Me
ye janāḥ paryupāsate
ye
those who
janāḥ
persons
paryupāsate
properly worship
teṣāṁ nityābhiyuktānāṁ
teṣām
of them
nitya
always
abhiyuktānām
fixed in devotion
yoga-kṣemaṁ vahāmy aham
yoga
requirements
kṣemam
protection
vahāmi
carry
aham
I .
  • ananyāḥ — without diversion
    A- + anya (other). No-other-devotees. The same root as ananya-manasaḥ in 9.13, now applied to the persons themselves. Their entire being is not-otherwise oriented.
  • cintayantaḥ — meditating
    Present participle of √cint — to think, contemplate. Their thoughts run continuously toward Mām (Me, accusative). The mind is the most slippery faculty; the verse names its capture as the qualifying mark.
  • paryupāsate — they worship constantly
    Pari (all-around) + upa (close) + √ās (to sit). 'Sit near, all the way around.' A worship that surrounds the object on every side. Not a daily slot but a continuous orbital.
  • nitya — eternally
    Eternally, perpetually. Modifies abhiyukta. The mahātmā's yoga is not seasonal but nitya — built into the structure of his existence.
  • abhiyuktānām — of those firmly engaged
    Genitive plural of abhiyukta — firmly engaged, dedicated. The pronoun teṣām refers to them and only them; the yoga-kṣemam promise is targeted to the nitya-abhiyukta, not general.
  • yoga — acquisition (of what is lacking)
    Yoga in this technical sense: the procurement of what one does not yet have. Bringing what is missing. The pair with kṣema below covers all material concern — the not-yet-acquired and the already-acquired.
  • kṣemam — preservation (of what is possessed)
    Kṣema — safety, preservation. Yoga-kṣema together is a classical Vedic dvandva: getting-and-keeping. Kṛṣṇa takes responsibility for both directions of the devotee's material life — acquisition and protection.
  • vahāmi — I carry
    First person singular of √vah — to bear, to carry. Not 'I send,' not 'I arrange,' but vahāmi — I personally carry. The image is the Lord shouldering the burden of the devotee's needs as a porter shoulders luggage. Aham — the verb's pronoun — is explicit: I, the Supreme, do this carrying.
But those who always worship Me with exclusive devotion, meditating on My transcendental form – to them I carry what they lack, and I preserve what they have.

One who is unable to live for a moment without Kṛṣṇa consciousness cannot but think of Kṛṣṇa twenty-four hours a day, being engaged in devotional service by hearing, chanting, remembering, offering prayers, worshiping, serving the lotus feet of the Lord, rendering other services, cultivating friendship and surrendering fully to the Lord. Such activities are all auspicious and full of spiritual potencies, which make the devotee perfect in self-realization, so that his only desire is to achieve the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Such a devotee undoubtedly approaches the Lord without difficulty. This is called yoga. By the mercy of the Lord, such a devotee never comes back to this material condition of life. Kṣema refers to the merciful protection of the Lord. The Lord helps the devotee to achieve Kṛṣṇa consciousness by yoga, and when he becomes fully Kṛṣṇa conscious the Lord protects him from falling down to a miserable conditioned life.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
22. But I carry the burden of supply and maintenance of those who desire constant association with Me, and who, thinking only of Me, worship only Me.
Commentary

On the other hand, the happiness of My ananya-bhaktas is given by Me. It is not obtained by pious acts. They are at all times (nityam) well versed in matters concerning Me (abhiyuktānām) and are always ignorant of all other things. Or the phrase can mean that they constantly desire to be in My association. For such persons, I take care of their attainment of wealth (yoga) and their maintenance (kṣemam), though they do not expect such things. It would be unsuitable for the Lord simply to say that he performs these acts. Thus the word vahāmi meaning “carry,” is used. The use of the word vahāmi indicates that the Lord bears the burden of maintaining their bodies, in the manner that the householder takes the responsibility for maintaining his own wife and children. Thus, one should not say that, like others, their attainment or preservation of bodily needs is due to karma. “Still, since You are ātmārāma, enjoying within, and indifferent to all things as the Supreme Lord, where is the question of You bearing this responsibility?” “The śruti says: bhaktir asya bhajanaṁ tad ihāmutropādhi-nairāsyenāmuṣmin manaḥ-kalpanam etad eva naiṣkarmyam

Bhakti is worship of the Lord, concentrating the mind on Him, renouncing all material desires for enjoyment (upādhi) in this world and the next. It destroys all karmas. Gopāla Tāpanī Upaniṣad, 1.15 Because My ananya devotee has no karma due to lack of desire (naiṣkarmayam), his happiness is given by Me. Though I am indifferent to all else, I have great affection for My devotee. This is the cause. One should also not say that in giving the burden of their maintenance to their worshipable Lord, the devotees show lack of prema. In fact, they do not give to Me that burden. Rather, I, by My own will, accept it. It should also be understood that I am not bearing it as a duty, in the manner that I create and maintain the universe by My will alone. Rather, being attached to My devotees, I take the greatest pleasure in taking care of their needs, like carrying the weight of one’s lover.”

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
22. But I carry the burden of supply and maintenance of those who desire constant association with Me, and who, thinking only of Me, worship only Me.
Commentary

Now the Lord describes the details of His own devotees. I alone take responsibility for bringing and protecting food and other necessities for those people who take Me alone as the goal (ananyāḥ janāḥ), who meditate upon Me (cintayantaḥ), and who worship Me thoroughly (pari upasate) and who are always absorbed in Me (nitya abhiyuktānām), forgetting about their bodily maintenance. They worship Me as the reservoir of auspicious qualities, as the reservoir of variegated, astonishing ambrosial pastimes, as the reservoir of divine powers. The Lord says here “I carry” rather than “I do.” I should carry the burden of their maintenance, just as the husband alone should bear the burden of supporting his family. The author of vedānta says svāminaḥ phala-śruter ity ātreyaḥ: from the Lord come all the necessities of the devotee, because these results are mentioned in the śruti. This is the opinion of Dattātreya. (Vedānta Sūtra 3.4.44) Another meaning is as follows. For those who desire association with Me eternally (nitya abhiyuktānām), I alone bear the responsibility for their attaining Me (yoga) and prevent them from separating from Me (kṣemam). I alone take the responsibility of their attaining Me. The devatās such as the sun god do not do this.” [Note: In chapter 8 it was mentioned the deities of light and other elements conducted the devotee on the path. But they do so depending on the Lord.] The Lord will explain this again in two verses in the twelfth chapter: ye tu sarvāṇi karmāṇi mayi sannyasya mat-parāḥ ananyenaiva yogena māṁ dhyāyanta upāsate teṣām ahaṁ samuddhartā mṛtyu-saṁsāra-sāgarāt bhavāmi na cirāt pārtha mayy āveśita-cetasām But those who worship Me, giving up all their activities unto Me and being devoted to Me without deviation, engaged in devotional service and always meditating upon Me, having fixed their minds upon Me, O son of Pṛthā—for them I am the swift deliverer from the ocean of birth and death. BG 12.6-7 The author of Vedānta says viśeṣaṁ ca darśayati: the pure devotees are a special case. (Vedānta Sūtra 4.3.16) The Lord, not the conducting deities, takes them to the spiritual world.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Srila Prabhupada says in his Purport: "One who is unable to live for a moment without Krsna consciousness cannot but think of Krsna twenty‑four hours a day, being engaged in devotional service by hearing, chanting, remembering, off prayers, worshiping, serving the lotus feet of the rendering other services, cultivating friendshi surrendering fully to the Lord." Although pure devotees, they don't want anything from Krsna, the Lord supplies them anyhow ‑ He carries what they lack, He preserves what they have. Krsna is personally interested in His devotees although His pure devotees don't want anything from Him. It could be asked: "You carry upon Your head the needs of Your devotees, but what kind of devotee is that, that makes You carry his needs like that? Krsna answers: " They have not given Me this burden, I do it by My own sweet will. It is not a burden for Me. I can create universes, this is not a burden for Me. Because I have a feeling of personal desire to serve them, there is no burden." But one could argue: "The worshipers of the demigods are worshiping Krsna indirectly, so they should have the same kind of results." Krsna answers to this,

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Paryupāsate (properly worship) and nityābhiyuktānām (always fixed in devotion) indicate a devo-

tee’s absorption in pure Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Śrīla Prabhupāda writes: “One who is unable to live

for a moment without Kṛṣṇa consciousness cannot but think of Kṛṣṇa twenty-four hours a day, be-

ing engaged in devotional service by hearing, chanting, remembering, offering prayers, worshiping,

serving the lotus feet of the Lord, rendering other services, cultivating friendship and surrendering

fully to the Lord.”

With such determination in their practice of sādhana, the devotees neglect even their own mainte-

nance and do not care for liberation. They leave both responsibilities to Kṛṣṇa, and thus Kṛṣṇa per-

sonally delivers them. (This contrasts with the description given of the yogī in Bg. 8.24, where it is

said that the demigods, in shifts, arrange for the soul’s passage higher and higher through the mate-

rial realm to the ultimate destination of the brahmajyoti.)

One may ask, “What kind of devotee would give his worshipful Deity, Kṛṣṇa, such a burden?”

However, Kṛṣṇa does not consider maintaining His devotee a burden. He wants to serve His devo-

tee. Kṛṣṇa is so powerful that simply by exerting His will, He can create unlimited universes; main-

taining His devotees is not a burden. Rather, it is His pleasure.

When the brāhmaṇa, Arjunācārya, was writing his commentary on the Gītā, he saw this verse and

thought it a mistake to believe that the Lord would personally carry whatever was needed to each

devotee. Arjunācārya therefore scratched out vahāmi (I carry) and inserted karomi (I have it done).

Bhagavad Gita Notes

Arjunācārya was extremely poor. After making the change in the text, he, as he did every day,

went out begging.

While he was gone, his wife heard a knock at the door. Two beautiful boys fearfully insisted that

she quickly accept the food that her husband had forced them to bring. These beautiful boys were

anxious to get away from her house because, They told her, the great brāhmaṇa scholar, Ar-

junācārya, would probably beat Them again. When Arjunācārya’s wife expressed disbelief that her

husband had beat such boys, one said, “See?” And the dark boy turned to show her the marks on

His back where He had been struck. Then They both dashed away.

Arjunācārya’s wife was bewildered, and she began to cook and eat the food the boys had brought.

Upon Arjunācārya’s return, he saw his wife eating. He was shocked. According to the Vedic sys-

tem, a wife never eats before she has fed her husband.

When he challenged her, she replied, “Ācārya, why have you acted so inappropriately and become

so cruel?” She then told him that two beautiful boys had come, left a bountiful supply of food, and

after the dark boy had showed her the marks on His back, They had rushed away. The ācārya

thought for a few moments and then asked what the boys looked like. Upon hearing that one had

a beautiful darkish complexion and that the other was white, he could understand that his fortunate

wife had been blessed with the darśana of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma. The “beating” marks on the beauti-

ful dark boy’s back were the result of the ācārya’s having scratched out the word vahāmi. Kṛṣṇa

had been forced to come personally to prove the truth of His words, “I carry what they lack.”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.22 On the other hand, ye janah, those persons, the monks, who are desireless and fully illumined; who ananyah, becoming non-different (from Me), having realized the supreme Deity, Narayana, as their own Self; and cintayantah, becoming meditative; ['Having known that I, Vasudeva, am the Self of all, and there is nothing else besides Me'.] paryu-pasate mam, worship Me everywhere; ['They see Me the one, all-pervading, infinite Reality.'] tesam, for them; who have realized the supreme Truth, nitya-abhiyuktanam, who are ever attached (to Me); aham, I; vahami, arrange for; both yoga-kesamam, securing what they lack and preserving what they have. Yoga means making available what one does not have, and ksema means the protection of what one has got. Since 'but the man of Knowledge is the very Self. (This is) My opinion' and 'he too is dear to Me' (7.17,18), therefore they have become My own Self as also dear. Does not the Lord surely arrange for securing what they lack and protecting what they have even in the case of other devotees? This is true. He does arrange for it. But the difference lies in this: Others who are devotees make their own efforts as well for their own sake, to arrange for securing what they lack and protecting what they have. On the contrary, those who have realized non-duality do not make any effrot to arrange for themselves the acisition of what they do not have and the preservation of what they have. Indeed, they desire nothing for themselves, in life or in death. They have taken refuge only in the Lord. Therefore the Lord Himself arranges to procure what they do not have and protect what they have got. 'If you Yourself are the other gods even, then do not their devotees too worship You alone?' 'Quite so!'
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.22 There are Mahatmas who, excluding everything else and having no other purpose, meditate on Me as their only purpose, because without Me they are unable to sustain themselves. They think of Me and worship Me with all my auspicious attributes and with all my glories. In the case of such devotees aspiring after eternal union with Me, I Myself undertake the responsibility of bringing them to Myself (Yoga translated as 'prosperity') and of preserving them in that state for ever (Ksema translated as 'welfare'). The meaning is that they do not return to Samsara.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.22 Ananyah etc. [See for example] those who are different [from the above mentioned] and who think of Me. How [do they think] ? They have nothing else : They have no other fruit apart from Me to desire for. Acisition : gaining (realising) My nature not gained (realised) earlier. Security of acisition : protection of the already achieved gain of being well established in the nature of the Bhagavat. On account of this there may not be even a doubt regarding the fall from the Yoga. This is the idea here.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.22 For those men who worship Me alone, thinking of no other, for those ever-united, I secure what is not already possessed and preserve what they already possess.
Commentary

9.22 अनन्याः without others? चिन्तयन्तः thinking? माम् Me? ये who? जनाः men? पर्युपासते worship? तेषाम् of them? नित्याभियुक्तानाम् of the everunited? योगक्षेमम् the supply of what is not already possessed? and the preservation of what is already possessed? वहामि carry? अहम् I.Commentary Ananyah Nonseparate. This is another interpretation. Persons who? meditating on Me as nonseparate? worship Me in all beings -- to them who are ever devout? I secure gain and safety. They consider themselves as nonseparate? i.e.? they look upon the Supreme Being as nonseparate from their own Self they look upon the Supreme Being as their own Self.Those devotees who behold nothing as separate from themselves have no selfish interests of their own. They certainly do not look for their own gain and safety. They have no desire for life or death. They have taken sole refuge in the Lord. They have nothing to lose? because there is nothing they call their own. Their very bodies become Gods. They have no desire for acisition because all their desires are gratified by their communion with the Lord. They have eternal satisfaction as they possess all the divine Aisvarya? the supreme wealth of the Lord.They entertain no other thoughts than those of the Lord. Conseently the Lord Himself looks after their bodily wants? such as food and clothing (this is known as Yoga)? and preserves what they already possess (this is known as Kshema). He does these two acts. Just as the father and mother attend to the bodily needs of their children? so also the Lord attends to the needs of His devotees.They direct their whole mind with full faith towards the Lord. They make the Lord alone the sole object of their thought. For them nothing is dearer in this world than the Lord. They live for the Lord alone. They think of Him only with singeleness of purpose and onepointed devotion. They behold nothing but the Lord. They love Him in all creatures. When they lead such a life? the Lord takes the whole burden of securing gain (Yoga) and safety (Kshema) for them upto Himself.Nityayuktah Those who constantly meditate on the Lord with intense devotion and onepointed mind. (Cf.VIII.14XVIII.66)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.22 Those persons who, becoming non-different from Me and meditative, worship Me everywhere, for them, who are ever attached (to Me), I arrange for securing what they lack and preserving what they have.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.22 But if a man will meditate on Me and Me alone, and will worship Me always and everywhere, I will take upon Myself the fulfillment of his aspiration, and I will safeguard whatsoever he shall attain.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Those who exclusively worship Me, ever absorbed, with no other engagement — to them I give what they lack and protect what they have.
Practical Applications
  • Trust this promise: yoga-kṣemam vahāmy aham.
  • Reduce other engagements; cultivate exclusivity.
  • Don't try to be Kṛṣṇa's logistics manager — He is.
Reflection Questions
  • What logistics am I taking on that I should release to Him?
  • What does exclusivity of devotion mean for me?

A mother of a small child does not wait for the child to ask for everything. She watches what is missing — fresh clothes, the next meal, vaccinations the child cannot understand — and quietly arranges them. The child is occupied with play; the supplies appear. So Kṛṣṇa with the ananyāḥ devotee: yoga-kṣemam vahāmi — what they lack I bring, what they have I keep. The devotee is occupied with the Lord; the Lord is occupied with the devotee.

Draupadī's sari and the akṣaya-pātra

When Duḥśāsana dragged Draupadī into the dicing hall and tried to disrobe her, she clutched her sari with both hands and called on her own strength. The sari kept slipping. Only when she let go with both hands and raised them above her head — calling Govinda, Govinda, ananyāḥ-cintayantī — did the cloth become endless. She had stopped trying to handle the situation and become exclusively Mām-pinned.

Yoga-kṣemam vahāmi: what she lacked (cloth, protection) Kṛṣṇa brought; what she had (her vows, her honour) He preserved. The same family received the akṣaya-pātra during their forest exile — the inexhaustible pot — the daily form of yoga-kṣemam vahāmi.

Ambarīṣa Mahārāja's fast

King Ambarīṣa, the great Vaiṣṇava monarch, was performing the ekādaśī fast. Durvāsā Muni arrived just as the breaking-fast hour passed. To break his fast in time Ambarīṣa took a sip of water; Durvāsā, returning from bathing, took offense and hurled a kṛtyā demoness to kill him. The Sudarśana cakra — sent by Kṛṣṇa unbidden — protected the king and pursued Durvāsā through all three worlds.

Ambarīṣa was ananyaḥ — exclusive in devotion. He never asked for protection; yoga-kṣemam vahāmi means he never needed to ask. The cakra arrived because the Lord's hand had already lifted in his defense before anyone else had time to think.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.23

↗
యేఽప్యన్యదేవతాభక్తా యజన్తే శ్రద్ధయాన్వితా: । తేఽపి మామేవ కౌన్తేయ యజన్త్యవిధిపూర్వకమ్ ॥ ౨౩ ॥
ye ’py anya-devatā-bhaktā
[ye ’py anya-devataa-bhaktaa]
yajante śraddhayānvitāḥ
[yajante shraddhayaanvitaah]
te ’pi mām eva kaunteya
[te ’pi maam eva kaunteya]
yajanty avidhi-pūrvakam
[yajanty avidhi-poorvakam]
ye — those who api — also anya — of other devatā — gods bhaktāḥ — devotees yajante — worship śraddhayā anvitāḥ — with faith te — they api — also mām — Me eva — only kaunteya — O son of Kuntī yajanti — they worship avidhi - pūrvakam — in a wrong way .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ye ’py anya-devatā-bhaktā
ye
those who
api
also
anya
of other
devatā
gods
bhaktāḥ
devotees
yajante śraddhayānvitāḥ
yajante
worship
śraddhayā anvitāḥ
with faith
te ’pi mām eva kaunteya
te
they
api
also
mām
Me
eva
only
kaunteya
O son of Kuntī
yajanty avidhi-pūrvakam
yajanti
they worship
avidhi - pūrvakam
in a wrong way .
  • anya — other
    Other — the same anya at the root of ananya (non-other) which has dominated this chapter. The deva who is anya, treated as separate from Kṛṣṇa, is precisely where the misdirection begins. Anya is the worshipper's error.
  • devatā — deity
    Deity — the Vedic devas (Indra, Agni, Sūrya, etc.). The verse does not deny their existence or power; it diagnoses the misrouting of worship through them as if they were terminal recipients.
  • bhaktāḥ — devotees
    Devotees — of the other gods. Kṛṣṇa generously calls them bhaktas; their śraddhā is real, their devotion real. The verse is not sectarian dismissal but precise navigation.
  • yajante — they worship
    Active present plural of √yaj. They perform actual sacrifice. The action is right; the addressing is wrong. Like a check made out correctly except for the wrong payee.
  • śraddhayā anvitāḥ — endowed with faith
    Śraddhā (faith) + anvita (accompanied by). Their faith is genuine — Kṛṣṇa concedes śraddhā, which is what He demanded in 9.3. The verse 9.23 thus distinguishes: with śraddhā but misrouted is better than without śraddhā at all.
  • eva — only, indeed
    The emphatic particle — 'indeed,' 'only.' The clause te api mām eva yajanti is the verse's pivot: they too worship only Me. Eva does the heavy lifting: not 'they sort of worship Me,' but Mām eva — Me indeed.
  • avidhi - pūrvakam — without proper method
    A- + vidhi (rule, procedure) + pūrvaka (preceded by). 'Without procedure preceding it.' The method is missing. The verse 9.24 will explain why method matters — they fall down because they do not recognize Him as the actual recipient.
Those who are devotees of other gods and who worship them with faith actually worship only Me, O son of Kuntī, but they do so in a wrong way.

“Persons who are engaged in the worship of demigods are not very intelligent, although such worship is offered to Me indirectly,” Kṛṣṇa says. For example, when a man pours water on the leaves and branches of a tree without pouring water on the root, he does so without sufficient knowledge or without observing regulative principles. Similarly, the process of rendering service to different parts of the body is to supply food to the stomach. The demigods are, so to speak, different officers and directors in the government of the Supreme Lord. One has to follow the laws made by the government, not by the officers or directors. Similarly, everyone is to offer his worship to the Supreme Lord only. That will automatically satisfy the different officers and directors of the Lord. The officers and directors are engaged as representatives of the government, and to offer some bribe to the officers and directors is illegal. This is stated here as avidhi-pūrvakam. In other words, Kṛṣṇa does not approve the unnecessary worship of the demigods.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
23. Those who are devoted to other gods and with faith worship them—they also worship Me, but by the wrong method, O son of Kuntī.
Commentary

“In verse 15, You have mentioned the three types of worship, and then to explain the third type of worship (viśvarūpa) You have recited verses to illustrate it (verse 16-19). Some others worship Indra and others as part of their practice in karma-yoga (verse 20). Though they predominantly worship other devatās, they are also Your devotees. Why do they not get liberation? Rather, You said, ‘They again take repeated birth and death’ (verse 21) and ‘Men of small intelligence worship the demigods, and their fruits are limited and temporary.’” BG 7.23 This verse answers. Yes, they do worship Me (te mam eva yajanti). However, they worship without any rules for attaining Me (avidhi-pūrvakam). Thus they return to this world.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
23. Those who are devoted to other gods and with faith worship them, worship Me by the wrong method, O son of Kuntī.
Commentary

“But those who worship Indra and the devatās also are actually worshipping You. Why do they return to saṁsāra?” Those who, being fully devoted to Indra and others alone, endowed with firm faith that the particular devatā will bestow benedictions (śraddhayānvitaḥ), worship those devatās with sacrifices. It is true that they are actually worshipping Me. But they worship without the proper rules. They worship without following the rules which will allow them to attain Me, which will then extinguish saṁsāra Therefore they return to this world.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

What is their destination? They are supplied by Krsna, the fruits of their worship, but they are worshiping Krsna improperly. Krsna says,

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Demigod worship without knowledge of Krishna’s supremacy is called “Avidhi-purvakam” – It is a

sign of less intelligence because such worship is offered to ‘Me’ only, but indirectly

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.23 & 9.24: What happens to such worshipers as mentioned in Text 9.23?

– “They simply fall down”

Focus of Learning

(a) Three Analogies for indirect worship of Krishna as the improper method

Pouring water on leaves and branches and not the roots
Feeding different parts of the body and not the stomach
Not to follow the laws of the government and offering a bribe to the officers

a) A devotee is “Perfect in self-Realization” – It is because:

His only desire is to associate with Supreme Personality of Godhead
He always worships with ‘exclusive’ devotion
Unable to live without Krishna even for a moment
Such Krishna conscious activities are “All-auspicious” and “Full of spiritual potencies”

b) ‘Yoga’ – Implies such a devotee undoubtedly approaches Lord without difficultly

Helps the devotee achieve Krishna consciousness by yoga

c) ‘Ksema’ – Refers to “the merciful protection” of the Lord

When one becomes fully Krishna consciousness, the Lord protects him from falling down to miserable conditional life
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.23 Api, even; ye, those who; anya-devata-bhaktah, being devoted to tother deities; and anvitah sraddhaya, endowed with faith; yajante, worship (them), te api, they also; O son of Kunti, yajanti, worship; mam, Me; eva, alone; (though) avidhi-purvakam, following the wrong method. Avidhi implies ignorance. So the idea is that they worship (Me) ignorantly. 'How it is that they worship (Me) ignorantly?' [i.e. the worshippers of other deities worship them knowingly, and hence, how can the estion of their ignorance arise?] This is being answered: Because-
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.23 Those, however, who are devoted to Indra and other divinities, who rely on the three Vedas alone, and who, possessed of faith, worship Indra and other divinities - they too worship Me actually in the light of the truth that all existing things constitute My body and have Me for their selves. In the light of this principle, terms like Indra denote Me only. The worshippers of Indra and other deities therefore worship Me only, in ways not sanctioned by the Sastras. They do not worship Indra and other divinities with a proper understanding of the place of these deities in the light of the Vedanta texts. An example is 'Wherein (i.e., in the Supreme Self) the sacrifices known as the Caturhotri attain their fulfilment through the divinities' (Tai. Ar., 4) etc. These texts say in what way these forms of worship apply to these divinties. For all Vedanta texts lay down that the Supreme Person alone is to be worshipped directly when they enjoin the worship of Indra and other divinities, as they form the body of the Supreme Person. The meaning is that in the Caturhotri sacrifice like Agnihotra, the full moon and the new moon sacrifices etc., it is the Supreme Self only that is worshipped, as He abides as the self in Indra etc., who are the ostensible objects worshipped in these sacrifices by which these worshippers obtain their fulfilment through them. Therefore, the votaries of the three Vedas do not understand that these rituals form the worship of the Supreme Person and that He alone is to be worshipped. As they do not do so, they become experiencers of limited results, and they are again liable to fall into Samsara. Sri Krsna gives expressions to this:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.23 See Comment under 9.26
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.23 Even those devotees who, endowed with faith, worship other gods, worship Me alone, O Arjuna, b the wrong method.
Commentary

9.23 ये who? अपि even? अन्यदेवताः other gods? भक्ताः devotees? यजन्ते worship? श्रद्धया with faith? अन्विताः endowed? ते they? अपि also? माम् Me? एव alone? कौन्तेय O Kaunteya? यजन्ति worship? अविधिपूर्वकम् by the wrong method.Commentary They worship Me in ignorance. Their mode of worship is contrary to the ancient,rule. Hence they return to this world.People worship Agni? Indra? Surya? Varuna? the Vasus? etc. Even they attain Me? because I am everywhere. But their devotion is not pure. It is vicarious. Water should be given to the root and not to the branches. If the root is satisfied? the whole tree must be and is satisfied. Even so? if I (the root of this world and all the gods) am satisfied? all the gods must be and are satisfied. Though the messages from the five organs of knowledge reach the one consciousness? will it be right and useful to place a sweetmeat in the ear and a flower in the eyes The function of eating must be done by the mouth alone and the function of smelling by the nose alone. Therefore I should be worshipped in My own nature. They should know Me as the Self in all beings. They should recognise Me in other worship. I am the root. I am the source of all the gods and of this whole world. (Cf.IV.11VII.20)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.23 Even those who, being devoted to other deities and endowed with faith, worship (them), they also, O son of Kunti, worship Me alone (though) following the wrong method.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.23 Even those who worship the lesser Powers, if they do so with faith, they thereby worship Me, though not in the right way.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Vairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses
BG 7.20 BG 7.21 BG 4.12 SB 2.3.10 SB 10.24.25 SB 11.3.43 CC Madhya 22.92 CC Madhya 24.89 CC Madhya 9.115 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.7Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.1.21
Concepts
Yoga
Those who worship other gods with faith — they too worship Me, but improperly, since I am the only enjoyer of all sacrifice.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that misdirected worship is still partial connection.
  • Don't dismiss other religious sincerity, but understand its limit.
  • Direct your own worship correctly to its true object.
Reflection Questions
  • Where has my worship been misdirected?
  • How can I redirect rightly?

A child writes letters to her father every birthday, but each year she sends the letter to a different cousin, addressed correctly but routed through the wrong post. The father receives nothing through the proper channel; somehow over years the cousins forward what they can. Some letters arrive late, some torn, some lost. Anya-devatā worship is this routing: the address on the letter is finally Kṛṣṇa, but the delivery is avidhi-pūrvakam — without proper procedure.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.24

↗
అహం హి సర్వయజ్ఞానాం భోక్తా చ ప్రభురేవ చ । న తు మామభిజానన్తి తత్త్వేనాతశ్‍చ్‍యవన్తి తే ॥ ౨౪ ॥
ahaṁ hi sarva-yajñānāṁ
[aham hi sarva-yajnaanaam]
bhoktā ca prabhur eva ca
[bhoktaa cha prabhur eva cha]
na tu mām abhijānanti
[na tu maam abhijaananti]
tattvenātaś cyavanti te
[tattvenaatash chyavanti te]
aham — I hi — surely sarva — of all yajñānām — sacrifices bhoktā — the enjoyer ca — and prabhuḥ — the Lord eva — also ca — and na — not tu — but mām — Me abhijānanti — they know tattvena — in reality ataḥ — therefore cyavanti — fall down te — they .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ahaṁ hi sarva-yajñānāṁ
aham
I
hi
surely
sarva
of all
yajñānām
sacrifices
bhoktā ca prabhur eva ca
bhoktā
the enjoyer
ca
and
prabhuḥ
the Lord
eva
also
ca
and
na tu mām abhijānanti
na
not
tu
but
mām
Me
abhijānanti
they know
tattvenātaś cyavanti te
tattvena
in reality
ataḥ
therefore
cyavanti
fall down
te
they .
  • bhoktā — the enjoyer
    From √bhuj — the one who enjoys, accepts. The yajña-pātra (offering) goes ultimately to Kṛṣṇa. Lower devatās are conduits; He is the bhoktā. The whole sacrificial system rests on this fact.
  • prabhuḥ — the master
    Pra + √bhū — pre-eminent. Not only enjoyer but master — the one who authorizes the yajña, who decrees its fruits. The bhoktṛtva and prabhutva go together: He receives and He decrees.
  • abhijānanti — they recognize
    Abhi + √jñā — to fully recognize. Not just jñā (know); abhijñā — recognize, acknowledge. The lower worshippers may know about Him; they do not abhijñā Him as the actual recipient of their own offerings.
  • tattvena — in truth
    Instrumental of tattva — that-ness, the actual reality. 'In its true nature.' One may know Kṛṣṇa by repute, by hearsay, by sentiment, by argument — none of these is tattva. Only tattva-recognition seals the connection.
  • cyavanti — they fall down
    From √cyu — to slip, fall. The same root as cyavana (fallen one). Their puṇya carries them up; their failure to abhijñā cyaves them down. Heaven without recognition is escalator-bound back to mortality.
I am the only enjoyer and master of all sacrifices. Therefore, those who do not recognize My true transcendental nature fall down.

Here it is clearly stated that there are many types of yajña performances recommended in the Vedic literatures, but actually all of them are meant for satisfying the Supreme Lord. Yajña means Viṣṇu. In the Third Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā it is clearly stated that one should only work for satisfying Yajña, or Viṣṇu. The perfectional form of human civilization, known as varṇāśrama-dharma, is specifically meant for satisfying Viṣṇu. Therefore, Kṛṣṇa says in this verse, “I am the enjoyer of all sacrifices because I am the supreme master.” Less intelligent persons, however, without knowing this fact, worship demigods for temporary benefit. Therefore they fall down to material existence and do not achieve the desired goal of life. If, however, anyone has any material desire to be fulfilled, he had better pray for it to the Supreme Lord (although that is not pure devotion), and he will thus achieve the desired result.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
24. I am the enjoyer and master of all sacrifices. Those who do not know Me in truth fall down.
Commentary

This verse expands on the phrase avidhi-pūrvakam. I am the only enjoyer of the fruits, , and I am the only master (prabhu), and the only giver of fruits, through the forms of these devatās. But they do not know this about Me factually. For instance, such persons think, “I am a worshipper of the sun. May the sun be pleased with me and give me my desired results. The sun is the Supreme Lord, not Nārāyaṇa. He gives me faith to worship him, and gives the results of my worship.” Thus lacking true knowledge about Me, they return to this world. But those who worship Me as the form of the universe, understanding that they are worshipping Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme Lord through the form of the sun, attain liberation. It is thus indicated here that one must worship the Lord’s vibhūtis such as the sun while understanding that they are vibhūtis of the Lord.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
24. I am the enjoyer and master of all sacrifices. Those who do not know Me in truth continue to take brith.
Commentary

The Lord shows how they do not follow the proper rules. I alone, through the forms of Indra and others, am the enjoyer of all sacrifices, the master, the protector, and giver of results. They do not know Me as such (tattvena). Therefore they continue to take birth in this world (cyavanti).

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

It is not the actual performance of sacrifice, it is consciousness that gives potency to the activity. In order to contrast this point about the different destinations between the demigods' worshipers and Krsna's worshipers, Krsna says:

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Krishna as the only enjoyer and master of all sacrifices:

Demigod worshipers, after great endeavour to follow Vedas, simply fall down to material existence and do not achieve the desired goal of life (because they do not know Krishna as the only enjoyer and master of all sacrifices)
Krishna says “Those who do not recognize My transcendental nature, fall down”

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.24 & 9.25:To contrast the destination of demigod worshipers and Krishna

bhaktas, Krishna speaks the next verse (9.25)

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.24 As the Self of the deities (of the sacrifices), aham, I; hi, indeed; am the bhokta, enjoyer; ca eva, as also; the prabhuh, Lord; [The Lord: 'I being the indwelling Ruler of all.'] sarva-yajnanam, of all sacrifices enjoined by the Vedas and the Smrtis. A sacrifice is verily presided over by Me, for it has been said earlier, 'I Myself am the entity (called Visnu) that exists in the sacrifice in this body' (8.4). Tu, but; na abhi-jananti, they do not know; mam, Me as such; tattvena, in reality. And atah, therefore, by worshipping ignorantly; te, they; cyavanti, fall from the result of the sacrifice. ['Although they perform sacrifices with great diligence, still just because they do not know Me real nature and do not offer the fruits of their sacrifices to Me, they proceed to the worlds of the respective deities through the Southern Path (beginning with smoke; see 8.25). Then, after the exhaustion of the results of those sacrifices and the falling of the respective bodies (assumed in those worlds) they return to the human world for rembodiment.'-M.S. (See also 9.20-1.)] The result of a sacrifice is inevitable even for those who worship ignorantly out of their devotion to other deities. How?
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.24 I am 'the only Lord' - the meaning is that I alone am the bestower of rewards everywhere. How wonderful is this, that though devoting themselves to the same kind of action, on account of the difference in intention some partake of a very small reward with the likelihood of fall, while some others partake of a reward in the form of attainment of the Supreme Person which is unalloyed, limitless, and incomparable! Sri Krsna explains this:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.24 See Comment under 9.26
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.24 (For) I alone am the enjoyer and also the Lord of all sacrifices; but they do not know Me in essence (in reality), and hence they fall (return to this mortal world).
Commentary

9.24 अहम् I? हि verily? सर्वयज्ञानाम् of all sacrifices? भोक्ता enjoyer? च and? प्रभुः Lord? एव alone? च and? न not? तु but? माम् Me? अभिजानन्ति know? तत्त्वेन in essence (or in reality)? अतः hence? च्यवन्ति fall? ते they.Commentary They do not know that I? the Supreme Self? am the enjoyer of all sacrifices enjoined in the Vedas and the Smritis (the codes of right conduct) and the Lord of all sacrifices. As I am the inner Ruler of this world I am the Lord of all sacrifices (Vide chapter VIII. 4 -- Adhiyajnohamevatra I am the presiding deity of the sacrifice). I am at the beginning and at the end of every sacrifice and yet these people worship other gods. Therefore they worship in ignorance. As they worhsip other gods without recognising Me? and as they have not consecrated their actions to Me? they return to this mortal world after their merits are exhausted from the plane to which they had attained as the result of their sacrifices.Those who are devoted to other gods and who worship Me in ignorance (Avidhipurvakam) also get the fruit of sacrifice. How (Cf.V.29XV.9)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.24 I indeed am the enjoyer as also the Lord of all sacrifices; but they do not know Me in reality. Therefore they fall.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.24 I am the willing recipient of sacrifice, and I am its true Lord. But these do not know me in truth, and so they sink back.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 5.29 BG 9.23 BG 3.9 SB 1.2.13 SB 4.31.14 SB 10.24.12 CC Madhya 24.216 CC Ādi 3.77 CC Madhya 25.104 Taittirīya Upaniṣad 3.10Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.7
Concepts
YajnaDharma
I am the only enjoyer and master of all sacrifices — those who do not recognize this fall down.
Practical Applications
  • Make Kṛṣṇa the explicit recipient of every offering.
  • Don't generically 'send to the universe.'
  • Specificity matters in offering.
Reflection Questions
  • Have I been offering generically?
  • What changes when the offering is specifically to Kṛṣṇa?

Every cheque written in a kingdom must clear through the royal treasury. A subject may write the cheque to a minister, to a deputy, to a regional officer — the royal treasury still clears it. But if the cheque-writer doesn't know it is the king's treasury that backs his payment, when the king's seal is required for a great purchase, he has no relationship with the king. He has used the kingdom's services for years; he has not made the king his friend.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.25

↗
యాన్తి దేవవ్రతా దేవాన్పితౄన్యాన్తి పితృవ్రతా: । భూతాని యాన్తి భూతేజ్యా యాన్తి మద్యాజినోఽపి మామ్ ॥ ౨౫ ॥
yānti deva-vratā devān
[yaanti deva-vrataa devaan]
pitṝn yānti pitṛ-vratāḥ
[pitreen yaanti pitri-vrataah]
bhūtāni yānti bhūtejyā
[bhootaani yaanti bhootejyaa]
yānti mad-yājino ’pi mām
[yaanti mad-yaajino ’pi maam]
yānti — go deva - vratāḥ — worshipers of demigods devān — to the demigods pitṝn — to the ancestors yānti — go pitṛ - vratāḥ — worshipers of ancestors bhūtāni — to the ghosts and spirits yānti — go bhūta - ijyāḥ — worshipers of ghosts and spirits yānti — go mat — My yājinaḥ — devotees api — but mām — unto Me .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yānti deva-vratā devān
yānti
go
deva - vratāḥ
worshipers of demigods
devān
to the demigods
pitṝn yānti pitṛ-vratāḥ
pitṝn
to the ancestors
yānti
go
pitṛ - vratāḥ
worshipers of ancestors
bhūtāni yānti bhūtejyā
bhūtāni
to the ghosts and spirits
yānti
go
bhūta - ijyāḥ
worshipers of ghosts and spirits
yānti
go
yānti mad-yājino ’pi mām
mat
My
yājinaḥ
devotees
api
but
mām
unto Me .
  • yānti — they go
    Present plural of √yā — to go. The verb is repeated four times in this verse — yānti devān, yānti pitṝn, bhūtāni yānti, yānti mām — drumming the principle into the listener: the direction of worship is the direction of travel.
  • deva - vratāḥ — worshippers of the demigods
    Devotees vowed to the devas. They reach the devas — a real destination, but limited. Their reward matches their address.
  • pitṛ - vratāḥ — worshippers of the ancestors
    Those whose vows are directed to the pitṛs. They reach pitṛ-loka — also a real destination, lower than deva-loka. The śrāddha rituals deliver their performers to where their worship pointed.
  • bhūta - ijyāḥ — worshippers of ghosts and spirits
    Bhūta (ghost, elemental being) + ijya (worshipped). Worshippers of preta-class entities reach those entities. Lower address, lower delivery — the geometry holds in every direction.
  • yājinaḥ — worshippers
    Plural of yājin — sacrificers, worshippers. Paired in this verse with mat (Me) by juxtaposition: mat-yājinaḥ — worshippers of Me. The fourth and final category, whose destination is mām — Him. The verse closes with that one syllable mām: the full stop of the journey.
Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods; those who worship the ancestors go to the ancestors; those who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings; and those who worship Me will live with Me.

If one has any desire to go to the moon, the sun or any other planet, one can attain the desired destination by following specific Vedic principles recommended for that purpose, such as the process technically known as Darśa-paurṇamāsa. These are vividly described in the fruitive activities portion of the Vedas, which recommends a specific worship of demigods situated on different heavenly planets. Similarly, one can attain the Pitā planets by performing a specific yajña. Similarly, one can go to many ghostly planets and become a Yakṣa, Rakṣa or Piśāca. Piśāca worship is called “black arts” or “black magic.” There are many men who practice this black art, and they think that it is spiritualism, but such activities are completely materialistic. Similarly, a pure devotee, who worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead only, achieves the planets of Vaikuṇṭha and Kṛṣṇaloka without a doubt. It is very easy to understand through this important verse that if by simply worshiping the demigods one can achieve the heavenly planets, or by worshiping the Pitās achieve the Pitā planets, or by practicing the black arts achieve the ghostly planets, why can the pure devotee not achieve the planet of Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu? Unfortunately many people have no information of these sublime planets where Kṛṣṇa and Viṣṇu live, and because they do not know of them they fall down. Even the impersonalists fall down from the brahma-jyotir. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is therefore distributing sublime information to the entire human society to the effect that by simply chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra one can become perfect in this life and go back home, back to Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
25. The worshippers of the devas go to the devas, and the worshippers of the Pitṛs go to the Pitṛs. The worshippers of ghosts go to the ghosts, and worshippers of Me go to Me.
Commentary

“But they are just worshipping those particular devatās according to the rules established in the books describing the method of worshipping those devatās. The Vaiṣṇavas worship Viṣṇu according what is stated in the books dedicated to Viṣṇu worship. What is wrong if those worshippers follow the instructions of those books?” “That is true, but the rule is this: the devotees of those particular devatās will attain only those particular devatās. And because the devatās are destructible, how can the worshippers of those devatās become indestructible? But it is understood that My devotees are eternal. They are imperishable, just as I am eternal and imperishable.” Both śruti and smṛti confirm the eternal nature of both the Lord and the devotee:

bhavān ekaḥ śiṣyate śeṣa-saṁjṣaḥ At that time, You alone remain, and You are known as Ananta. SB 10.3.25 eko nārāyaṇa evāsīn na brahmā na ca śaṅkaraḥ Nārāyaṇa alone existed, not Brahmā or Śiva. Mahā Upaniṣad 1 parārdhānte so ’budhyata gopa-rūpo me purastād āvirbabhūva At the end of Brahmā’s night, He arose from yoga nidrā and appeared before me as before in the form of a cowherd boy. Gopāla Tāpanī Upaniṣad 1.27 na cyavante ca mad-bhaktā mahati pralaye ’pi My devotees are not destroyed even at the time of pralaya. Skanda Purāṇa

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
25. The worshippers of the devas go to the devas, and the worshippers of the pitṛas go to the pitṛas. The worshippers of ghosts go to the ghosts, and worshippers of Me go to Me and do not return to this world.
Commentary

Though I actually am in the forms of the devatās, because they do not know that, they do not attain Me. That is what is stated in this verse. Because of the use of the word ijyā (worship) later in the verse, the word vrata at the beginning should also mean “worship” in order to give a conformity to the meaning. (Thus deva vratā means deva ijyā and pitṛ vratāḥ means pitṛ ījyā.) Those who worship devas (deva vratāḥ), those who worship Indra and others by ceremonies on the new and full moons in the sāttvika mode, go to those devas. Those in the mode of passion who worship pitṛs (pitṛ vratāḥ) by śrāddha and other rituals go only to the pitṛs. The worshippers of demons (bhūta ijyā), [Note: The word bhūta includes ghosts and demons in the mode of ignorance.] in the mode of ignorance, who worship yakṣas, rakṣasas and vināyaka demons by offerings to them [Note: The bali implies also animal victims.], go to those demons. But only (api) those who worship Me, those who are beyond the modes of nature, who offer Me easily obtainable items, go to Me. The word api is used to restrict going to Kṛṣṇa to those who worship Him. The meaning is this. The worshippers of beings other than Me think as follows. “We are worshippers of Indra and other devas. They are our lords. Being pleased by our worship they should give the results we desire.” My devotees think as follows. “The son of Vasudeva, the Lord of all, endowed with all powers, who is situated in the forms of the devatās, who is our master, being worshipped by easily obtained items and actions, will give all our desired results.” Though they perform exactly the same actions, those who serve the devatās, attain their desired goals alone, because their distaste for thinking of Me. They, with short life span, attain meager fortune, and after enjoying those limited items, they are also destroyed along with those items of enjoyment. But those who serve Me, attain Me, the Lord of all beings, the beginningless shelter, who fulfills all desires, who has infinite powers, who is composed of pure knowledge and bliss, and who is affectionate to the devotees. They never again take birth. They experience infinite happiness close to Me and play in My divine abode.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

In the last section Krsna pleaded for worshiping Him directly not for His own benefit but for the benefit of the worshiper. Krsna in this next section shows the glories of the direct worship of Him, in three ways: 1. The worship is simple, but gives superexcellent results; 2. Krsna is not neutral to His devotee, He shows favoritism; 3. Anyone can be purified by devotional service. Whereas the demigods's worship is very elaborated, very com plicated, requiring much opulence and expertise in chanting the mantras, the worship of Krsna is very easy.

[E. THE GLORIES OF DIRECTLY WORSHIPING KRSNA (9. 26‑34) 1. Krsna requests that one worship Him with devotion, even using a leaf, a fruit, a flower, or some water. Or one can offer Krsna the austerities and charities he performs. Such offerings will freed one from all reaction to work. With one's mind thus fixed on Krsna, the worshiper will come to Krsna. (26‑28) ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Demigod Worshippers (‘Prthaktvenas’)

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.25 Deva-vratah, votaries of the gods, those whose religious observances [Making offerings and presents, circumambulation, bowing down, etc.] and devotion are directed to the gods; yanti, reach, go to; devan, the gods. Pitr-vratah, the votaries of the manes, those who are occupied with such rites as obseies etc., who are devoted to the manes; go pitrn, to the manes such as Agnisvatta and others. Bhutejyah, the Beings such as Vinayaka, the group of Sixteen (divine) Mothers, the Four Sisters, and others. And madyajinah, those who worship Me, those who are given to worshipping Me, the devotees of Visnu; reach mam, Me alone. Although the effort (involved) is the same, still owing to ingorance they do not worship Me exclusively. Thery they attain lesser results. This is the meaning. 'Not only do My devotees get the everlasting result in the form of non-return (to this world), but My worship also is easy.' How?
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.25 The term 'Vrata' in the text denotes will, intention or motive. Those who intend to worship gods, like Indra and others with the resolution, 'Let us worship Indra and other gods by ceremonies like the new moon and full moon sacrifices' - such worshippers go to Indra and other gods. Those who intend worshipping manes, resolving 'Let us worship the manes through sacrifices,' - such worshippers go to the manes or others resolving - 'Let us worship the Yaksas, Raksasas,' Pisacas and other evil spirits' - they go to them. But those who, with the same rites of worship, worship Me with the intention, 'Let us worship Lord Vasudeva, the Supreme Self, whose body is constituted of gods, the manes and the evil spirits' - they are My worshippers and they reach Me only. Those who intend worshipping gods etc., attain gods etc. After sharing limited enjoyment with them, they are destroyed with them when the time comes for their destruction. But My worshippers attain Me, who has no beginning or end, who is omniscient, whose will is unfailingly effective, who is a great ocean of innumerable auspicious attributes of unlimited excellence and whose bliss too is of limitless excellence. They do not return to Samsara. Such is the meaning. Sri Krsna continues to say, 'There is also another distinguishing characteristic of My worshippers.'
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.24 See Comment under 9.26
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.25 The worshippers of the gods go to them; to the manes go the ancestor-worshippers; to the deities who preside over the elements go their worshippers; but My devotees come to Me.
Commentary

9.25 यान्ति go? देवव्रताः worshippers of the gods? देवान् to the gods? पितृ़न् to the Pitris or ancestors? यान्ति go? पितृव्रताः worshippers of the Pitris? भूतानि to the Bhutas? यान्ति go? भूतेज्याः the worshippers of the Bhutas? यान्ति go? मद्याजिनः My worshippers? अपि also? माम् to Me.Commentary The worshippers of the manes such as the Agnisvattas who perform Sraaddha and other rites in devotion to their ancestors go to the manes. Those who worship the gods with devotion and vows go to them.Bhutas are elemental beings lower than the gods but higher than human beigns they are the Vinayakas? the hosts of Matris? the four Bhaginis and the like.Those who devote themselves to the gods attain the form of those gods at death. Similar is the fate of those who worship the manes (their own ancestors) or the Bhutas. The fruit of the worship is in accordance with the knowledge? faith? offering and nature of worship of the devotee.Though the exertion is the same? people do not worship Me on account of their ignorance. Conseently they get very little reward.My devotees obtain endless fruit. They do not come back to this mortal world. It is also easy for them to worship Me. How (Cf.VII.23)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.25 Votaries of the gods reach the gods; the votarites of the manes go to the manes; the worshippers of the Beings reach the Beings; and those who worship Me reach Me.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.25 The votaries of the lesser Powers go to them; the devotees of spirits go to them; they who worship the Powers of Darkness, to such Powers shall they go; and so, too, those who worship Me shall come to Me.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 8.6 BG 7.23 BG 14.18 SB 3.32.2 SB 7.1.26 SB 11.14.14 CC Madhya 22.95 CC Madhya 19.149 CC Madhya 25.128 Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 3.2.9Chāndogya Upaniṣad 3.14.1
Those who worship demigods go to demigods; ancestors to ancestors; ghosts to ghosts; My worshipers come to Me.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that worship has destination effects.
  • Choose your destination by choosing your worship.
  • Be deliberate, not casual.
Reflection Questions
  • What destination does my current worship pattern aim at?
  • Is that the destination I want?

A traveller's destination is set by the address he writes on his ticket. The same coach leaves the station; one passenger gets off at the first town because his ticket said so, another at the second, another stays through to the last station. Kṛṣṇa explains the principle simply: yānti — they go where they have addressed themselves. Worship Me, the journey terminates in Me. Worship a closer station, you reach the closer station.

📝 My note

Section 4 (9.26–9.34)
THE GLORIES OF DEVOTIONAL SERVICE TO KRISHNA
Section overview
Pure devotional service – If one worships Krishna with devotion or even offers Him the fruit of his work, one becomes free from reactions and comes to Him. Worship is simple and result is super excellent (9.26 – 9.28)
Krishna shows favouritism to His devotee. He considers a devotee saintly, even if he’s committed a horrible act, and He quickly purifies the devotee (9.29 – 9.31)
Devotional Service purifies all. By thinking of Krishna, offering Him obeisances and being absorbed in Him, one goes back to Godhead, regardless of his position (9.32 – 9.34)

PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF TEXTS 9.26 – 9.34

Worship of Lord Krishna is superior because Supreme Lord takes direct interest in the life of His devotees
Understanding Truth about Krishna and His Devotees and Their intimate relationships, one should absorb himself in Krishna Consciousness
The most essential quality of bhakti which stands out in Text 9.29 – 9.34 is that the Lord personally reciprocates with His devotees, bringing them closer to Him

FOCUS OF LEARNING: PURPORT 9.25

(a) Refutation: This verse refutes the philosophy – “Worship of any form or any path leads to the

same goal”

(b) Basis of Destination – Destination depends on faith reposed

e.g. Darsha-paurnamasi – ‘A process of karma-kanda rituals to go to the moon or sun etc.’

(c) Role of Krishna conscious movement – A sublime process of simply chanting Hare Krishna and

going back to Godhead – devotional service can take one to Krishna’s planet

FOCUS OF LEARNING: PURPORT 9.24

(a) Vedas recommend different Yajnas: Actually ‘Yajna’ means Vishnu

Ultimately beneficiary of all Yajnas is ‘Vishnu’ (Ref. Bg. 3.9)
Goal of Varnasrama is to please Vishnu

(b) Demigod worship is for temporary benefit. Therefore demigod worshipers fall down and do not

achieve the desired goal of life – less intelligent people take to this path

(c) Final conclusion – Even if one has material desires, better to worship the Supreme Lord

LINK BETWEEN SECTION III & SECTION IV: To encourage us to make the correct choice, He speaks the

final nine verses of this chapter. These verses plead with us, for our own benefit, to become His exclusive

devotees.

COMMON THEME: Krishna pleads to us to choose the right path, which is – "To become exclusive devotees”

(Highest perfection of life)

Bhagavad-gītā 9.26

↗
పత్రం పుష్పం ఫలం తోయం యో మే భక్త్య‍ా ప్రయచ్ఛతి । తదహం భక్త్య‍ుపహృతమశ్న‍ామి ప్రయతాత్మన: ॥ ౨౬ ॥
patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁ
[patram pushpam phalam toyam]
yo me bhaktyā prayacchati
[yo me bhaktyaa prayachchati]
tad ahaṁ bhakty-upahṛtam
[tad aham bhakty-upahritam]
aśnāmi prayatātmanaḥ
[ashnaami prayataatmanah]
patram — a leaf puṣpam — a flower phalam — a fruit toyam — water yaḥ — whoever me — unto Me bhaktyā — with devotion prayacchati — offers tat — that aham — I bhakti - upahṛtam — offered in devotion aśnāmi — accept prayata - ātmanaḥ — from one in pure consciousness .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁ
patram
a leaf
puṣpam
a flower
phalam
a fruit
toyam
water
yo me bhaktyā prayacchati
yaḥ
whoever
me
unto Me
tad ahaṁ bhakty-upahṛtam
bhaktyā
with devotion
aśnāmi prayatātmanaḥ
prayacchati
offers
tat
that
aham
I
bhakti - upahṛtam
offered in devotion
aśnāmi
accept
prayata - ātmanaḥ
from one in pure consciousness .
  • patram — a leaf
    Leaf — the lowliest possible offering. With puṣpam, phalam, and toyam (all in this verse), Kṛṣṇa enumerates the four most accessible items in any environment: a leaf, a flower, a fruit, water. No one is excluded by poverty. The cosmos' lowest threshold of admission.
  • toyam — water
    Water — the most universal, the most freely available. By including toyam alongside patram, puṣpam, phalam, Kṛṣṇa engineers a verse where even the poorest can offer. The bhakti channel cannot be priced out.
  • bhaktyā — with devotion
    Instrumental of bhakti — by means of bhakti. The single non-negotiable. Without bhaktyā the offering is just produce; with bhaktyā the produce becomes sacrament.
  • prayacchati — offers
    Pra + √yam — to offer forward, to extend. The act of extending what one has toward Him. The verb does not require quantity, only direction.
  • aśnāmi — I accept (lit. I eat)
    First person of √aś — to eat. The Lord of all yajñas, bhoktā of every sacrifice, says aham aśnāmi — I personally eat. Not 'My agents collect.' The astonishing claim is His own act of accepting.
  • bhakti - upahṛtam — brought with devotion
    Bhakti + upahṛta (brought near as an offering). The compound makes bhakti the agent of upahāra — the bringing-near. Without bhakti, the produce is just at His feet; with bhakti, it is in His hand.
  • prayata - ātmanaḥ — of one whose mind is pure
    Prayata (restrained, purified) + ātman (self/mind). The offerer's mind must be prayata — at least minimally settled. Kṛṣṇa adds this condition softly; bhakti is the main thing, but the mind cannot be in scattered turmoil during the offering.
If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, a fruit or water, I will accept it.

For the intelligent person, it is essential to be in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord, in order to achieve a permanent, blissful abode for eternal happiness. The process of achieving such a marvelous result is very easy and can be attempted even by the poorest of the poor, without any kind of qualification. The only qualification required in this connection is to be a pure devotee of the Lord. It does not matter what one is or where one is situated. The process is so easy that even a leaf or a little water or fruit can be offered to the Supreme Lord in genuine love and the Lord will be pleased to accept it. No one, therefore, can be barred from Kṛṣṇa consciousness, because it is so easy and universal. Who is such a fool that he does not want to be Kṛṣṇa conscious by this simple method and thus attain the highest perfectional life of eternity, bliss and knowledge? Kṛṣṇa wants only loving service and nothing more. Kṛṣṇa accepts even a little flower from His pure devotee. He does not want any kind of offering from a nondevotee. He is not in need of anything from anyone, because He is self-sufficient, and yet He accepts the offering of His devotee in an exchange of love and affection. To develop Kṛṣṇa consciousness is the highest perfection of life. Bhakti is mentioned twice in this verse in order to declare more emphatically that bhakti, or devotional service, is the only means to approach Kṛṣṇa. No other condition, such as becoming a brāhmaṇa, a learned scholar, a very rich man or a great philosopher, can induce Kṛṣṇa to accept some offering. Without the basic principle of bhakti, nothing can induce the Lord to agree to accept anything from anyone. Bhakti is never causal. The process is eternal. It is direct action in service to the absolute whole. Here Lord Kṛṣṇa, having established that He is the only enjoyer, the primeval Lord and the real object of all sacrificial offerings, reveals what types of sacrifices He desires to be offered. If one wishes to engage in devotional service to the Supreme in order to be purified and to reach the goal of life – the transcendental loving service of God – then one should find out what the Lord desires of him. One who loves Kṛṣṇa will give Him whatever He wants, and he avoids offering anything which is undesirable or unasked. Thus meat, fish and eggs should not be offered to Kṛṣṇa. If He desired such things as offerings, He would have said so. Instead He clearly requests that a leaf, fruit, flowers and water be given to Him, and He says of this offering, “I will accept it.” Therefore, we should understand that He will not accept meat, fish and eggs. Vegetables, grains, fruits, milk and water are the proper foods for human beings and are prescribed by Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself. Whatever else we eat cannot be offered to Him, since He will not accept it. Thus we cannot be acting on the level of loving devotion if we offer such foods. In the Third Chapter, verse 13, Śrī Kṛṣṇa explains that only the remains of sacrifice are purified and fit for consumption by those who are seeking advancement in life and release from the clutches of the material entanglement. Those who do not make an offering of their food, He says in the same verse, are eating only sin. In other words, their every mouthful is simply deepening their involvement in the complexities of material nature. But preparing nice, simple vegetable dishes, offering them before the picture or Deity of Lord Kṛṣṇa and bowing down and praying for Him to accept such a humble offering enable one to advance steadily in life, to purify the body, and to create fine brain tissues which will lead to clear thinking. Above all, the offering should be made with an attitude of love. Kṛṣṇa has no need of food, since He already possesses everything that be, yet He will accept the offering of one who desires to please Him in that way. The important element, in preparation, in serving and in offering, is to act with love for Kṛṣṇa. The impersonalist philosophers, who wish to maintain that the Absolute Truth is without senses, cannot comprehend this verse of Bhagavad-gītā . To them, it is either a metaphor or proof of the mundane character of Kṛṣṇa, the speaker of the Bhagavad-gītā . But, in actuality, Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Godhead, has senses, and it is stated that His senses are interchangeable; in other words, one sense can perform the function of any other. This is what it means to say that Kṛṣṇa is absolute. Lacking senses, He could hardly be considered full in all opulences. In the Seventh Chapter, Kṛṣṇa has explained that He impregnates the living entities into material nature. This is done by His looking upon material nature. And so in this instance, Kṛṣṇa’s hearing the devotee’s words of love in offering foodstuffs is wholly identical with His eating and actually tasting. This point should be emphasized: because of His absolute position, His hearing is wholly identical with His eating and tasting. Only the devotee, who accepts Kṛṣṇa as He describes Himself, without interpretation, can understand that the Supreme Absolute Truth can eat food and enjoy it.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
26. I accept that which is offered with love from the genuine devotee, having pure body and mind, who gives just a leaf, flower, fruit or water.
Commentary

For the worshippers of the devatās, there is extreme trouble, but this is not so for My devotees. In this verse, the word bhakytā in the instrumental case literally means “by the devotional process.” But then with the next phrase bhakty upahṛtam (offered by the process of bhakti), there would be unnecessary repetition. The sentence would read, “I accept that which is offered by devotion from whoever offers by devotion.” Thus the word bhaktyā in this verse should mean bhaktyā sahitaḥ, indicating in this sentence “a person endowed with genuine devotion—the real devotee.” Thus the meaning should be “I accept that which is offered with bhakti from the real devotee even if he gives just a leaf, flower, fruit or water.” Thus, I do not accept what is offered by persons who are not My devotees, who have only some temporary spurt of devotion. But whatever My devotee gives, I enjoy it in a suitable way (aśnāmi). What type of offering is it? He does not offer it because someone told him to offer it, but he gives it out of love (bhakty upāhṛtam). But if My devotee has an impure body, I do not accept even that offering. He must have a pure body (prayatātmanaḥ, ritually pure body). This excludes persons from offering during menstrual cycle or with other impurities. However, the word prayata ātmanah can also mean a person with pure mind. No one except My devotee has a pure mind. As Parīksit says: dhautātmā puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇa-pāda-mūlaṁ na muṣcati A pure devotee of the Lord whose heart has once been cleansed by the process of devotional service never relinquishes the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa, for they fully satisfy him, as a traveler is satisfied at home after a troubled journey.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
26. I accept what is offered with devotion by the unmotivated devotee—a leaf, flower, fruit or water.
Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

What is Krsna asking from those who worship Him? 'Patram puspam phalam toyam...' And it is all in singular. Not 'offer Me leaves and fruits and water...' it is in the singular: "Offer Me with love and devotion, a leaf, a flower, a fruit or water..." But what Krsna wants is bhakti. Then He will accept the offering. Not only the fruit, leaf and flower should be offered in devotion, but they should also be planted in devotion, grown in devotion and picked in devotion; and should be carried to the altar with devotion; and the offering should be done with devotion and everything will be surcharged with devotion. That is 'bhakti‑upahrtam'. This is very advanced stage of devotion. In this Chapter, Krsna explains three very advanced verses: 'satatam kirtayanto mam' (text 14); 'ananyas cintayanto mam' (text 22) and this text. In the next verse there a 'step down', because if one doesn't have the adhikary, for 'patram puspam... yo mam bhaktya prayac chati', if one doesn't have that bhakti, then the next step is 'niskama karma'.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Bhakti is a very simple process

Sign of an intelligent person – Engages in Krishna’s loving service to achieve permanent bliss in abode for eternal happiness
Krishna accepts anything offered in love – a leaf, flower, fruit or water

Focus of Learning

(a) Bhakti is easy and universal

Only qualification required is – To be a pure devotee
No other qualification required – Can be attempted by poorest of the poor, no matter where one is or what one is

(b) Compared to other processes – Simplest process and highest perfectional stage offered

Krishna wants only loving service and nothing more, irrespective of quantity or type of object
Even a little flower or leaf, fruit or flower from a pure devotee will do
But no offering is accepted, however big may be, from a non-devotee – Because the Lord is self sufficient and not in need of anything
Importance of word Bhakti –“Bhakti” is mentioned twice in this verse – to declare emphatically that Bhakti is the only means to approach Krishna
‘No other condition’– being a brahmana / rich man / scholarship / philosopher
None of these conditions can induce the Lord to accept any offering
Bhakti is never causal
It is an eternal process
It is a direct action in service to the Absolute Whole

(c) Link to the previous verse – Krishna after establishing Himself as the only enjoyer, primeval Lord

and real object of all sacrificial offerings, now He tells, what type of sacrifice He desires to be

offered

(d) Prohibited Items : If you love Krishna – Offer Krishna whatever He wants / Avoid offering that

which is undesirable and unasked for

Find out the Lord’s desire, if you want to engage in devotional service and want to get purified and to reach life’s goal
Practical application – No meat, fish or eggs, only patram, pushpam, phalam, toyam (leaf, flower, fruit or water)

(e) Why offer – To enjoy without offering is sinful (Ref. Bg. 3.13)

(f) Attitudes in offering – Most important element in preparation, serving, and offering is Love

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.26 & 9.27: Texts 9.14, 9.22 and 9.26 describe advanced stages of devotion. In

the next verse, according to Srila Vishvanatha Chakravarti Thakura, Krishna describes a step below this:

“Niskama-karma-yoga” – For those who are not yet able to practice pure devotional service

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.26 Yah, whoever; prayaccati, offers; me, Me; bhaktya, with devotion; patram, a leaf; puspam, a flower phalam, a fruit; or toyam, water; asnami, I accept; tat, that (gift)-leaf etc.; prayata-atmanah, of the pure-hearted man; which has been bhakti-upahrtam devotionally presented. Since this is so, therefore-
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.26 Whoever offers to Me with true devotion a leaf, or a flower, or a fruit or water, which can be easily obtained, I accept it. That true devotion is love of such an exalted kind that the devotee cannot sustain himself without making such offering; the devotee has no extraneous purpose other than serving Me. Such an offering coming from a heart rendered pure with that singleness of purpose of considering the offering as an end in itself - I, the Lord of the universe, whose sport consists in the origin, maintenance and dissolution of the entire world, who has all desires fulfilled, whose will is always accomplished, whose auspicious attributes are unlimited and unsurpassed, who is enjoying the infinite and unsurpassed bliss that is in Myself - I accept and enjoy the aforesaid type of offering, as if I was obtaining a desired object far beyond the range of My hopes. Thus it is declared in the Moksa-dharma: "Whatever acts are consecrated by those whose intellects are concentrated in single-pointed devotion, all these, the Lord Himself accepts on His head." (Ma. Bha. Sa., 340.64) Sri Krsna proceeds to say: As there is this distinctive excellence, incomprehensible by speech and mind in respect of these great men called the Jnanins, you also, following them, become a Jnanin, i.e., have your self and all your belongings 'bent down,' i.e., dedicated, under the weight of Bhakti as prescribed earlier. Be always singing My praises, doing My services, worshipping Me and prostrating before Me; also perform your secular and Vedic duties, periodical and occasional, in this manner.'
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.23-26 Ye' pi etc. upto prayatatmanah. Even those who worship [gods] with other names, they too [in fact] worship Me alone, becaue there is nothing (no god) to be worshipped apart from the Brahman. But the difference is that [they do so] by non-injunction. Non-injunction : different injunctions. [This amounts to saying that] having the innate nature of the Absolute Brahman-Existence, I am indeed worshipped by manifold injunctions (i.e., sacrifices enjoined by injunctions). But non-injunction should not be explained as 'by defective injunction' as it has been done by others (other commentators), who acire dirts of great sins by insulting other systems of philosophy. If their view is correct then the declarations that are actually found viz., 'They offer sacrifice to Me alone', and 'I am alone the enjoyer of all sacrifices' - all would be inconsistent. Enough of talk with the sinful ones. Our preceptors, however, explain [ye'pyanya-etc.] as follows : Those who, following the principle of the doctrine of duality consider certain deity as different from their own Self and as devoid of the innate nature of the Brahman, and offer sacrifice to that deity only-but it is only to Me, their own Self that even those men offer their sacrifices, however by non-injunction i.e. by faulty injunction of the nature of duality-view. That is why [the Lord] says (in verse 25) 'They do not recognise Me, their own Self, correctly as that deity itself, i.e., as the enjoyer [of the oblation of the sacrifice]. Hence they move away from My nature . Why ? By being votaries of gods, they attain the gods etc. (verse 26). It amounts to say that this [fact of attaining these gods] is itself nothing but moving away [from Me, the Self]. On the other hand, those who realise My nature (i.e. Me) as being not different [from their Self], they offer sacrifices to Me alone, even though those sacrifices etc. are for the gods, goblins and manes.' [The Lord] is going to conclude [the present topic] as : '(Thus) offering sacrifice to Me they attain Me alone.' (IX-29,35). But that alone is called a deity which is aimed at [according to injunction], for offering things (i.e. oblation). Hence, how can a sacrifice be offered to one's own Self, a category that cannot be aimed at ? For example, there is the injunction: 'The oblation [of rice] of the rite prayana, crooked in the milk, is intended for the deity Aditi'; and hence this Aditi becomes the object intended [in the sacrifice], because that particular deity is an adjunct of an injunction, and because it is included in the injunction as one to be aimed at. But [in the present case], there is no injunction that concerns the Self. Having [these objections] in mind [the Lord] says : [They offer sacrifice] to Me following non-injunction. The idea is this : An injunction is reired only in the case of a deity that is different from one's own Self. For, the injunction is one of the nature of imparting the knowledge only of that particular thing which is not known [otherwise]. But, one's own Self, the Absolute Lord, is known, not following any injunction. For, the knowledge of the Self is not brought by injunction. Certainly no action is undertaken not aiming the Self. Therefore in all cases [of offerings], intended for the deities like Indra etc., this Self of one's own is certainly intended , as the Self is, by nature, the illuminator of the entire Universe; as It is like a thread in a garland; and as It is illumining [on Its own accord], asserting Its superiority [over all others] and only serving as a background (bhittih, 'a screen', or 'a wall') of the manifestations of the deity so intended by him [in the sacrifice]. Thus it is established by logic that even the votaries of gods offer sacrifices to Me (the Absolute) alone, becuase 'I' depends on no injunction. As far as these sacrificers are concerned, the principal effect of the sacrifice viz., attaining 'Me', is not intended by them as their own. On the other hand, they are very much satisfied with attaining the status of Indra etc., just as a priest is satisfied with limited fees. To indicate this, the parasmaipada form (yajanti) [is used]. For, it has been stated by myself (Ag.) [else-where] as : 'One, who knows the Vedas and does not know [to intend for] the status of (or the word) Sambhu (the Absolute), would feel afflicted in despair. [For], aspiring for the heaven, and [hence] rejecting the status of [the actual] performer of of sacrifice (yajamana), [but at the same time] performing sacrifice for others (yajan), he has become a [mere] priest in the sacrifice. Indeed, the divergently flowing floods of taste for action, without exception, - even though they flow from the Absolute consciousness - do not bestow [on the performer] the mighty ocean of Bliss of one's own Self if they do not gain a complete stability' Thus whosoever realises in the said manner, his sacrifice, though aimed at the deities like Indra, is in fact a sacrifice offered to the Absolute Lord. Whatever may be the other actions of his, they too become acts of worshipping his own Self, the Absolute Lord, as It alone is intended in all his action. This [the Lord] says :
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.26 Whoever offers Me with devotion a leaf, a flower, a fruit or a little water that, so offered devotedly by the pure-minded, I accept.
Commentary

9.26 पत्रम् a leaf? पुष्पम् a flower? फलम् a fruit? तोयम् water? यः who? मे to Me? भक्त्या with devotion? प्रयच्छति,offers? तत् that? अहम् I? भक्त्युपहृतम् offered with devotion? अश्नामि eat (accept)? प्रयतात्मनः of the pureminded.Commentary A gift? however small? is accepted by the Lord? when it is offered with profound faith. The Lord is ite satisfied even with a leaf? a flower? a fruit or water? when it is offered with singleminded devotion and pure heart. Was He not satisfied with the little parched rice from the bundle of Sudama and the small berries offered by Sabari You need not build a golden temple for Him. Build a golden temple in your heart. Enthrone Him there. He wants only your devoted heart. But it is difficult to please Indra. You wll have to offer valuable (material) objects to him.A leaf? a flower of a fruit are merely symbols. The true means of attaining the Lord is pure unflinching devotion. All the objects of the state belong to the king. If the servants of the state offer with devotion some objects to the king he is highly satisfied. Even so all the objects of the whole world belong to Him. Yet? He is highly pleased if you offer even a little thing with devotion.Asnami? literally means eat. The indicative meaning or Lakshana Vritti is accept.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.26 Whoever offers Me with devotion-a leaf, a flower, a fruit, or water, I accept that (gift) of the pure-hearted man which has been devotionally presented.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.26 Whatever a man offers to Me, whether it be a leaf, or a flower, or fruit, or water, I accept it, for it is offered with devotion and purity of mind.
Primary values
Kritajnata (Gratitude)
Related values
Prema (Divine Love)Kshama (Forgiveness / Patience)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Discriminative WisdomVairagya (Detachment / Dispassion)
Related verses
Stories
kritajnata_sb_college
Whoever offers Me with love a leaf, a flower, a fruit, water — I accept it from the pure-hearted devotee.
Practical Applications
  • Don't wait for grand offerings; the simplest is accepted.
  • Make a daily offering, however small.
  • Trust that pure heart trumps grand gesture.
Reflection Questions
  • What small daily offering have I been postponing?
  • What would daily offering establish?

A vast emperor cannot be feasted by his subjects — he owns all the food anyway. What can a poor villager bring to such a man? A single hibiscus from the hedge, a cup of well water, a fallen mango. And here is the wonder: the emperor stoops to taste it. Patram puṣpam phalam toyam — Kṛṣṇa names the smallest possible offerings to make sure no soul is too poor to participate. The price of entry is bhakti, not budget.

Vidura's banana skins

When Kṛṣṇa came to Vidura's hut, Vidurāṇī, in the rapture of seeing the Lord at her door, lost track of what she was doing. She offered Kṛṣṇa the banana peels and threw the fruits away. The Lord ate the peels with relish.

The verse 9.26 is the doctrine; the banana peels are the test case. Patram puṣpam phalam toyam yo me bhaktyā prayacchati — even a peel, when offered with bhakti, is aśnāmi. Kṛṣṇa did not correct Vidurāṇī's mistake because the test of the verse is not what is offered but how. The peel was rich; the palace banquets of Duryodhana, offered without bhakti, were not.

Sudāmā's flat rice

Sudāmā, Kṛṣṇa's poor brāhmaṇa friend from gurukula, came to Dvārakā to seek help for his starving family. He brought, hidden in a corner of his cloth, a fistful of chipped rice — all his wife could find. He was too ashamed to offer it. Kṛṣṇa snatched it out, ate one fistful with delight, was about to eat the second when Rukmiṇī stopped Him — because each handful was making Sudāmā a wealthier man than the lord of Dvārakā Himself.

The flat rice was patram-puṣpam-phalam-toyam in its purest expression: small, accidental, brought in shame, eaten in joy. Bhakti-upahṛtam — offered with love — is what made it food fit for the Lord of all yajñas.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.27

↗
యత్కరోషి యదశ్న‍ాసి యజ్జ‍ుహోషి దదాసి యత్ । యత్తపస్యసి కౌన్తేయ తత్కురుష్వ మదర్పణమ్ ॥ ౨౭ ॥
yat karoṣi yad aśnāsi
[yat karoshi yad ashnaasi]
yaj juhoṣi dadāsi yat
[yaj juhoshi dadaasi yat]
yat tapasyasi kaunteya
[yat tapasyasi kaunteya]
tat kuruṣva mad-arpaṇam
[tat kurushva mad-arpanam]
yat — whatever karoṣi — you do yat — whatever aśnāsi — you eat yat — whatever juhoṣi — you offer dadāsi — you give away yat — whatever yat — whatever tapasyasi — austerities you perform kaunteya — O son of Kuntī tat — that kuruṣva — do mat — unto Me arpaṇam — as an offering .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yat karoṣi yad aśnāsi
yat
whatever
karoṣi
you do
yat
whatever
aśnāsi
you eat
yaj juhoṣi dadāsi yat
yat
whatever
juhoṣi
you offer
dadāsi
you give away
yat
whatever
yat tapasyasi kaunteya
yat
whatever
tapasyasi
austerities you perform
kaunteya
O son of Kuntī
tat kuruṣva mad-arpaṇam
tat
that
kuruṣva
do
mat
unto Me
arpaṇam
as an offering .
  • yat — whatever
    The relative pronoun yat is repeated five times in this verse to leave no domain of action outside the rule. Whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you offer, whatever you give, whatever you do as austerity — yat covers them all.
  • karoṣi — you do
    Second person singular of √kṛ — the most general verb. Karoṣi covers everything from a single thought to a lifetime's career. With mat-arpaṇam, every karoṣi-act is brought inside bhakti-yoga.
  • aśnāsi — you eat
    From √aś — to eat. Food, the most repeated daily act, is pulled inside the discipline. The threefold rule from 9.26 (prayata-ātman, bhakti, the leaf-flower-fruit-water) is extended here to every meal of the devotee's life.
  • juhoṣi — you offer (in fire)
    From √hu — to offer in fire. Ritual oblation. Even the priest's professional duty becomes mat-arpaṇam — the formal yajña is also brought inside personal offering.
  • tapasyasi — you perform austerity
    From √tap. Even austerity — which classically generates personal puṇya — is brought under mat-arpaṇam. The most reliable source of self-aggrandizement (tapas) is here pre-empted: the merit is offered before it is earned.
  • arpaṇam — as an offering
    Arpaṇa — from √ṛ (causative) — to dedicate, to make over. Paired with mat (to Me) in this verse: mat-arpaṇam. The hinge word: without arpaṇa the five yats are ordinary action; with it, they become bhakti-yoga.
Whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you offer or give away, and whatever austerities you perform – do that, O son of Kuntī, as an offering to Me.

Thus, it is the duty of everyone to mold his life in such a way that he will not forget Kṛṣṇa in any circumstance. Everyone has to work for maintenance of his body and soul together, and Kṛṣṇa recommends herein that one should work for Him. Everyone has to eat something to live; therefore he should accept the remnants of foodstuffs offered to Kṛṣṇa. Any civilized man has to perform some religious ritualistic ceremonies; therefore Kṛṣṇa recommends, “Do it for Me,” and this is called arcana. Everyone has a tendency to give something in charity; Kṛṣṇa says, “Give it to Me,” and this means that all surplus money accumulated should be utilized in furthering the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Nowadays people are very much inclined to the meditational process, which is not practical in this age, but if anyone practices meditating on Kṛṣṇa twenty-four hours a day by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra round his beads, he is surely the greatest meditator and the greatest yogī, as substantiated by the Sixth Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
27. Whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you sacrifice, whatever you give, whatever austerity you perform, offer it to Me, O son of Kuntī.
Commentary

“Among all the types of bhakti You have mentioned starting with mention of the bhakti of the sufferer, the desirer of wealth, the inquisitive and jṣānī, which bhakti should I perform?” O Arjuna, because you cannot reject karma, jṣāna and other processes in your present state, and are not qualified for the supreme bhakti, kevalā bhakti, and because you should not degrade yourself to perform the inferior sakāma-bhakti, you should perform bhakti, with a slight mixture of karma and jṣāna (karma-jṣāna-miśra pradhānī bhūtā bhakti), but which is niṣkāma. [Note: This is predominately bhakti with some mixture of other elements. It is similar to karma-yoga because activities are performed, but it superior to karma-yoga and niṣkāma-karma-yoga because all activities, even beyond prescribed duties, are offered to the Lord without desire. It is similar to jṣāna-miśra-bhakti because the person has knowledge of ātmā and Paramātmā. But it is superior to jṣāna- miśra-bhakti because it has abundant appreciation of the personal features of the Lord. But because the consciousness is not always fixed on the Lord, the activities are offered after performance rather than before. Thus it cannot be classed as ananyā bhakti.] Kṛṣṇa explains this in two verses. Whatever you do, whether following rules of the Veda or whether performing worldly action, whatever you eat or drink in ordinary life, whatever austerities you perform, do it in such a way that it becomes an offering to Me. One should call this neither niṣkāma-karma-yoga nor bhakti-yoga. The practitioners of karma-yoga offer actions prescribed in the scriptures to the Lord, but not all of the actions they do in ordinary life. This view is accepted by everyone. The devotees, however, offer to the Lord all the actions of their mind, prāṇas and senses. The method of bhakti is stated: kāyena vācā manasendriyair vā buddhyātmanā vānusṛta-svabhāvāt karoti yad yat sakalaṁ parasmai nārāyaṇāyeti samarpayet tam In accordance with the particular nature one has acquired in conditioned life, whatever one does with body, words, mind, senses, intelligence or purified consciousness one should offer to the Supreme, thinking, “This is for the pleasure of Lord Nārāyaṇa.” SB 11.2.36 “But when you mention that I should offer in sacrifice, that sacrifice is derived from arcana, which is an aṅga of bhakti, aiming at the pleasure of Viṣṇu. And when you mention austerities, it means vows such as Ekādaśī fast. This is all ananyā bhakti. How can You say that it is not?” True, but ananyā bhakti does not mean that you perform an action and then offer it to the Lord. Rather, in ananyā bhakti the action is done after first offering it to the Lord. This is mentioned by Prahlāda when he says iti puṁsārpitā viṣṇau bhaktiś cen nava-lakṣaṇā kriyeta bhagavaty: this bhakti of nine types after being offered to the Lord should then be performed for the Lord. (SB 7.5.24) Śrīdhara Svāmī has explained this Bhāgavatam verse. “In ananyā bhakti, actions, first being offered to the Lord, should be performed, rather than performing the acts and then offering them later.” Thus, the present verse is not included in kevalā bhakti, since the acts are performed and then offered. [Note: Nor is it considered niṣkāma-karma-yoga because all acts are offered, not just prescribed duties.]

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
27. Whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you sacrifice, whatever you give, whatever austerity you perform, offer it to Me, O son of Kuntī.
Commentary

I have explained to you about the devotion of pure devotees (nirapekṣa) in such verses as satatam kīrtayanto mām. But as a pariniṣṭita devotee, you, though performing bhakti processes like kīrtana, should performing bhakti to Me by offering all actions to Me, in order to teach the people. With this intention the Lord speaks this verse. [Note: The nirapekṣa devotee performs only the activities of bhakti. The pariniṣṭha performs the activities of bhakti and as well prescribed duties, but imbued with devotion, and offered to the Lord. The verses describing pure bhakti are performed by both types of devotees.] Whatever material activities you do to support your daily existence, whatever food you eat to maintain your body, whatever Vedic sacrifices you perform, whatever gold, food or other items you give to qualified persons in charity, and whatever annual austerities such as cāndrāyaṇa vrata that you perform to counteract unintentional sins, do all of that so that it becomes an offering to Me. Because of instructing people on My behalf by doing this, you will gain My mercy in plenty. One should not think that this bhakti which offers all actions is same as the bhakti of the saniṣtha devotees. What are offered in the saniṣṭha’s bhakti are only the actions defined in the Vedas. It is the pariniṣṭhita bhaktas who is described in this verse, because, they offer all of actions to the Lord, not just the prescribed actions, understood by the Lord’s instruction in this verse, “Whatever you do, offer it to Me.” [Note: In the case of the sanistha and pariniṣṭhita devotees the prescribed duties are performed and then offered to the Lord, but the pariniṣṭhita devotee offers all acts, not just he prescribed duties. And more important, he also dedicates most of his time to activities of pure bhakti such as chanting.] Wanting to save the Lord the endeavor of performing actions to instruct the people, the pariniṣṭhita devotees perform all actions as an offering (to instruct the people only, and not with personal motivation), and in doing to they please the Lord.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

And its result is,

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Niṣkāma-karmīs are attached to the specific work they perform. To them Kṛṣṇa therefore says that

whatever you are already doing, “do that as an offering to Me.” First perform the activity and then

surrender its fruit to Kṛṣṇa.

Bhakti is different. In bhakti, we first surrender to the order of guru and Kṛṣṇa and then act. We

make no distinction between the activity and its fruit. Everything is offered in surrender to Kṛṣṇa’s

lotus feet.

Bhagavad Gita Notes

Śrīla Prabhupāda confirmed that this verse refers to karma-yoga, technically different from bhakti-

yoga, in a lecture on the prayers of Queen Kunti, given in Mayapura in 1974:

Kṛṣṇa is meant for the paramahaāsa and muni, very, very exalted persons. Yoga means “contact” or

“having connection.” Bhakti-yoga means directly connecting with Kṛṣṇa, or God. Other yogas are not directly

connected. When there is karma-yoga, it is adulterated. It is not pure. Karma-yoga means yat karoṣi yad

aśnāsi yaj juhoṣi dadāsi yat. In the beginning one cannot take to pure bhakti-yoga. Therefore karma-yoga is

recommended. People are interested in different types of work. So therefore Kṛṣṇa says, yat karoṣi: “Never

mind, whatever you are doing.” So how does it become karma-yoga? Now, kuruṣva tad mad-arpaṇam: “You

give it to Me.” Kṛṣṇa says, “All right, go on. You are attached to business. You go on doing that. But the

money earned out of your business, you give to Me.” This is karma-yoga. “It doesn’t matter, whatever you

are doing, but the ultimate result, you give to Me.”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.27 O son of Kunti, yat-karosi, whatever you do, what comes spontaneously; [Actions such as walking etc. that are spontaneous,not injunctions of the scriptures.] yad-asnasi, whatever you eat; and yat-juhosi, whatever you offer as a sacrifice, whatever sacrifices you perform-be it prescribed by the Vedas or by the Smrtis; yatadadasi, whatever you give-gold, food, clarified butter, etc. to Brahmanas and others; and yat-tapasyasi, whatever austerties you undertake; (all) tat, that; kurusva madarpanam, you offer to Me. 'Hear what happens to you when you act thus.'
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.27 Whatsoever worldly work you do for the sustenance of the body, whatsoever you set aside for the sustenance of the body, whatsoever Vedic acts, obligatory and occasional, like offerings, charity and austerity you practise - do all that as an offering to Me. 'Arpana' is offering. Do all acts, secular and Vedic, as if the doer, the enjoyer and the worshipped were all offerings to Me. The import is this: The divinities etc., who are the objects of sacrificial worship, charities etc., and you, the agent and experiencer - all belong to Me and have their essence, existence and actions dependent on Me. Thus only to Me, the supreme Principal (Sesi) and supreme agent, offer everything - yourself as the agent, experiencer and worshipper, all the host of divinities who are the object of worship and the sum of actions constituting the worship. Actuated by overwhelming love, contemplate yourself and other factors such as the objects of worship, as dependent on Me as My Sesas, and hence as of a nature that finds delight only in subservience to Me.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.27 See Comment under 9.28
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.27 Whatever thou doest, whatever thou eatest, whatever thou offerest in sacrifice, whatever thou givest, whatever thou practisest as austerity, O Arjuna, do it as an offering unto Me.
Commentary

9.27 यत् whatever? करोषि thou doest? यत् whatever? अश्नासि thou eatest? यत् whatever? जुहोषि thou offerest in sacrifice? ददासि thou givest? यत् whatever? यत् whatever? तपस्यसि thou practisest as austerity? कौन्तेय O Kaunteya? तत् that? कुरुष्व do? मदर्पणम् offering unto Me.Commentary Consecrate all acts to the Lord. Then you will be freed from the bondage of Karma. You will have freedom in action. He who tries to live in the spirit of this verse will be able to do selfsurrender unto the Lord. Gradually he ascends the spiritual path step by step. His greedy nature is slowly dissolved now. He always gives. He is not eager to take. His whole life with all its actions? thoughts and feelings? is dedicated to the service of the Lord eventually. He lives for the Lord only. He works for the Lord only. There is not a bit of egoism now. His whole nature is transformed into divinity. When actions are dedicated to the Lord? there is no rirth for you. This is the simplest method of Yoga. Do not waste your time any longer. Take it up from today.All actions? all results and all rewards will go to the Lord. There is no separte living for the individual. Just as the river joins the sea abandoning its own name and form so also the individual soul joins the Supreme Soul giving up his own name and form? his own egoistic desires and egoism. The individual will has become one with the cosmic will.Whatever thou doest of thy own sweet will? whatever thou offerest in sacrifice as enjoined in the scriptures? whatever thou givest -- such things as gold? rice? ghee? clothes? etc.? to the Brahmins and others -- whatever austerity such as the ChandrayanaVrata (to destroy sin)? control of the senses? etc.? thou doest? do thou all these as an offering unto Me. (Cf.V.32XII.6and8)Now listen to what you will gain by doing thus.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.27 O son of Kunti, whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you offer as a sacrifice, whatever you give and whatever austerities you undertake, (all) that you offer to Me.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.27 Whatever thou doest, whatever thou dost eat, whatever thou dost sacrifice and give, whatever austerities thou practisest, do all as an offering to Me.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
Stories
arjuna_fish_eye_middledaksya_epic_primarydaksya_epic_seniornishkama_karma_epic_collegeseva_epic_collegevairagya_epic_collegesb_nishkama_karma_primary
Whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you offer, whatever you give, whatever austerities you perform — do it as an offering to Me.
Practical Applications
  • Apply offering-consciousness to every category of action.
  • Audit a day: what was offered, what was held back?
  • Increase the offering-side over time.
Reflection Questions
  • What category am I most withholding from offering?
  • How would offering it change the experience?

A goldsmith taught his apprentice to stamp every piece he made with the master's seal — even his own private experiments and personal trinkets. After years the apprentice forgot how to make anything without the stamp; the seal had become the unconscious last step of every act. Mat-arpaṇam is this stamp. Whatever you do — yat karoṣi yat aśnāsi yat juhoṣi dadāsi yat — close the act with Kṛṣṇa's seal, and the act becomes His.

Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī's offering

Raghunātha dāsa, the wealthiest single bhakta of Caitanya Mahāprabhu's generation, son of a zamīndāra, renounced everything to live at Govardhana. Each day his portion was a few discarded rice grains gathered from rejected food piles, soaked in water, and offered first to Kṛṣṇa before he ate.

When Sanātana Gosvāmī scolded him for living so harshly, Raghunātha quietly answered that his meager rice, offered with mat-arpaṇam, was the wealthiest table in Vraja. The verse 9.27 is his rule: not yat karoṣi as an exception, but every yat under the rule — every grain stamped before it was eaten.

Rūpa Gosvāmī declining the king's gifts

Rūpa Gosvāmī, in his Vṛndāvana years, lived under a different tree each night. King Mānasiṁha of Amber offered him land, money, anything he chose. Rūpa accepted nothing for himself but accepted lavishly for the construction of Govindajī temple — every coin marked mat-arpaṇam before it was placed in the building work.

This is the verse's nuance: tat kuruṣva mat-arpaṇam does not mean abstain from action. It means perform action with the stamp. Rūpa did not reject the kingdom's wealth; he routed it through the offering. The same money that would have bound a worldly man became liberating in his hands because of the seal.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.28

↗
శ‍ుభాశ‍ుభఫలైరేవం మోక్ష్యసే కర్మబన్ధనై: । సన్న్యాసయోగయుక్తాత్మా విముక్తో మాముపైష్యసి ॥ ౨౮ ॥
śubhāśubha-phalair evaṁ
[shubhaashubha-phalair evam]
mokṣyase karma-bandhanaiḥ
[mokshyase karma-bandhanaih]
sannyāsa-yoga-yuktātmā
[sannyaasa-yoga-yuktaatmaa]
vimukto mām upaiṣyasi
[vimukto maam upaishyasi]
śubha — from auspicious aśubha — and inauspicious phalaiḥ — results evam — thus mokṣyase — you will become free karma — of work bandhanaiḥ — from the bondage sannyāsa — of renunciation yoga — the yoga yukta - ātmā — having the mind firmly set on vimuktaḥ — liberated mām — to Me upaiṣyasi — you will attain .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śubhāśubha-phalair evaṁ
śubha
from auspicious
aśubha
and inauspicious
phalaiḥ
results
evam
thus
mokṣyase karma-bandhanaiḥ
mokṣyase
you will become free
karma
of work
bandhanaiḥ
from the bondage
sannyāsa-yoga-yuktātmā
sannyāsa
of renunciation
yoga
the yoga
yukta - ātmā
having the mind firmly set on
vimukto mām upaiṣyasi
vimuktaḥ
liberated
mām
to Me
upaiṣyasi
you will attain .
  • śubha — auspicious
    The pleasant fruits — naive piety thinks these are friends. The verse declares them as binding as the inauspicious. Golden chains bind no less than iron chains.
  • aśubha — inauspicious
    The unpleasant fruits — sufferings, painful results. The verse lists them alongside śubha in the same phalas: both bind. Liberation cuts both phala-categories at once.
  • mokṣyase — you will be liberated
    Future passive of √muc — you will be released. Same verb form as 9.1 (jñātvā mokṣyase aśubhāt). The verb returns to close a sub-arc opened twenty-eight verses earlier.
  • bandhanaiḥ — from bondages
    Instrumental plural of bandhana — bond, fetter. Paired in this verse with karma: karma-bandhanaiḥ. Karmic ropes. The whole apparatus of cause-and-effect that traps the unaware. Mat-arpaṇam unties them; the verse states the result.
  • sannyāsa — renunciation
    Sam + ni + √as — to throw down completely. Not abandonment of action but abandonment of proprietorship of fruits. The yoga aspect (linking, discipline) keeps that renunciation steady — together sannyāsa-yoga names the integrated practice.
  • yukta - ātmā — with mind engaged
    Yukta (joined) + ātman (self/mind). The mind has been yoked. The same yukta returns in 9.22 nitya-yuktānām and 9.14 nitya-yuktāḥ — a refrain of this chapter.
  • vimuktaḥ — completely liberated
    Vi (intensively) + mukta. Fully released. The vimukta then upaiṣyasi — comes to Him. Liberation is not the end; meeting Him is. The verse points past mokṣa to mām.
  • upaiṣyasi — you will come to Me
    Upa + √i — to come near. Future second singular. The verse and the next stage are personal: 'you will come to Me.' Not merge into Me — come near. The bhakti-tradition reading of the Gītā stands on verbs like this.
In this way you will be freed from bondage to work and its auspicious and inauspicious results. With your mind fixed on Me in this principle of renunciation, you will be liberated and come to Me.

One who acts in Kṛṣṇa consciousness under superior direction is called yukta. The technical term is yukta-vairāgya. This is further explained by Rūpa Gosvāmī as follows: anāsaktasya viṣayān yathārham upayuñjataḥ nirbandhaḥ kṛṣṇa-sambandhe yuktaṁ vairāgyam ucyate ( Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu, 1.2.255) Rūpa Gosvāmī says that as long as we are in this material world we have to act; we cannot cease acting. Therefore if actions are performed and the fruits are given to Kṛṣṇa, then that is called yukta-vairāgya. Actually situated in renunciation, such activities clear the mirror of the mind, and as the actor gradually makes progress in spiritual realization he becomes completely surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore at the end he becomes liberated, and this liberation is also specified. By this liberation he does not become one with the brahma-jyotir, but rather enters into the planet of the Supreme Lord. It is clearly mentioned here: mām upaiṣyasi, “he comes to Me,” back home, back to Godhead. There are five different stages of liberation, and here it is specified that the devotee who has always lived his lifetime here under the direction of the Supreme Lord, as stated, has evolved to the point where he can, after quitting this body, go back to Godhead and engage directly in the association of the Supreme Lord. Anyone who has no interest but to dedicate his life to the service of the Lord is actually a sannyāsī. Such a person always thinks of himself as an eternal servant, dependent on the supreme will of the Lord. As such, whatever he does, he does it for the benefit of the Lord. Whatever action he performs, he performs it as service to the Lord. He does not give serious attention to the fruitive activities or prescribed duties mentioned in the Vedas. For ordinary persons it is obligatory to execute the prescribed duties mentioned in the Vedas, but although a pure devotee who is completely engaged in the service of the Lord may sometimes appear to go against the prescribed Vedic duties, actually it is not so. It is said, therefore, by Vaiṣṇava authorities that even the most intelligent person cannot understand the plans and activities of a pure devotee. The exact words are tāṅra vākya, kriyā, mudrā vijñeha nā bujhaya ( Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya 23.39 ). A person who is thus always engaged in the service of the Lord or is always thinking and planning how to serve the Lord is to be considered completely liberated at present, and in the future his going back home, back to Godhead, is guaranteed. He is above all materialistic criticism, just as Kṛṣṇa is above all criticism.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
28. By this process of bhakti mixed with niṣkāma-karma and jṣāna, you will be free from the bondage of karma with its pious and sinful reactions. Being engaged in renunciation of results, being specially liberated, you will attain Me and serve Me intimately.
Commentary

You will be liberated from the bondage of karma in the form of unlimited sinful and pious reactions. The śruti says, bhaktir asya bhajanam tad ihāmutropādhi-nairāsyenaivāmuṣmin manaḥ-kalpanam etad eva ca naiṣkarmyam Bhakti is worship of the Lord, concentrating the mind on him, renouncing all material desires for enjoyment in this world and the next. It destroys all karmas. Gopāla Tāpanī Upaniṣad 1.15 You, with mind engaged in renunciation of the results of action (sannyāsa-yoga), will not only be liberated, but being preeminent among the liberated souls (vimuktaḥ), will attain Me. You will come close to Me to serve Me directly. Smṛti says: muktānām api siddhānāṁ nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇaḥ sudurlabhaḥ praśāntātmā koṭiṣv api mahāmune

O great sage, among many millions who are liberated and perfect in knowledge of liberation, one may be a devotee of Lord Nārāyaṇa, or Kṛṣṇa. Such devotees, who are fully peaceful, are extremely rare. SB 6.14.5 Śukadeva has also said: muktiṁ dadāti karhicit sma na bhakti-yogam Those engaged in getting the Lord’s favor attain liberation from the Lord very easily, but He does not very easily give the opportunity to render direct service unto Him. SB 5.6.18 This achievement, with direct service to Me, is far superior to liberation. That is indicated in this verse. [Note: Those who perform bhakti attain more than liberation, which is reserved for the jṣānīs and yogīs. This bhakti is superior to sakāma-bhakti and niṣkāma-jṣāna-miśra-bhakti, which yield sālokya and śānta rasa respectively. It yields direct service to the Lord.]

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
28. You will be free from the bondage of karma with its pious and sinful reactions. Being engaged in offering everything to Me, being specially liberated, you will attain Me.
Commentary

This verse describes the result of this kind of bhakti. In performing this bhakti which offers all actions to Me, as directed by Me, you will be free from all bondage of karma. What type of bondage is this? This bondage is an obstacle to attainment of bhakti, in the form of desirable and undesirable results of previous actions. What type of person are you? You have offered all your actions to Me (saṁnyāsa). By doing that, you purify your heart, and thus this saṁnyāsa is called yoga. You, whose mind is engaged in this process of purification by offering all actions to Me (saṁyāsa yoga yukta ātmā), will be liberated in a special way (vi for viṣeśa + muktaḥ), since you will attain Me, as well as being liberated from karma. Being special among the liberated persons, you will attain direct service to Me, close to Me.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

This shows the simplicity of the worship of Krsna and the superexcellence of the results.

[2. A devotee, even if commiting a horrible act, is considered saintly and is quickly rectified. Krsna then requests Arjuna to boldly declare that His devotees are never vanquishe (29‑31) ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura explains: “He [the person described in the previous verse] not only be-

comes liberated but also achieves vimukti. He becomes exceptional (viśiṣṭa) among those who are liberated

and comes into My proximity in order to serve Me directly.”

Śrīla Baladeva Vidyābhuṣaṇa explains: “The consequence of such devotion is described in the verse beginning

śubhā [text 28]. When you engage in the kind of devotional service characterized by offering all works to Me

under My order, then you become freed from the bondage of material activities. You not only become

mukta, liberated from material activities, but vimukta, and come to Me. You become exceptional among

those who are liberated and come near Me in order to serve Me directly.”

Devotees of the Lord are so special. Nārāyaṇa-parāù sarve na kutaścana bibhyati / svargāpavarga-narakeṣv

api tulyārtha-darśinaù: “Devotees solely engaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of

Godhead, Nārāyaṇa, never fear any condition of life. For them the heavenly planets, liberation and the hellish

planets are all the same, for such devotees are interested only in the service of the Lord.” (Bhāg. 6.17.28)

9.29: Kṛṣṇa is compared to rain. Trees absorb rainwater and then grow and produce fruits. Some trees pro-

duce bitter fruits, and others produce sweet ones. Does this mean the rain is partial? No. Similarly, regardless

of a living entity’s situation, Kṛṣṇa nourishes everyone equally. Śrīla Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa explains the

Lord’s mood, described in the first half of this verse, as the mood of the Supersoul, the Paramātmā: “Sending

forth and maintaining all kinds of beings among the demigods, humans, animals, nonmoving creatures and so

on, I, the Lord of all, am equal. I am just like a cloud pouring rain on all kinds of seeds. Among all these crea-

tures, none are My enemies, and none are especially dear to Me.”

The second half of this verse, however, confirms Kṛṣṇa’s partiality to His devotee in His feature as Bhagavān.

Earlier in this chapter, Kṛṣṇa described that although the material world rests on Him, He remains aloof from

it. Here, on the contrary, we find that Kṛṣṇa does not remain aloof from His devotees.

Kṛṣṇa vowed ye yathā māā prapadyante tāās tathaiva bhajāmy aham: “As all surrender to Me, I reward

them accordingly.” Here He confirms that He reciprocates even more personally with His devotees who love

Him. He is not like a kalpa-vṛkṣa tree, who responds equally to all requests. Rather, He is willing to become

the enemy of His devotee’s enemy. As Kṛṣṇa told Duryodhana, “Anyone who is envious of the Pāṇḥavas is

envious of Me and is My enemy.”

Text 9.31:

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura comments on verses 30-31 as follows:

One might ask, “But if someone is corrupted by such bad behavior, how can he be a sādhu?”

This is answered: “He should be considered as such and thought of as a sādhu.” “He should be considered” is

an injunctive statement. If this injunction is disobeyed, there will be unfavorable consequences. In other words, “The evi-

dence for the truth of this is that it is simply My command.”

Bhagavad Gita Notes

“Well,” someone might say, “one may be considered a sādhu partially, to the extend that he is worshiping You.

But to the extent that he is usurping other men’s wives and property, he is not to be considered a sādhu.”

This is answered by the word eva, only: “He should only be considered a sādhu, in all ways, completely.”

We should never view him as not a sādhu. His determination is completely fixed: “I may go to hell or obtain an

animal birth because of my unavoidable sinful reactions, but I will never give up my exclusive worship of Śrī Kṛṣṇa.” Such

determination is praiseworthy.

“But,” one might ask, “why do You accept the worship of such an irreligious person? Why do you consume the

food and drink offered by one whose heart is contaminated by lust, anger and other faults?”

In response, the Lord says, “He quickly becomes religious.” This is not expressed as “He is going to quickly be-

come” or “He will soon achieve peace.” Rather, the present tense is used: “he becomes” and “he attains.”

The Lord continues, “This means that immediately after he commits impiety, he remembers Me and feels re-

morse. He thus quickly becomes religious. He thinks, ‘Alas! Alas! There is no person more fallen than me. I defile the

reputation of the community of devotees. Damn me!’ Again and again feeling remorse like this, he achieves complete

peace and detachment.”

“Well,” one may say, “if he actually becomes religious, there can be no argument about such a person. But

what about a devotee whose behavior is wicked and who fails to give up his bad behavior throughout his whole life?

What can be said about him?”

Always affectionate to His devotees, the Lord responds to this doubt with complete confidence and with some

anger, in the words beginning kaunteya: “My devotee never perishes. Even when he dies, he never falls down.”

To encourage Arjuna, who is disturbed with sorrow and apprehension over the thought that hard-hearted quibblers who

indulge in false logic will not accept this, the Lord says, “O Kaunteya, go to the assembly of these disputants, and making

a loud sound with drums and cymbals, raise your arms fearlessly and declare My promise: ‘I, Kṛṣṇa, am the Supreme

Lord, and even if My devotee is wicked in his behavior, he will never perish. On the contrary, such a devotee is sure to

become successful.’ Their bad logic will be shattered by this confident declaration. They will certainly take shelter of you

as their guru.” Such is the interpretation given by Śrīdhara Svāmī in his commentary.

Someone may ask, “But why doesn’t the Personality of Godhead Himself make this promise? Why does he in-

stead deputize Arjuna to promise? In the same way as the Lord will later say, ‘Without a doubt you will come to Me. I

promise you this because you are very dear to Me,’ why doesn’t He now say, ‘Kaunteya, I promise that My devotee will

never perish’?”

Here is the answer. At that moment, the Lord was thinking, “I am very affectionate to My devotees and cannot

tolerate their being discredited at all. I will often even break My own promise and let Myself be discredited to protect My

devotee’s promise. For example, I will soon fight with Bhīṣma and discard My own promise in order to protect Bhīṣma’s

promise. Thus atheistic, logical quibblers will only laugh if I now offer My own promise, but they will have to acknowl-

edge Arjuna’s promise as if it were written in stone. Therefore I will have Arjuna make this promise.”

9.34: First, Kṛṣṇa tells us to always think of Him. It is not sufficient to work hard for Kṛṣṇa while our minds

wander. Śrīla Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa comments that here Kṛṣṇa says to Arjuna: “A so-called ‘devotee’ of a

king, the king’s servant, actually is thinking about his own wife and so on. His thoughts are not fixed upon the

king. Thus he is not actually the king’s devotee. You, however, in contrast with such a person, should be ab-

sorbed in thinking of Me and should be My devotee. Your mind should always be fixed, like an uninterrupted

flow of honey, on Me, the son of Vasudeva. You should think of Me as your own master and as the very

goal of your life.”

The Bhagavad-gītā is the essence of all Vedic literature. The middle six chapters are the essence of the Gītā,

and the Ninth and Tenth Chapters are the essence of the middle six chapters. Finally, the last verse of this

chapter, which is exactly in the middle of the Gītā, and which will be repeated practically verbatim at the end

of the Gītā, is the most confidential and essential śloka. It is the essence of the essence of the essence and

the most confidential of all knowledge: Become a pure devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Bhagavad Gita Notes

One may question whether this verse beginning man-manā bhava mad-bhakto is actually the essence of the

Gītā. Noting that almost the same verse appears again as Bg. 18.65, one may think that Bg. 18.66, sarva-

dharmān parityajya , is actually the essence, not 18.65. Actually, both verses are the same in that, in both,

Kṛṣṇa offers the same instruction. Text 18.66 expresses Kṛṣṇa’s desire that Arjuna surrender, and text 18.65

explains the components of that surrender.

In Bg. 18.64, just before these essential verses, Kṛṣṇa states, sarva-guhyatamaā bhūyaù śrṇu me paramaā

vacaù: “I am speaking My supreme instruction, the most confidential knowledge of all.” Sarva-guhyatamaā

means “the most confidential of all.” Bhūyaù means “again.” Kṛṣṇa speaks the verse here in Chapter Nine and

again as text 18.65. Kṛṣṇa also clearly says that these verses, 18.65 and 18.66, are the most confidential

knowledge of all and are His supreme instruction. Srila Prabhupada has many times explained this same point.

In his purport to Bg. 18.65, he writes: “The most confidential part of knowledge is that one should become a

pure devotee of Kṛṣṇa and always think of Him and act for Him. Concentration of the mind on the form of

Kṛṣṇa constitutes the most confidential part of knowledge, and this is disclosed to Arjuna because Arjuna is

the most dear friend of Kṛṣṇa’s.”

Śrīla Prabhupāda writes in his purport to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 3.24.32: “In Bhagavad-gītā Lord Kṛṣṇa advised

Arjuna many times to surrender unto Him, especially at the end of the Ninth Chapter—man-manā bhava

mad-bhakto: ‘If you want to be perfect, just always think of Me, become My devotee, worship Me and offer

your obeisances to Me. In this way you will understand Me, the Personality of Godhead, and ultimately you

will come back to Me, back to Godhead, back home.’”

In his purport to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 5.26.37, Śrīla Prabhupāda says:

The complete purpose of this material world will be fulfilled when we resume our spiritual identities and go back

home, back to Godhead. The very simple method for doing this is prescribed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaā śaraṇaā vraja. One should be neither pious nor impious. One should be a devotee

and surrender to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. This surrendering process is also very easy. Even a child can perform it. Man-

manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māā namaskuru. One must always simply think of Kṛṣṇa by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare

Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. One should become Kṛṣṇa’s devotee,

worship Him and offer obeisances to Him. Thus one should engage all the activities of his life in the service of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

In a lecture on Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 1.15.51, Śrīla Prabhupāda said:

And the very simple thing is, ya idaā paramaā guhyaā mad- bhakteṣv abhidhāsyati: this confidential service,

preaching of Bhagavad-gītā—what is that? Bhagavad-gītā preaching—the essence is: sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaā

śaraṇaā vraja. Simply go and preach. This very thing. Kṛṣṇa says, man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māā namas-

kuru. This is Kṛṣṇa’s desire. Preach to the world: “Just be Kṛṣṇa conscious.” Man-manā. “Just become Kṛṣṇa’s devotee.”

Man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī. “Just worship Kṛṣṇa.” Namaskuru. “Just offer your obeisances to Kṛṣṇa.” Four

words. Then you become a preacher. It is not a very difficult to become a preacher and to become a spiritual master.

How? Very simple thing. Go and speak what Kṛṣṇa says. That’s all. (Lecture, Los Angeles, December 28, 1973)

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.28 By dedicating to Me evam, thus; maksyase, you will become free; karma-bandhanaih, from bondage in the form of actions-actions themselves being the bonds; subha-asubha-phalaih, which are productive of good and bad results-i.e. from actions that have desirable (subha) and undesireable (asubha) results (phala). Sannyasa, renunciation, is that which results from dedication (of actions) to Me, and that is also yoga since it involves actions. He who has his mind (atma) endowed (yukta) with that yoga of renunciation (sannyasa-yoga) is sannyasa-yoga-yukta-atma. You, being such, having your mind endowed with the yoga of renunciation, and vimuktah, becoming free from the bonds of actions evern while living; upaisyasi, will attain, come; mam, to Me, when this body falls. In that case the Lord is possessed of love and hatred inasmuch as He favours the devotees, and not others? That is not so:
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.28 Thus, eipped with a mind which is firmly set in Yoga, called Sannyasa, considering yourself as one whose delight lies in being a subsidiary (Sesa) to Me and subject to My control and all acts to be My worship, and engaging yourself in secular and Vedic actions with such an attitude, you will free yourself from countless bonds, called ancient Karmas, productive of auspicious and inauspicious results which stands as a hindrance preventing you from attaining Me. Freed from them, you shall come to Me only. Listen now, to My supreme nature which transcends the world:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.27-28 Yat karosi etc. Subhasubha - etc. Because the performers of sacrifices intending other deities have in their mind only limited purpose, and [hence] belitle the [principal] result [of the sacrifice etc.]; therefore all [actions] you should offer, by the method advised above, to Me i.e., consider them to be absorbed in Me (or to be born of Me). This is the renunciation-Yoga. Extensively it has already been made almost ite clear.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.28 Thus shalt thou be freed from the bonds of actions yielding good and evil fruits; with the mind steadfast in the Yoga of renunciation, and liberated, thou shalt come unto Me.
Commentary

9.28 शुभाशुभफलैः from good and evil fruits? एवम् thus? मोक्ष्यसे (thou) shalt be freed? कर्मबन्धनैः from the bonds of actions? संन्यासयोगयुक्तात्मा with the mind steadfast in the Yoga of renunciation? विमुक्तः liberated? माम् to Me? उपैष्यसि (thou) shalt come.Commentary Evam Thus -- when you thus offer everything to Me.Renunciation of the fruits of all works is Sannyasa. He who is eipped with the mind steadfast in the Yog of renunciation is Sannyasayogayuktatma. The act of offering everything unto the Lord,constitutes the Yoga of renunciation. It is also Yoga as it is an action. With the mind endowed with renunciation and Yoga thou shalt be freed from good and evil results while yet living and thou shalt come unto Me when this body falls.An objector says? Then the Lord has love and hatred as He confers His grace on His devotees only and not on others.The answer is? Not so. The Lord is impartial and is beyond love and hatred. His grace flows towards all. But the devotee recieves it freely as he has opened his heart to the reception of His grace.This is explained in the next verse.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.28 Thus, you will become free from bondage in the form of actions which are productive of good and bad results. Havng your mind inbued with the yoga of renunciation and becoming free, you will attain Me.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.28 So shall thy action be attended by no result, either good or bad; but through the spirit of renunciation thou shalt come to Me and be free.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Arjava (Simplicity / Straightforwardness)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Thus you will be freed from the bondage of works with their good and bad results — with mind united in renunciation, you come to Me.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize that offering is the freedom-mechanism.
  • Cultivate the renunciation-of-results mindset specifically.
  • Trust that 'come to Me' follows.
Reflection Questions
  • What good result am I clinging to?
  • What bad result am I cringing from?

Imagine a worker whose every paycheck is automatically deposited into a trust beyond his reach — he handles the work, he never handles the money. Years pass; he is found to have accumulated no debts and no greedy habits. He simply did the work. Mat-arpaṇam (9.27) sets up exactly this trust; verse 9.28 names the result — śubha-aśubha-phalaiḥ mokṣyase — released from both good and bad results. The auspicious fruits no longer bind any more than the inauspicious.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.29

↗
సమోఽహం సర్వభూతేషు న మే ద్వేష్యోఽస్తి న ప్రియ: । యే భజన్తి తు మాం భక్త్య‍ా మయి తే తేషు చాప్యహమ్ ॥ ౨౯ ॥
samo ’haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu
[samo ’ham sarva-bhooteshu]
na me dveṣyo ’sti na priyaḥ
[na me dveshyo ’sti na priyah]
ye bhajanti tu māṁ bhaktyā
[ye bhajanti tu maam bhaktyaa]
mayi te teṣu cāpy aham
[mayi te teshu chaapy aham]
samaḥ — equally disposed aham — I sarva - bhūteṣu — to all living entities na — no one me — to Me dveṣyaḥ — hateful asti — is na — nor priyaḥ — dear ye — those who bhajanti — render transcendental service tu — but mām — unto Me bhaktyā — in devotion mayi — are in Me te — such persons teṣu — in them ca — also api — certainly aham — I .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
samo ’haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu
samaḥ
equally disposed
na me dveṣyo ’sti na priyaḥ
aham
I
sarva - bhūteṣu
to all living entities
na
no one
me
to Me
dveṣyaḥ
hateful
asti
is
na
nor
priyaḥ
dear
ye bhajanti tu māṁ bhaktyā
ye
those who
bhajanti
render transcendental service
tu
but
mām
unto Me
bhaktyā
in devotion
mayi te teṣu cāpy aham
mayi
are in Me
te
such persons
teṣu
in them
ca
also
api
certainly
aham
I .
  • samaḥ — equal
    Sama — equal, balanced. The same root as samatā (equality). Kṛṣṇa does not show partiality on principle; the offended atheist cannot claim Kṛṣṇa hates him. He is sama to all sarva-bhūteṣu — in all beings — equally accessible.
  • dveṣyaḥ — envied / hated
    From √dviṣ — to hate. No one is dveṣya to Him. No being is His personal enemy. This is a strong philosophical statement: the Lord has no kāraṇa-vairī, no causal enemy among living beings.
  • priyaḥ — dear
    Dear, beloved. Paired with dveṣya: na me dveṣyaḥ asti na priyaḥ — neither hated nor preferred. In the impersonal frame this would close the matter. The verse opens it again with 'but...'
  • bhajanti — they worship
    Same root as 9.13 bhajanti, 9.14 (implied through namasyantaḥ). The bhakti-active devotee — bhajati Mām bhaktyā — enters into reciprocation. The structural equality does not preclude relational specialness.
  • mayi — in Me
    Locative of aham — 'in Me.' The devotee mayi — in Me. Paired with teṣu (in them) later in the verse: I am in them. The asymmetry of 9.4 (beings in Him but He not in them) is reversed for the bhakta. Devotion creates a two-way indwelling not available to ordinary souls.
  • teṣu — in them
    Locative plural of tad — in them. Kṛṣṇa is teṣu — He resides in His devotees. The Lord steps inside His devotee, by His own choice. The whole verse pivots on this final clause.
I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all. But whoever renders service unto Me in devotion is a friend, is in Me, and I am also a friend to him.

One may question here that if Kṛṣṇa is equal to everyone and no one is His special friend, then why does He take a special interest in the devotees who are always engaged in His transcendental service? But this is not discrimination; it is natural. Any man in this material world may be very charitably disposed, yet he has a special interest in his own children. The Lord claims that every living entity – in whatever form – is His son, and so He provides everyone with a generous supply of the necessities of life. He is just like a cloud which pours rain all over, regardless of whether it falls on rock or land or water. But for His devotees, He gives specific attention. Such devotees are mentioned here: they are always in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and therefore they are always transcendentally situated in Kṛṣṇa. The very phrase “Kṛṣṇa consciousness” suggests that those who are in such consciousness are living transcendentalists, situated in Him. The Lord says here distinctly, mayi te: “They are in Me.” Naturally, as a result, the Lord is also in them. This is reciprocal. This also explains the words ye yathā māṁ prapadyante tāṁs tathaiva bhajāmy aham: “Whoever surrenders unto Me, proportionately I take care of him.” This transcendental reciprocation exists because both the Lord and the devotee are conscious. When a diamond is set in a golden ring, it looks very nice. The gold is glorified, and at the same time the diamond is glorified. The Lord and the living entity eternally glitter, and when a living entity becomes inclined to the service of the Supreme Lord he looks like gold. The Lord is a diamond, and so this combination is very nice. Living entities in a pure state are called devotees. The Supreme Lord becomes the devotee of His devotees. If a reciprocal relationship is not present between the devotee and the Lord, then there is no personalist philosophy. In the impersonal philosophy there is no reciprocation between the Supreme and the living entity, but in the personalist philosophy there is. The example is often given that the Lord is like a desire tree, and whatever one wants from this desire tree, the Lord supplies. But here the explanation is more complete. The Lord is here stated to be partial to the devotees. This is the manifestation of the Lord’s special mercy to the devotees. The Lord’s reciprocation should not be considered to be under the law of karma. It belongs to the transcendental situation in which the Lord and His devotees function. Devotional service to the Lord is not an activity of this material world; it is part of the spiritual world, where eternity, bliss and knowledge predominate.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
29. I am equal to all living beings. I do not hate anyone nor do I favor anyone. To whatever extent a person worships Me with devotion, I am attached to them in a similar way.
Commentary

“You liberate the devotees and then give Yourself to Your devotees, but not to the non-devotees. But then do You not show prejudice, arising from attraction and repulsion?” The Lord refutes this in this verse. I am equal to all. I neither hate nor favor anyone. The Lord then says, “But the devotees who worship Me with devotion exist in Me, and I exist also in them.” There is nothing special in this statement since the whole universe exists within the Lord, and the Lord exists everywhere in the universe. Thus the statement should actually mean “As those who worship Me with devotion are attached to Me (te mayi), so I am attached to them (aham teṣu).” This takes into consideration the statement “As they surrender to Me, I respond to them.” To compare the Lord to a kalpa-vṛkṣa, which gives to all persons without discrimination, is only partially correct. Those who take shelter of that tree do not become attached to it without desire for the fruit. Nor is the kalpa-vṛkṣa attached to those who take shelter of it. Nor does it hate the enemies of those who have taken shelter. But the Lord kills with is own hands the enemies of His devotee. The Lord says to Prahlāda: prahrādāya yadā druhyed dhaniṣye ’pi varorjitam I shall kill Hiranyakasipu immediately, despite the benedictions of Brahmā.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
29. I am equal to all living beings. I do not hate anyone nor do I favor anyone. But those who worship Me with devotion, are in Me, and I am in them.
Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

The first part of the verse 'samo'ham sarva‑bhutesu' shows Krsna as the Supersoul, who is equal to everyone. But, 'whoever renders service unto Me' , that is Bhagavan. He is not equal to His devotee as He is in relation with everyone. No, He is partial to His devotee. In the beginning of this Chapter, when Krsna was explaining His inconceivable energies, He declared how everything is not in Him and how He is aloof from everything. But for the devotees He is not aloof ‑ 'maye te tesu capy aham', "they are in Me and certainly I am also in them". This is Krsna's relationship with His devotees. This is the Bhagavan feature, different from the Paramatma feature in 'samo'ham sarva bhutesu'.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

But Krishna is not partial, He is equal to everyone, He envies no one

But whoever renders service unto Me is a friend, is in Me, and I am also a friend to Him

Focus of Learning

QUESTION: If Krishna is equal to all and no-one is His special friend then why does He take special

interest in devotees who are always engaged in his transcendental service

ANSWER: This is not discrimination but “natural”

(a) Analogy: Any man in material world may be charitably disposed, but has special interest in own

children

(b) But one may say: Lord says all living entities are His children –

Our response – Yes, therefore He supplies everyone with generous supply of all necessities
Analogy: Like a cloud pours water all over the earth: rock, land or water

(a) ‘Yukta’ – One who acts in Krishna consciousness under superior direction.

(b) ‘Yukta-vairagya’ - To perform actions and give the fruits to Krishna

(c) ‘How does this process work?’ – when one is situated in such renunciation, the following effects

are seen:

Cleansing - Such activities clear the mirror of mind
Progress - Gradual progress in spiritual realisation
Surrender - Complete surrender to Supreme Personality of Godhead
Liberation - At the end becomes liberated
“Come to Me” indicates the “Kind of liberation” – Not brahmajyoti but entering into Lord’s planet (Indicated by the word Mam-upaisyasi)

(d) Who is a real sannyasi – A Krishna conscious person – because of the following characteristics:

Niskama – No other interest but to dedicate life in service of the Lord
Servitude – Always thinks of himself as eternal servant
Dependence – Depends on Supreme will of the Lord
Beyond Vedic Rituals – Does not give serious attention to fruitive activities or prescribed ritualistic duties of the Vedas
PRACTICAL APPLICATION: Prescribed duties are obligatory for ordinary persons

▪ But a pure devotee who is completely engaged in Lord’s service may sometimes

appear to go against prescribed duties but actually it is not so

Ref. CC Madhya-lila – One cannot understand the plans and activities of a pure devotee
A pure devotee is above all material criticisms just like Krishna

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.29 & 9.30: Krishna personally maintains and cares for His devotees. Even if His

devotee were to perform a heinous act, Krishna would nevertheless protect and purify him.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.29 Aham, I; am samah, impartial, eal; sarva-bhutesu, towards all beings; me, to Me; na asti, there is none; dvesyah, detestable; na, none; priyah, dear. I am like fire: As fire does not ward off cold from those who are afar, but removes it from those who apporach, near, similarly I favour the devotees, not others. Tu, but; ye, those who approach near, similarly I favour the devotees, not others. Tu, but; ye, those who; bhajanti, worship Me, God; bhaktya, with devotion; te they; exist mayi, in Me-by their very nature; ['Their mind becomes fit for My manifestation, as it has been purified by following the virtuous path.'] they do not exist in Me because of My love, Ca, and; aham, I; api, too; naturally exist tesu, in them, not in others. Thus there is no hatred towards them (the latter). 'Listen to the greatness of devotion to Me:'
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.29 Being a refuge for all, I am the same to all creation, be they gods, animals, men or immovables, who exist differentiated from the highest to the lowest according to their birth, form, nature and knowledge. With regard to those seeking refuge, none is hateful because of inferiority in status by birth, form, nature, knowledge etc. No one is discarded as an object of odium. Likewise, it is not that one who has resorted to Me is dear to Me on account of any consideration like birth, status etc. That he has taken refuge in Me is the only consideration. The meaning is no one is accepted as a refuge for reasons like birth. But those who worship Me as their sole objective I like, because I am exceedingly dear to them, and because they find it impossible to sustain themselves without My worship. So they abide in Me, irrespective of whether they are exalted or humble by birth etc. They abide in Me, as if they possess alities eal to Mine. I also abide in them, as if they are My superiors. Moreover:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.29 See Comment under 9.31
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.29 The same am I to all beings; to Me there is none hateful or dear; but those who worship Me with devotion are in Me and I am also in them.
Commentary

9.29 समः the same? अहम् I? सर्वभूतेषु in all beings? न not? मे to Me? द्वेष्यः hateful? अस्ति is? न not? प्रियः dear? ये who? भजन्ति worship? तु but? माम् Me? भक्त्या with devotion? मयि in Me? ते they? तेषु in them? च and? अपि also? अहम् I.Commentary The Lord has an even outlook towards all. He regards all living beings alike. None He has condemned? none has He favoured. He is the enemy of none. He is the partial lover of none. He does not favour some and frown on others. The egoistic man only has created a wide gulf between himself and the Supreme Being by his wrong attitude. The Lord is closer to him that his own breath? nearer than his hands and feet.I am like fire. Just as fire removes cold from those who draw near it but does not remove the cold from those who keep away from it? even so I bestow My grace on My devotees? but not owing to any sort of attachment on My part. Just as the light of the sun? though pervading everywhere? is reflected only in a clean mirror but not in a pot? so also I? the Supreme Lord? present everywhere? manifest Myself only in those persons from whose minds all kinds of impurities (which have accumulated there on account of ignorance) have been removed by their devotion.The sun has neither attachment for the mirror nor hatred for the pot. The Kalpavriksha has neither hatred nor love for people. It bestows the desired objects only on those who go near it. (Cf.VII.17XII.14and20)Now hear the glory of devotion to Me.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.29 I am impartial towards all beings; to Me there is none detastable or none dear. But those who worship Me with devotion, they exist in Me, and I too exist in them.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.29 I am the same to all beings. I favour none, and I hate none. But those who worship Me devotedly, they live in Me, and I in them.
Primary values
Prema (Divine Love)
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
I am equal to all beings — neither favoring nor envying anyone; but those who worship Me with love are in Me, and I in them.
Practical Applications
  • Distinguish Kṛṣṇa's structural equality from relational reciprocity.
  • Don't expect favoritism; cultivate love that establishes mutual indwelling.
  • Let the indwelling be its own reward.
Reflection Questions
  • Have I expected unfair favoritism?
  • What would mutual indwelling look like in my felt experience?

The sun shines equally on a sleeping cat and a working farmer. Yet only the farmer enters into a relationship with the sun — checking the season, planning the harvest, knowing the light personally. The cat receives the same warmth; the farmer receives the warmth and a friend. Kṛṣṇa is samaḥ — equal — toward all beings; only the one who turns toward Him as a friend enters into reciprocation. The asymmetry is not in His shining but in the receiving.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.30

↗
అపి చేత్సుదురాచారో భజతే మామనన్యభాక్ । సాధురేవ స మన్తవ్య: సమ్యగ్వ్యవసితో హి స: ॥ ౩౦ ॥
api cet su-durācāro
[api chet su-duraachaaro]
bhajate mām ananya-bhāk
[bhajate maam ananya-bhaak]
sādhur eva sa mantavyaḥ
[saadhur eva sa mantavyah]
samyag vyavasito hi saḥ
[samyag vyavasito hi sah]
api — even cet — if su - durācāraḥ — one committing the most abominable actions bhajate — is engaged in devotional service mām — unto Me ananya - bhāk — without deviation sādhuḥ — a saint eva — certainly saḥ — he mantavyaḥ — is to be considered samyak — completely vyavasitaḥ — situated in determination hi — certainly saḥ — he .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
api cet su-durācāro
api
even
cet
if
su - durācāraḥ
one committing the most abominable actions
bhajate mām ananya-bhāk
bhajate
is engaged in devotional service
mām
unto Me
ananya - bhāk
without deviation
sādhur eva sa mantavyaḥ
sādhuḥ
a saint
eva
certainly
saḥ
he
mantavyaḥ
is to be considered
samyag vyavasito hi saḥ
samyak
completely
vyavasitaḥ
situated in determination
hi
certainly
saḥ
he .
  • su - durācāraḥ — of very ill conduct
    Su (intensifier) + dur (ill) + ācāra (conduct). Not merely badly behaved — very badly. Kṛṣṇa chooses the strongest possible negative form, leaving no room for the reader to think only a mild slip-up is covered.
  • bhajate — he worships, serves
    From √bhaj. The same key root of the chapter. Even the su-durācāra, if he bhajate, is brought inside the circle. The verb does the work the conduct does not.
  • ananya - bhāk — exclusively devoted
    Ananya (without other) + bhāk (sharer, partaker). 'Sharer in nothing other.' Even his bad conduct does not divide his loyalty — his bhāga, his portion, is exclusively in the Lord. The conduct is dur-ācāra but the devotional address is ananya.
  • sādhuḥ — saintly
    From √sādh — to accomplish, to be straight. Sādhu — the well-aimed one. Astonishingly: Kṛṣṇa labels him sādhu — a category that ordinarily presumes upright behavior. The verse forces a re-definition: sādhu is set by aim, not by record.
  • mantavyaḥ — to be considered
    Gerundive of √man — to think, regard. He is to be considered, treated as, regarded as sādhu. Not by self-promotion but by the public's required judgment. The verse is also instructing the community of bhaktas how to receive such a soul.
  • samyak — properly
    Properly, rightly, in full alignment. Modifies vyavasita. The su-durācāra is excused only because his resolve is samyak — aimed at Kṛṣṇa, not at the durācāra. Without samyak the verse does not apply.
  • vyavasitaḥ — resolved
    Past participle of vi + ava + √sā — fully determined, decided. The deep vyavasāya beneath the surface behavior. Same root as vyavasāya in 2.41 (vyavasāyātmikā buddhiḥ). The crucial inner clause.
Even if one commits the most abominable action, if he is engaged in devotional service he is to be considered saintly because he is properly situated in his determination.

The word su-durācāraḥ used in this verse is very significant, and we should understand it properly. When a living entity is conditioned, he has two kinds of activities: one is conditional, and the other is constitutional. As for protecting the body or abiding by the rules of society and state, certainly there are different activities, even for the devotees, in connection with the conditional life, and such activities are called conditional. Besides these, the living entity who is fully conscious of his spiritual nature and is engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, or the devotional service of the Lord, has activities which are called transcendental. Such activities are performed in his constitutional position, and they are technically called devotional service. Now, in the conditioned state, sometimes devotional service and the conditional service in relation to the body will parallel one another. But then again, sometimes these activities become opposed to one another. As far as possible, a devotee is very cautious so that he does not do anything that could disrupt his wholesome condition. He knows that perfection in his activities depends on his progressive realization of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Sometimes, however, it may be seen that a person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness commits some act which may be taken as most abominable socially or politically. But such a temporary falldown does not disqualify him. In the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is stated that if a person falls down but is wholeheartedly engaged in the transcendental service of the Supreme Lord, the Lord, being situated within his heart, purifies him and excuses him from that abomination. The material contamination is so strong that even a yogī fully engaged in the service of the Lord sometimes becomes ensnared; but Kṛṣṇa consciousness is so strong that such an occasional falldown is at once rectified. Therefore the process of devotional service is always a success. No one should deride a devotee for some accidental falldown from the ideal path, for, as explained in the next verse, such occasional falldowns will be stopped in due course, as soon as a devotee is completely situated in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Therefore a person who is situated in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and is engaged with determination in the process of chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare should be considered to be in the transcendental position, even if by chance or accident he is found to have fallen. The words sādhur eva, “he is saintly,” are very emphatic. They are a warning to the nondevotees that because of an accidental falldown a devotee should not be derided; he should still be considered saintly even if he has accidentally fallen down. And the word mantavyaḥ is still more emphatic. If one does not follow this rule, and derides a devotee for his accidental falldown, then one is disobeying the order of the Supreme Lord. The only qualification of a devotee is to be unflinchingly and exclusively engaged in devotional service. In the Nṛsiṁha Purāṇa the following statement is given: bhagavati ca harāv ananya-cetā bhṛśa-malino ’pi virājate manuṣyaḥ na hi śaśa-kaluṣa-cchabiḥ kadācit timira-parābhavatām upaiti candraḥ The meaning is that even if one fully engaged in the devotional service of the Lord is sometimes found engaged in abominable activities, these activities should be considered to be like the spots that resemble the mark of a rabbit on the moon. Such spots do not become an impediment to the diffusion of moonlight. Similarly, the accidental falldown of a devotee from the path of saintly character does not make him abominable. On the other hand, one should not misunderstand that a devotee in transcendental devotional service can act in all kinds of abominable ways; this verse only refers to an accident due to the strong power of material connections. Devotional service is more or less a declaration of war against the illusory energy. As long as one is not strong enough to fight the illusory energy, there may be accidental falldowns. But when one is strong enough, he is no longer subjected to such falldowns, as previously explained. No one should take advantage of this verse and commit nonsense and think that he is still a devotee. If he does not improve in his character by devotional service, then it is to be understood that he is not a high devotee.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
30. Even if the most sinful person worships Me with no other desire than to please Me, I consider that person to be My devotee, as he has fixed himself completely in Me.
Commentary

My attachment to My devotee is My very nature. That attachment does not decrease even if the devotee commits wrong, for I make him come up to the highest standard. If someone with bad conduct, addicted to violence, thievery, or adultery (sudurācāraḥ), worships Me, and worships no one except Me, and does not follow any other process like karma or jṣāna, and has no other desire than My desire (ananya-bhak), he is My devotee (sādhuḥ). “But, considering his bad conduct, how is he a devotee?” “He is to be respected (mantavyaḥ) as a devotee because of his devotee qualities. It is a command. Not doing so is offense. My order is the authority.”

“So he should be considered a devotee in that portion where he worship You, and as a non-devotee in that portion where he commits adultery?” “No, he should be considered as a devotee (eva) in all his parts. You should not see his bad qualities at all. He is completely convinced (samyak vyavasthitaḥ). He makes a splendid resolution: ‘I will go to hell for my sinful actions which are hard to give up, but I will not give up dedicated worship of Kṛṣṇa.’”

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
30. Even if the most sinful person worships Me with no other desire than to please Me, I consider that person to be My devotee, as he has fixed himself completely in Me.
Commentary

“My quality of being controlled by pure bhakti is My very nature, and cannot be given up.” The Lord intensifies the meaning of His previous statement, by saying in the present verse that He is attracted to even the devotee with despicable activities. If an ananya bhakta, even doing very degraded activities, worships Me—serves Me by singing My glories and by other acts—he should be still considered worthy of respect (sādhu). He is ananya in the sense that he does not worship or take shelter of anyone other than Me. He accepts Me alone as the supreme goal and master. The word eva (sādhur eva) means that he is worthy of worship “in any case.” Therefore, one should accept this fact (mantavyaḥ). It is the injunction of the Lord Himself. Not to do so is an offense. The Lord then supports His order by giving the reason why that devotee is worthy of respect in any case: he has the best type of conviction in the form of being fixed only on Me (samyag vyavasitaḥ). It is said: bhagavati ca harāv ananya-cetā bhṛśa malino’pi virājate manuṣyaḥ na hi śaśa-kaluṣa-cchaviḥ kadācit timira-parābhavatām upaiti candraḥ The person who has exclusive devotion to the Supreme Lord Hari may have serious contamination, but he is still glorious. The moon, though having spots on it, is never defeated by darkness. Narasiṁha Purāṇa

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

This doesn't mean that someone who is a devotee, can commit abominable actions. This 'api cet' term means 'even if'. Although it is practically impossible for a person who is really a devotee, to commit abominable actions, but even if happens ‑ he has to be considered saintly. Srila Prabhupada says in his Purport: "The words sadhur eva, ``he is saintly,'' are very emphatic. They are a warning to the nondevotees that because of an accidental falldown a devotee should not be derided; he should still be considered saintly even if he has accidentally fallen down. And the word mantavyah is still more emphatic. If one does not follow this rule, and derides a devotee for his accidental falldown, then one is disobeying the order of the Supreme Lord. The only qualification of a devotee is to be unflinchingly and exclusively engaged in devotional service."

REVIEW: In this Chapter, Krsna began by describing how this Chapter explains how devotional service is superior (ananya bhakti). It is superior to any other method of leaving this world and attaining the Supreme. In Section A, Krsna described that Arjuna should hear from Him. And one can hear only if he is faithful and not envious. What is that, that Krsna is going to explain when He tells Arjuna to hear from Him? Krsna describes His aisvarya, His opulences and His foremost opulence which is 'acintya sakti', His relatioship with the material world by which He is controlling everything and everything is dependent on Him and yet He is completely aloof and everything is working independently. Then, understanding that one should worship Krsna. In Section C, was described that fools don't worship Krsna and think that His form is somehow material or that He has assumed that form through 'tapasya' under the modes of material nature. And those who are wise, divine, the mahatmas, they take shelter of the internal energy and they worship Krsna. And then, Krsna explained how they worship Him. In addition to those fools who don't worship Krsna and to those who worship Him, there are those who worship Him but indir ectly, inconsciously practically. They are described in three categories: (1) ekatvena, those who think themselves 'one with the Lord'; the (2) prthaktvena, the worshipers of the demigods, who concoct that the demigods are Supreme ; and (3) bahudha visvato‑mukha, those who worship the universal form, those who worship mater. These two catergories worship indirectly Krsna, who is 'adhibhuta', the presiding deity of the material world, but they are inconscious of that. The demigods' worshipers are actually worshiping Krsna because the fruits that the demigods give are supplied by Krsna. They worship Krsna but 'avidhi purvakam', improperly. In Section D, Krsna described the two worshipers of Him who do it in the improper way, without proper knowledge. And He described how to worship Krsna properly in the universal form seeing Krsna who is the essence of everythin. And then He described how the worshipers of the demigods, because of their improper worship of Krsna, receive as fruit: births and deaths repeatedly. This is not very attractive. Then Krsna described in the final section, the glories of worshiping Him directly with knowledge, with full consciousness of Him. First He described the simplicity of worshiping Him and how superexcellent the results are, because Krsna only asks for a fruit, a flower, a leaf, or a little water. And not only that, He shows favoritism to His devotees. For anyone else Krsna acts as the Paramatma, 'samo'ham sarva bhutesu/ na me dveso'sti na priyah' He acts equally, He reciprocates through the mat energy with everyone, but for His devotees, because they are in Him. and He is always in them, to them, Krsna, as Bhagavan, shows favoritism. Then Krsna explained 'api cet su‑duracaro' "even if they commit the most abominable activities, they are still considered to be saintly". Why? Because, 'ksipram bhavati dharmatma', they will be very quickly rectifified.

Viswanatha C. Thakura explains in his Purport to verse 30, 'api cet su‑duracaro': ""Arjuna says: 'when someone is worshiping certainly he is a sadhu. But if he does nonsense then he is asadhu, not saintly'. But Krsna replies: 'No! In every regard he is a sadhu because he is properly resolved to serve Me. He is thinking: "I am unable to give up this sinful activity and I will go to hell, but I will not give up devotional service to Krsna." Because of his determination (Viswanatha C. Thakura says), Krsna keeps him as a sadhu. He accepts him as a sadhu."" But Srila Prabhupada awarns us to not take advantage of this and commit sins thinking: "I am a sadhu, I am a devotee, there fore I can do whatever I want and Krsna will accept me." No! That is 'namno balad yasya hi‑papa‑buddir/ na vidiyate tasya hi suddih, the 7th offense to the chant of the Holy Name vidiyate tasya yamair...', if one has this mentality, even if he goes to the court of Yamaraja and becomes punished, he cannot be purified of this great offense. One should avoid that mentality and just accept what Krsna says. Why? Because such a person, due to his determination, 'ksipram bhavati dharmatma', quickly becomes 'dharmatma', or righteous. And Krsna says:

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Even if a devotee is imperfect, Krishna takes him as saintly – Why:

Because he is properly situated in his determination (9.30)
And he quickly becomes righteous and attains lasting peace (9.31)

Focus of Learning

(c) But for devotees – “He gives specific attention” – Such devotees are

Transcendentally situated in Krishna
The phrase “Krishna consciousness” indicates that they are “Living Transcendentalists”
Lord says “Mayi te” – They are in Me. Naturally Lord is also in them reciprocally
Ref. Bg. 4.11 – “Ye Yatha...” – Lord reciprocates according to one’s surrender
This transcendental reciprocation exists because the Lord and His devotees are conscious

(d) Analogy: Lord and living entity eternally glitter – When living entity is in service of diamond like

Lord, he looks like Gold (Diamond on gold ring)

(e) Personalism – If reciprocal relationship not present between Lord and devotees, there is no

personalist philosophy

(f) Analogy: Lord is like a desire tree – supplies whatever one wants

Lord’s reciprocation should not be considered under the law of karma
It belongs to transcendental situation in which Lord and His devotees function
Devotional service is not an activity of the material world, but a part of the spiritual world where eternity, bliss and knowledge predominates

(a) ‘Su-duracharah’ – Very significant word

Two kinds of Activities: Conditioned living entity has 2 kinds of activities – conditional and constitutional
Conditional – Those ‘for protecting the body’ or ‘for my abiding by the rules of society and state’
Constitutional/Transcendental – Activities of living entities, being conscious of spiritual nature (Engagement in devotional service)
Activities may be parallel or opposed: In conditioned state, sometimes devotional and conditional acts parallel each other and sometimes they oppose each other
Devotee tries to balance: Devotee tries his best not to disrupt his wholesome condition knowing that perfection in his activities depend upon progressive realisation of Krishna consciousness

(b) Abominable acts does not disqualify

Sometimes a Krishna conscious person acts abominably socially or politically
Such temporary fall-down does not disqualify him
Ref. SB – If such a person is whole heartedly engaged in transcendental service of Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord in the heart purifies him and excuses him for that act

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.30 & 9.31: Still, the question may be raised: “How can a person who is “su-

duracara” (committing highly improper activities) be regarded as saintly?”

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.30 Api cet, even if; su-duracarah, a man of very bad conduct, of extremely vile behaviour, of very condemnable character; bhajate, worships; mam, Me; ananyabhak, with one-pointed devotion, with his mind not given to anybody else; he; mantavyah, is to be considered, deemed; eva, verily; sadhuh, good, as well behaved; hi, for; sah, he; samyakvyavasitah, has resolved rightly, has virtuous intentions.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.30 Even though he has transgressed rules that ought to be followed and has failed to avoid what a person belonging to a particular class should avoid, if he has begun to worship Me in the manner described above with undivided devotion, namely, with worship as the only purpose - such a person must be considered highly righteous. He is eminent among the worshippers of Visnu. He must be esteemed as fit for honour. The meaning is that he is eal to those Jnanins mentioned earlier. What can be the reason for this? The reason is that, he has rightly resolved, i.e., his resolve is in the proper direction. 'The Lord who forms the sole cause of the entire universe, who is the Supreme Brahman, Narayana, the Lord of all mobile and immobile beings, is our Master, our Teacher, and our Friend, highest object of enjoyment,' - such a resolve is difficult to be made by all. Its effect, unremitting worship which has no other purpose, will be found in him who makes such a resolve. Hence he is holy and is to be highly honoured. When this resolve, and unremitting worship which is its effect, are found in a person, he is not to be belittled; for, his transgression of rules is a negligible mistake compared to this kind of excellence. On the other hand he is to be regarded with high honour. Such is the meaning. No, if it be said that transgression of rules will annul the flow of worship, as declared in the Sruti passages like, 'One who has not ceased from bad conduct, is not tranil, is not composed and also not calm in mind, cannot obtain Him through intelligence' (Ka. U., 1.2.24), Sri Krsna replies:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.30 See Comment under 9.31
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.30 Even if the most sinful worships Me, with devotion to none else, he too should indeed by regarded as righteous for he has rightly resolved.
Commentary

9.30 अपि even? चेत् if? सुदुराचारः a very wicked person? भजते worships? माम् Me? अनन्यभाक् with devotion to none else? साधुः righteous? एव verily? सः he? मन्तव्यः should be regarded? सम्यक् rightly? व्यवसितः resolved? हि indeed? सः he.Commentary Even if the most sinful worships Him with undivided heart? he too must indeed be deemed righteous for he has made the holy resolution to give up the evil ways of his life. Rogue Ratnakar became Valmiki by his holy resolution. Jagai and Madhai also became righteous devotees. Mary Magdalene a woman of illfame? became a pious woman. Sin vanishes when thoughts of God arise in the mind. Chandrayana and Kricchra Vratas will remove only certain particular sins but the remembrance of the Lord? thoughts of the Supreme Being? Japa and meditation? and Abheda Brahma Chintana (contemplation of Brahman with a nondualistic or Aham Brahmasmi or I am the Absolute attitute) will destroy the sins committed by a person even in hundred crores of Kalpas or ages.By abandoning the evil ways in his external life and by the force of his internal right resolution? he becomes righteous and attains eternal peace. (Cf.IV.36)

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.30 Even if a man of very bad conduct worships Me with one-pointed devotion, he is to be considered verily good; for he has resolved rightly.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.30 Even the most sinful, if he worship Me with his whole heart, shalt be considered righteous, for he is treading the right path.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Arjava (Simplicity / Straightforwardness)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)
Related verses
Even if one with the most abominable life worships Me with full devotion, he should be considered saintly — for he is rightly situated.
Practical Applications
  • Don't disqualify yourself based on past.
  • Recognize devotion as the redirective force.
  • Treat 'rightly situated' as a verdict that surrender earns.
Reflection Questions
  • What past disqualification do I still carry?
  • Has Kṛṣṇa already overruled it?

A tree struck by lightning may have its bark blackened but its taproot intact. From the outside it looks dead; from the rooting it is alive and will leaf again. The su-durācāra devotee is this tree — externally scarred, internally rooted. Samyak vyavasitaḥ — properly resolved at the root. Kṛṣṇa says: judge by the root, not by the bark. The bark will heal; the root is what makes the tree.

Ajāmila

Ajāmila, a fallen brāhmaṇa who lived with a prostitute and ran a band of thieves, had a son named Nārāyaṇa. On his deathbed, the Yamadūtas arrived to drag him to hell. Calling his son in panic — 'Nārāyaṇa! Nārāyaṇa!' — he uttered the holy Name without intending devotion at all.

The Viṣṇudūtas appeared and stopped the Yamadūtas. They explained that the Name, even unconsciously spoken, had cleared his entire sinful record. Ajāmila is the limit case of 9.30: a su-durācāra whose deathbed call retroactively counted as bhajate Mām ananya-bhāk — because at the moment of uttering Nārāyaṇa his vyavasāya, his resolve, oriented samyak. The verse names the rule; Ajāmila exhausts the rule's tolerance.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.31

↗
క్షిప్రం భవతి ధర్మాత్మా శశ్వచ్ఛాన్తిం నిగచ్ఛతి । కౌన్తేయ ప్రతిజానీహి న మే భక్త: ప్రణశ్యతి ॥ ౩౧ ॥
kṣipraṁ bhavati dharmātmā
[kshipram bhavati dharmaatmaa]
śaśvac-chāntiṁ nigacchati
[shashvach-chaantim nigachchati]
kaunteya pratijānīhi
[kaunteya pratijaaneehi]
na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati
[na me bhaktah pranashyati]
kṣipram — very soon bhavati — becomes dharma - ātmā — righteous śaśvat - śāntim — lasting peace nigacchati — attains kaunteya — O son of Kuntī pratijānīhi — declare na — never me — My bhaktaḥ — devotee praṇaśyati — perishes .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kṣipraṁ bhavati dharmātmā
kṣipram
very soon
bhavati
becomes
dharma - ātmā
righteous
śaśvac-chāntiṁ nigacchati
śaśvat - śāntim
lasting peace
nigacchati
attains
kaunteya pratijānīhi
kaunteya
O son of Kuntī
pratijānīhi
declare
na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati
na
never
me
My
bhaktaḥ
devotee
praṇaśyati
perishes .
  • kṣipram — quickly
    Quickly, soon. The time-scale is short. The verse 9.30's permission is not a license for indefinite durācāra — the dharma-ātmā transformation arrives kṣipram. Slow improvement is not the verse's promise; rapid clarification is.
  • dharma - ātmā — righteous of nature
    Dharma (righteousness) + ātman (self). His self becomes dharmic. The su-durācāra of the previous verse and the dharma-ātmā of this one are the same person at two time points — separated by kṣipram.
  • śaśvat - śāntim — lasting peace
    Śaśvat (eternal) + śānti (peace). Not temporary calm but enduring peace. The bhakti-yogī's destination is not just behavioural reform but ontological tranquility.
  • kaunteya — O son of Kuntī
    Arjuna's matronymic. Kṛṣṇa is about to ask Arjuna to make a public declaration; the address is warm but invokes Arjuna's family honor — Kuntī's son, witness to his aunt's nephew.
  • pratijānīhi — declare boldly
    Imperative second singular of prati + √jñā — to declare against (in the face of opposition). Pratijñā is a courtroom-level vow. Kṛṣṇa is asking Arjuna to swear publicly to this principle, even where skeptics will challenge it.
  • bhaktaḥ — devotee
    From √bhaj — one who has chosen to share life with Kṛṣṇa. Paired in this verse with praṇaśyati under na: 'My bhakta never perishes.' The verse is Kṛṣṇa's oath of safety over every bhakta in His care.
  • praṇaśyati — perishes
    Pra + √naś — to perish utterly. Even ordinary destruction is naśyati; pra-naśyati is total annihilation. Kṛṣṇa's promise is absolute: of all the things in the universe that can be destroyed, His devotee is not one.
He quickly becomes righteous and attains lasting peace. O son of Kuntī, declare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.

This should not be misunderstood. In the Seventh Chapter the Lord says that one who is engaged in mischievous activities cannot become a devotee of the Lord. One who is not a devotee of the Lord has no good qualifications whatsoever. The question remains, then, How can a person engaged in abominable activities – either by accident or by intention – be a pure devotee? This question may justly be raised. The miscreants, as stated in the Seventh Chapter, who never come to the devotional service of the Lord, have no good qualifications, as is stated in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Generally, a devotee who is engaged in the nine kinds of devotional activities is engaged in the process of cleansing all material contamination from the heart. He puts the Supreme Personality of Godhead within his heart, and all sinful contaminations are naturally washed away. Continuous thinking of the Supreme Lord makes him pure by nature. According to the Vedas, there is a certain regulation that if one falls down from his exalted position he has to undergo certain ritualistic processes to purify himself. But here there is no such condition, because the purifying process is already there in the heart of the devotee, due to his remembering the Supreme Personality of Godhead constantly. Therefore, the chanting of Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare should be continued without stoppage. This will protect a devotee from all accidental falldowns. He will thus remain perpetually free from all material contaminations.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
31. Very quickly he becomes a righteous person, and becomes completely devoid of contamination. O son of Kuntī, you declare that My devotee never perishes.
Commentary

“How can You accept the worship of such a sinful person? How can you eat the food and drink offered by a heart contaminated with lust and anger?” “Very quickly he becomes righteous.” The present is used and not the future to express the fact that having committed sin, by remembering the Lord, he becomes repentant, and thus very quickly becomes righteous. “O how unfortunate I am! There is no one as low as I, bringing bad name to the devotees.” Repeatedly (śaśvat), he feels completely (ni for nitarām) disgust (śāntim) for those actions. Or, the use of the present tense can indicate that in the future he will develop righteousness fully, but even right now it exists in a subtle form. After taking medicine, though the destructive effects of fever or poison remains for some time, it is not considered seriously. Thus, with the entrance of bhakti in his mind, the sinful actions are not taken seriously. And the traces of sin such as lust and anger should be considered insignificant, like the biting of a toothless snake. Thus he attains (nigacchati) complete cessation of lust and anger (śāntim) permanently (śaśvat). In nigacchati, ni stands for nitarām, completely. This means that even during the stage of having tendency to commit sin, he has a pure heart. “If he eventually becomes righteous there would be no argument. However, if a devotee is sinful right up till his death, what is his position?” The Lord, affectionate to His devotees, then speaks loudly with a little anger. “O son of Kuntī, My devotee is not destroyed. At the time of death, he does not fall.” “But arguers with harsh tongues will not respect this.”

Kṛṣṇa then encourages the worried, lamenting Arjuna. “O Kaunteya, going to the squabbling assembly, with a tumultuous sound of drums, throwing your hands in the air, you should fearless declare this.” “Declare what?” “Declare that My devotee, the devotee of the Supreme Lord, though committing sin, does not perish, but rather reaches success. Arguments defeated, pride deflated, they should undoubtedly respect you as a guru.” This is Śrīdhara Svāmī’s explanation. But why does the Lord order Arjuna to declare this, when He could do it himself? As He will say later, mām evaiṣyasi satyaṁ te pratijāne priyo’si me: I declare to you that you will truly come to Me. You are very dear to Me.” (BG 18.65) In the same way, why does He not now say, “I declare, Kaunteya, that My devotee does not perish.”? The reason is explained here. The Lord considered as follows. Being affectionate to My devotee and not tolerating even a slight degradation of My devotee, I will under all circumstances uphold the declaration made by My devotee, whereas I can break My own promise and accept criticism of Myself—just as, in breaking My own promise in fighting with Bhīṣma, I fulfilled Bhīṣma’s promise. Thus, hearing a declaration from My mouth, the materialistic disputers will laugh, but they will accept Arjuna’s declaration as if written on stone. Therefore, I will have Arjuna make the declaration. And thus, one should not accept the statements of the falsely intelligent persons, who, after hearing about ananyā bhakti even of the greatest sinner, think that this declaration made by the pure devotee cannot apply in cases where attachment to wife and children, sinful acts, lamentation, illusion, lust, anger and other despicable qualities manifest.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
31. Very quickly he becomes a righteous person, and becomes completely devoid of contamination. O son of Kuntī, you declare that My devotee never perishes.
Commentary

“It is said: nāvirato duścaritān nāśānto nāsamāhitaḥ nāśanto manaso vāpi pṛajṣānenainam āpnuyāt He who has not given up evil deeds, who is not peaceful or in control of his senses or mind cannot attain the Lord even through knowledge. Kaṭha Upaniṣad 2.24 How then can You consider them proper, if the scriptures say that such sinful persons are averse to You?” “That statement concerns persons whose very nature is sinful. But one who exclusively worships Me is purified of his incidental sinful acts by Me, the Lord of all beings, who am most purifying, because I hold that devotee in My mind. He then very quickly becomes steady in proper conduct (dharmātmā). Continually repenting his previous acts (śaśvat), he attains (nigacchati) complete cessation (śantim) of all those sinful acts which are obstacles to remembering Me.” “The smārtas will not consider such a person proper if he has not performed atonement rites.” Controlled by attraction to His devotee, the Lord then replies with slight anger. “O son of Kuntī! Going to that assembly of smartas, declare, “My exclusive devotee, if he commits sinful acts out of negligence, is not destroyed. He does not become separated from Me and attain misfortune. Rather, purified by Me, who am most purifying, he shines with qualification to attain Me. The smṛtis say: sva-pāda-mūlam bhajataḥ priyasya tyaktānya-bhāvasya hariḥ pareśaḥ vikarma yac cotpatitaṁ kathaṣcid dhunoti sarvaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭaḥ One who has thus given up all other engagements and has taken full shelter at the lotus feet of Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is very dear to the Lord. Indeed, if such a surrendered soul accidentally commits some sinful activity, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is seated within everyone’s heart, immediately takes away the reaction to such sin. SB 11.5.42 What was said was in relation to smarta atonement, which is meant for those following smarta rules, those other than My exclusive devotees. But remembrance of Me is effective as atonement for My devotees.” The Lord addresses Arjuna as son of Kuntī to indicate that this claim should be announced by a person of noble family, rather than of bad family.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Because Krsna is sometimes known to be breaking His promises, He asked His devotee to declare that boldly, because Krsna always keeps the word of His devotee. Viswanatha C. Thakura says in this connection: "Such an irreligious man who is rendering service, how do You accept his service? His heart is polluted by lust, greed, anger and his offerings are polluted by such things..." Krsna answers: "Very quickly he becomes 'dharmatma', righteous, and I accept him. (Krsna has not used the future tense. He didn't say: He very quickly will become 'dharmatma'.) Very quickly he becomes 'dharmatma' because he laments remembering Krsna again and again. Because of lamentation, his heart burns. He thinks: "Alas, alas, there is no other devotee like me. I am a 'black spot' for devotees!" Again and again he curses himself. 'Sasvat' means again and again. 'Santim', he becomes purified due to comdemning himself. Or, one can take it in this way: "Such a person even 'duracari', with improper or low activities, possesses righteousness within him in a subtle form. He is taking the medicine of devotion, and although the fever remains he doesn't fear, he knows that the fever, the improper activities, will go away by the power of the medicine or devotional service. The improper activities of such a devotee are like snakes with their fangs removed. And he obtains eternal peace (sasvat‑santim), for his lust, greed, etc, will go away to never return. Arjuna says: "I understand he becomes 'dharmatma', there is no dispute, but if he remains 'duracari', does abominable activities during his life, should we still consider him a sadhu?" Krsna become angry, His eyes become enlarged, He says:"Kaunteya‑pratijanihi", My devotee never perishes! Even if he dies he does not go down." When Krsna said like this, Arjuna put his hand on his head and said in a great worry: "Many people will not agree." And he became morose. "How can I help them to understand this fact?" Krsna says: "Take mrdangas, take karatalas, take drums and bang everything loudly and go to where they are speaking like this and raise both hands on the ai take a vow, take a oath in My name and say like this: "The devotee of the Lord even if improperly behaving, will never perish!" And when you speak like this, all the people will fall at your feet and say:" Maharaja you are my guru!" But why is Krsna Himself not taking this oath? He Himself in the 18th Chapter will take a vow. Why doesn't He take it here? The Lord before speaking thought for a moment: "I like My devotees very much, and I can't tolerate problems put upon them. I always protect My devotees and in this battlefield I have to break My own word when Arjuna will be fighting with Bhisma. People will say: 'O He has spoken so many words, but He broke them.' But they know that Arjuna's words are 'like lines on a stone'. Krsna therefore thought: 'Arjuna, not Me, should make this vow!' Some people say 'duracar' means 'not improper behaviour, but just attachment to wife and family', but such interpretations shouldn't be accepted. This is why the devotee should surrender to Krsna, because Krsna is so kind and merciful to His devotees in so many ways. Because He is a personal guide and He personally takes interest in His devotee. Not only Krsna tells Arjuna to declare it boldly that His devotees will never perish even if they are lax, but also He says:

[3. By thinking of Krsna, offering Him obeisances, and becoming absorbed in Him, one, regardless his position, will go back to Godhead. (32‑34) ]

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study Key verse
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Krishna purifies him (A devotee who succumbs to his conditionings and engages abominably as

explained in 9.30)

1. He quickly becomes righteous

2. He attains lasting peace

3. Promise of Krishna:“My devotee never perishes”

Focus of Learning

(c) “Sadhur eva” – Emphatic expression of “He is saintly”

A person situated in Krishna consciousness engages with determination in chanting Hare Krishna
Should be considered transcendental – Not to deride for accidental falldown

(d) “Mantavyah” – Makes it still more emphatic – If we deride someone like this, then we are

disobeying the Lord’s order

(e) Ref. Nrsimha Purana – Analogy: Compares accidental fallen or abominable acts of a devotee to be

like mark of a rabbit on the moon – Such spots do not impede diffusion of the bright moonlight

(f) In that perspective only qualification of a devotee is – To be unflinchingly and exclusively engaged

in devotional service

(g) CAUTION! Do not take it as allowance to act in all abominable ways

Only for Accidental Falldown – Only refers to accident due to strong power of material connections
Devotional Service and War: Devotional service is declaring war against illusory energy

(h) WARNING! Till we are not strong enough – there may be accidental falldowns

Do not take free license: If one does not improve in his character by devotional service, it is to be understood he is not a high devotee

ARGUMENT: How can a person acting abominably by accident or intention can be a pure devotee?

Because Chapter 7 declares “only one free from mischievous acts can become a devotee of the Lord”.

(Ref. Bg. 7.28)

EXPLAINED AS FOLLOWS:

(a) Cleansing going on – Devotee engaged in nine kinds of devotional service is

In process of cleaning heart
Puts Lord in the heart
All contaminations naturally washed away

(b) No need of ritualistic processes – One who falls down from exalted position – No need to undergo

certain ritualistic processes for purification

Purification process is already there in the heart – Continue remembering Krishna by chanting without stoppage
All protection assured for accidental fall-downs

LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.31 & 9.32:

Krishna continues to glorify the path of bhakti

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.31 Having given up his external evil behaviour due to the strength of his internal proper resolves, ksipram bhavati, he soon becomes; verily dharma-atma, possessed of a virtuous mind; and nigaccahti, he attains; sasvat, everlasting; santim, peace, ietude [Cessation of evil acts.]. O son of Kunti, listen to the supreme Truth: Pratijanihi, do you proclaim boldly, make a firm declaration; that me, My; bhaktah, devotee, who has dedicated his inner being to Me; na, does not; pranasyati, get ruined. Moreover,
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.31 Quickly he becomes righteous, the Gunas of Rajas and Tamas in him being eradicated with their roots, as he has shaken off all evils through the worship of Myself without any ulterior motive but only because of My being dear to him. Quickly he becomes one whose mind is specially attuned to My worship with all the ancillaries and having all the obstacles removed. It is this kind of worship which was alluded to by the term. Dharma at the commencement of this chapter thus: 'Asraddhadanah purusa dharmasy'asya' etc., (9.3). Such a person obtains enduring peace, i.e., he attains to an eternal state, free from conduct contrary to the attainment of Myself, and from which there will be no return to Samsara. O Arjuna, you may affirm that one who has begun to worship Me in this way will not perish even though he is tarnished by some misconduct in the past. On account of his devotion to Me, he annihilates the entire host of obstacles. After obtaining eternal state of freedom from obstacles, he ickly obtains perfect Bhakti.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.29-31 Ksipram etc. I swear etc. This result (or subject), has logic [as its strong basis] and now being promised by the Bhagavat, it becomes established most firmly.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.31 Soon he becomes righteous and attains to eternal peace; O Arjuna, proclaim thou for certain that My devotee never perishes.
Commentary

9.31 क्षिप्रम् soon? भवति (he) becomes? धर्मात्मा righteous? शश्वत् eternal? शान्तिम् peace? निगच्छति attains to? कौन्तेय O son of Kunti? प्रतिजानीहि proclaim for certain? न not? मे My? भक्तः Bhakta? प्रणश्यति perishes.Commentary Listen? this is the truth? O Arjuna you may proclaim that My devotee who has sincere devotion to Me? who has offered his inner soul to Me never perishes.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.31 He soon becomes possessed of a virtuous mind; he attains everlasting peace. Do you proclain boldly, O son of Kunti, that My devotee does not get ruined.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.31 He shall attain spirituality ere long, and Eternal Peace shall be his. O Arjuna! Believe me, My devotee is never lost.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)
Related verses
Concepts
Dharma
He quickly becomes righteous and attains lasting peace — declare boldly that My devotee never perishes.
Practical Applications
  • Trust the rapidity — devotion changes things quickly.
  • Speak this declaration aloud when you doubt yourself.
  • Speak it for fellow devotees who falter.
Reflection Questions
  • What has shifted quickly in my life through devotion?
  • What declaration would I want to hear today?

A river muddied by yesterday's storm runs clear within hours of the rain stopping — because the river's nature is to flow toward the ocean, and the flow itself clarifies. So with the bhakta of 9.30: his su-durācāra is silt the bhakti-current scours out. Kṣipram bhavati dharma-ātmā — he quickly becomes righteous, because the current is correct. Kṛṣṇa's promise to declare: na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati — boldly state in court, in council, in skeptical company: My devotee never perishes.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.32

↗
మాం హి పార్థ వ్యపాశ్రిత్య యేఽపి స్యు: పాపయోనయ: । స్త్రియో వైశ్యాస్తథా శ‍ూద్రాస్తేఽపి యాన్తి పరాం గతిమ్ ॥ ౩౨ ॥
māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya
[maam hi paartha vyapaashritya]
ye ’pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ
[ye ’pi syuh paapa-yonayah]
striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās
[striyo vaishyaas tathaa shoodraas]
te ’pi yānti parāṁ gatim
[te ’pi yaanti paraam gatim]
mām — of Me hi — certainly pārtha — O son of Pṛthā vyapāśritya — particularly taking shelter ye — those who api — also syuḥ — are pāpa - yonayaḥ — born of a lower family striyaḥ — women vaiśyāḥ — mercantile people tathā — also śūdrāḥ — lower-class men te api — even they yānti — go parām — to the supreme gatim — destination .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya
mām
of Me
hi
certainly
pārtha
O son of Pṛthā
vyapāśritya
particularly taking shelter
ye ’pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ
ye
those who
api
also
striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās
syuḥ
are
te ’pi yānti parāṁ gatim
pāpa - yonayaḥ
born of a lower family
striyaḥ
women
vaiśyāḥ
mercantile people
tathā
also
śūdrāḥ
lower-class men
te api
even they
yānti
go
parām
to the supreme
gatim
destination .
  • vyapāśritya — having taken full shelter
    Vi + apa + ā + √śri — taking shelter completely, in every direction. A stronger compound than mere āśritya. The shelter is total, not partial — the entire being placed under His protection.
  • pāpa - yonayaḥ — those of lower birth
    Pāpa (sin) + yoni (womb, source). 'Sin-wombs' — those whose birth circumstances are classified low by Vedic social schema. The verse names the category bluntly, not euphemistically, then refuses to let it exclude.
  • striyaḥ — women
    Women, named explicitly. In a society where Vedic study was sometimes restricted to twice-born men, Kṛṣṇa's verse opens the supreme destination to women — not through ritual reform but through the bhakti channel directly. The path bypasses ritual exclusion entirely.
  • vaiśyāḥ — merchants
    The third varṇa, traditionally given limited Vedic access. Named here as candidates for parām gatim through bhakti. The verse equalizes downward — the lower three categories explicitly.
  • śūdrāḥ — workers
    The fourth varṇa, traditionally given the least Vedic access. Named explicitly. Kṛṣṇa is not reforming varṇāśrama; He is opening a parallel channel that does not run through varṇāśrama at all.
  • parām — supreme
    The very topmost. Not 'a higher destination,' not 'an intermediate one' — parām. The verse refuses to settle for a middling reward; it sets the lowliest by birth on the most direct line to the highest goal.
  • gatim — destination
    From √gam — that to which one goes. Same word as gatiḥ in 9.18. The destination of the soul. The bypass of birth-class is total: even pāpa-yoni-born, through vyapāśritya, reach this gati.
O son of Pṛthā, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth – women, vaiśyas [merchants] and śūdras [workers] – can attain the supreme destination.

It is clearly declared here by the Supreme Lord that in devotional service there is no distinction between the lower and higher classes of people. In the material conception of life there are such divisions, but for a person engaged in transcendental devotional service to the Lord there are not. Everyone is eligible for the supreme destination. In the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.4.18) it is stated that even the lowest, who are called caṇḍālas (dog-eaters), can be purified by association with a pure devotee. Therefore devotional service and the guidance of a pure devotee are so strong that there is no discrimination between the lower and higher classes of men; anyone can take to it. The most simple man taking shelter of the pure devotee can be purified by proper guidance. According to the different modes of material nature, men are classified in the mode of goodness ( brāhmaṇas ), the mode of passion ( kṣatriyas, or administrators), the mixed modes of passion and ignorance ( vaiśyas, or merchants), and the mode of ignorance ( śūdras, or workers). Those lower than them are called caṇḍālas, and they are born in sinful families. Generally, the association of those born in sinful families is not accepted by the higher classes. But the process of devotional service is so strong that the pure devotee of the Supreme Lord can enable people of all the lower classes to attain the highest perfection of life. This is possible only when one takes shelter of Kṛṣṇa. As indicated here by the word vyapāśritya, one has to take shelter completely of Kṛṣṇa. Then one can become much greater than great jñānīs and yogīs.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
32. Women, vaiśyas and śūdrās, and even the outcastes, if they surrender to Me, attain the supreme goal.
Commentary

Is it so remarkable that My bhakti does not consider the accidental faults arising by actions of My misbehaving devotee? For My bhakti does not even consider the inherent faults of such a person which arise from his very birth. Even those of sinful birth (papa-yonayaḥ), outcastes or mlecchas, who surrender to Me, attain the supreme goal. kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ ye’nye ca pāpā yad-apāśrayāśrayāḥ śudhyanti tasmai prabhaviṣṇave namaḥ Kirāta, Huṇa, Āndhra, Pulinda, Pulkaśa, Ābhīra, Śumbha, Yavana, members of the Khasa races and even others addicted to sinful acts can be purified by taking shelter of the devotees of the Lord, due to His being the supreme power. I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto Him. SB 2.4.18 aho bata śva-paco ’to garīyān yaj-jihvāgre vartate nāma tubhyam tepus tapas te juhuvuḥ sasnur āryā brahmānūcur nāma gṛṇanti ye te Oh, how glorious are they whose tongues are chanting Your holy name! Even if born in the families of dog-eaters, such persons are worshipable. Persons who chant the holy name of Your Lordship must have executed all kinds of austerities and fire sacrifices and achieved all the good manners of the Āryans. To be chanting the holy name of Your Lordship, they must have bathed at holy places of pilgrimage, studied the Vedas and fulfilled everything required. SB 3.33.7 What then to speak of women, vaiśyas or others who are impure or subject to bad qualities such as lying?

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
32. Even those born in sinful situations, such as women, vaiśyas and śūdas, and even the outcastes, if they surrender to Me, attain Me, the supreme goal.
Commentary

“Going to the assembly of disputers with the loud sound of kettle drums, raising your arms, without fear, declare that I, the Supreme Lord, will purify My exclusive devotees of incidental sins.” “What is so remarkable about purifying those devotees who commit accidental or occasional sin?” “Even those who are the most sinful (and are not My devotees), by devotee association, become completely freed of ignorance, and become specially liberated.” That is expressed in this verse. “Even those of very sinful birth, outcastes (papa yonayaḥ), who have a natural inclination to sin, taking shelter of Me, the Lord of all, the son of Vasudeva, by association with My devotees, attain the supreme state (gatim). They attain Me, which is rare even for yogīs (param). This is certain.” Śukadeva says: kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ ye’nye ca pāpā yad-apāśrayāśrayāḥ śudhyanti tasmai prabhaviṣṇave namaḥ Kirāta, Hūṇa, Āndhra, Pulinda, Pulkaśa, Ābhīra, Śumbha, Yavana, members of the Khasa races and even others addicted to sinful acts can be purified by taking shelter of the devotees of the Lord, due to His being the supreme power. I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto Him. SB 2.4.18 In mentioning women, śūdras and vaiśyas, the Lord indicates that all those who are impure or have disagreeable qualities (by nature), by taking to devotional service, will attain the Lord.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

Those of lower birth can be purified what to speak of those of high class.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Even unqualified classes also achieve Krishna by His mercy

e.g. Women, Vaisyas and Sudras LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.32 & 9.33: The next verse describes those who have taken higher birth
Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.32 Hi, for; O son of Prtha, ye api, even those; papayonayah syuh, who are born of sin;-as to who they are, the Lord says-striyah, women; vaisyah, Vaisyas, tatha, as also; sudrah, Sudras; te api, even they; yanti, reach, go to; the param, highest; gatim, Goal vyapasritya, by taking shelter; mam, under Me-by accepting Me as their refuge.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.32 - 9.33 Women, Vaisyas and Sudras, and even those who are of sinful birth, can attain the supreme state by taking refuge in Me. How much more then the well-born Brahmanas and royal sages who are devoted to me! Therefore, roayl sage that you are, do worship Me, as you have come to this transient and joyless world stricken by the threefold afflictions. Sri Krsna now describes the nature of Bhakti:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.32 See Comment under 9.34
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.32 For, taking refuge in Me, they also who, O Arjuna, may be of a sinful birth women, Vaisyas as well as Sudras attain the Supreme Goal.
Commentary

9.32 माम् Me? हि indeed? पार्थ O Partha? व्यपाश्रित्य taking refuge in? ये who? अपि even? स्युः may be? पापयोनयः of sinful birth? स्त्रियः women? वैश्याः Vaisyas? तथा also? शूद्राः Sudras? ते they? अपि also? यान्ति attain? पराम् the Supreme? गतिम् Goal.Commentary Chandalas or outcastes are of a sinful birth. Women and Sudras are darred by social rules from the study of the Vedas. What is wanted is devotion. There is no need for family traditions. The elephant Gajendra remembered Me with devotion and attained Me in spite of his being an animal. The lowest of the low and the vilest of the vile can attain Me if they have faith and devotion? if they sing and repeat My Name and if they think of Me always and think of no worldy object.Prahlada was a demon and yet by his devotion forced Me to incarnate as Narasimha. Birth is immaterial. Devotion is everything. The Gopis attained Me through their devotion. Kamsa and Ravana attained Me through fear. Sisupala reached Me through hatred. Narada? Dhruva? Akrura? Suka? Sanatkumara and others attined Me through their devotion. Nandan? a man of low caste but a great devotee of Lord Siva? had direct vision of the Lord in Chidambaram in South India. Raidas? a cobbler? was a great devotee. In the spiritual life or in the Adhyatmic sphere all the external distinctions of caste? colour and creed disappear altogether. Shabari? though a Bhilni (a tribe) by birth? was a great devotee of Lord Rama.Hindu scriptures are full of such instances. Hinduism does not restrict salvation to any one group or section of humanity. All can attain God if they have devotion.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.32 For, O son of Prtha, even those who are born of sin-women, Vaisyas, as also Sudras [S.'s construction of this portion is: women, Vaisyas as also Sudras, and even others who are born of sin (i.e., those who are born low and are of vile deeds, viz Mlecchas, Pukkasas and others). M.S. also takes papa-yonayah (born of sin) as a separate phrase, and classifies women and others only as those darred from Vedic study, etc.-Tr.]-, even they reach the highest Goal by taking shelter under Me.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.32 For even the children of sinful parents, and those miscalled the weaker sex, and merchants, and labourers, if only they will make Me their refuge, they shall attain the Highest.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
Those who take shelter in Me — even of low birth, even women, vaiśyas, and śūdras — also approach the supreme destination.
Practical Applications
  • Recognize the universal accessibility of Kṛṣṇa.
  • Don't disqualify yourself by social category.
  • Don't disqualify others either.
Reflection Questions
  • Where have I implicitly accepted social spiritual hierarchies that Kṛṣṇa rejects?
  • What does His universality require of me?

The kingdom's main road and a forest footpath both run east. The royal carriage on the main road and the woman with a basket on the footpath are heading to the same capital. Birth-class is a road; bhakti is the direction. Whoever turns east — vyapāśritya Mām — reaches the capital, regardless of which path his birth happened to set him on. Param gatim does not check the path.

Śabarī of the forest

Śabarī, a tribal woman of the Niṣāda community — classed as below the four varṇas by the social mind of her age — lived in the forest waiting for Rāma. Her guru Mātaṅga had told her that Rāma would one day pass that way. For decades she swept the path daily and tasted each berry to set aside only the sweetest for Him.

When Rāma finally arrived, He ate the half-bitten berries with delight and gave her mokṣa on the spot. Pāpa-yoni in social classification, parām gatim in destination. The verse 9.32 is Śabarī's biography in seven words.

Mīrābāī and Sajjana Bāī

Mīrā, born into Rajput royalty but in the verse's classification 'a woman,' was among the great bhakti-paramparā saints of medieval India. Her songs travel today through schools that her caste was never admitted to. Around her gathered women of every social tier, including Sajjana Bāī and other devotee-companions who would have been excluded from Vedic learning by birth.

The verse 9.32 makes their reception scriptural, not exceptional. Striyaḥ — women — are named explicitly. Kṛṣṇa Himself shuts the door against the snobbery the verse's audience might have brought.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.33

↗
కిం పునర్బ్రాహ్మణా: పుణ్యా భక్తా రాజర్షయస్తథా । అనిత్యమసుఖం లోకమిమం ప్రాప్య భజస్వ మామ్ ॥ ౩౩ ॥
kiṁ punar brāhmaṇāḥ puṇyā
[kim punar braahmanaah punyaa]
bhaktā rājarṣayas tathā
[bhaktaa raajarshayas tathaa]
anityam asukhaṁ lokam
[anityam asukham lokam]
imaṁ prāpya bhajasva mām
[imam praapya bhajasva maam]
kim — how much punaḥ — again brāhmaṇāḥ — brāhmaṇas puṇyāḥ — righteous bhaktāḥ — devotees rāja - ṛṣayaḥ — saintly kings tathā — also anityam — temporary asukham — full of miseries lokam — planet imam — this prāpya — gaining bhajasva — be engaged in loving service mām — unto Me .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kiṁ punar brāhmaṇāḥ puṇyā
kim
how much
punaḥ
again
brāhmaṇāḥ
brāhmaṇas
puṇyāḥ
righteous
bhaktā rājarṣayas tathā
bhaktāḥ
devotees
rāja - ṛṣayaḥ
saintly kings
tathā
also
anityam asukhaṁ lokam
anityam
temporary
asukham
full of miseries
lokam
planet
imaṁ prāpya bhajasva mām
imam
this
prāpya
gaining
bhajasva
be engaged in loving service
mām
unto Me .
  • kim — what
    The interrogative — paired here with punaḥ to form 'how much more.' A fortiori construction: if even the pāpa-yonis reach the param gati, kim punaḥ — how much more inevitably — the brāhmaṇas and rājarṣis.
  • punaḥ — then, again
    Then, moreover, again. Joined with kim, the pair makes a fortiori reasoning. The whole verse is built on this rhetorical pivot — the lesser case has been granted in 9.32; now the greater follows automatically.
  • brāhmaṇāḥ — brāhmaṇas
    The first varṇa. Note: qualified immediately by puṇyāḥ — pious. Not all brāhmaṇas by birth, only the puṇya ones. The verse is not a caste statement; it is a qualifier-statement.
  • puṇyāḥ — pious, righteous
    Puṇya — meritorious. This qualifier rescues the verse from being a birth-claim. The pious brāhmaṇa qualifies; the impious is not promised anything here. Even within the brāhmaṇa class, the gate is character, not pedigree.
  • rāja - ṛṣayaḥ — saintly kings
    Rāja (king) + ṛṣi (sage). The kṣatriya-saint type. Arjuna's category. Kṛṣṇa names Arjuna's exact identity here without quite saying his name — a precise hint, like a guru tapping the disciple's shoulder.
  • anityam — temporary
    A- + nitya (eternal). Non-eternal. The world is named for what it is. Without this single adjective the verse loses its urgency — bhakti would be a hobby for the patient. With anityam, bhakti is the only sensible response to a brief window.
  • asukham — miserable
    A- + sukha (happiness). Joyless. Kṛṣṇa's diagnosis is harsher than common piety: the world is not just temporary, it is unhappy. The pleasant interludes are not the structure; the structure is asukha.
  • bhajasva — engage in loving service
    Imperative second singular of √bhaj. 'You, worship.' This is the direct command after 32 verses of doctrine. The chapter turns from third-person exposition to second-person directive: the point of everything before now lands here, on Arjuna's shoulders.
How much more this is so of the righteous brāhmaṇas, the devotees and the saintly kings. Therefore, having come to this temporary, miserable world, engage in loving service unto Me.

In this material world there are classifications of people, but, after all, this world is not a happy place for anyone. It is clearly stated here, anityam asukhaṁ lokam: this world is temporary and full of miseries, not habitable for any sane gentleman. This world is declared by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to be temporary and full of miseries. Some philosophers, especially Māyāvādī philosophers, say that this world is false, but we can understand from Bhagavad-gītā that the world is not false; it is temporary. There is a difference between temporary and false. This world is temporary, but there is another world, which is eternal. This world is miserable, but the other world is eternal and blissful. Arjuna was born in a saintly royal family. To him also the Lord says, “Take to My devotional service and come quickly back to Godhead, back home.” No one should remain in this temporary world, full as it is with miseries. Everyone should attach himself to the bosom of the Supreme Personality of Godhead so that he can be eternally happy. The devotional service of the Supreme Lord is the only process by which all problems of all classes of men can be solved. Everyone should therefore take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness and make his life perfect.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
33. What then to speak of devotees who are pure brāhmaṇas or kings? Therefore, having come into this impermanent world of distress, worship Me.
Commentary

What then to speak of brāhmaṇas born in pure families, of good conduct who are devotees? Therefore, you should worship Me.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
33. What then to speak of devotees who are pure brāhmaṇas or kings? Therefore, having come into this impermanent world of little happiness, worship Me.
Commentary

What then can be said of brāhmaṇas and kṣatriyas who are saintly kings, who have been fortunate to be born in pure families (puṇyāḥ), and who become devotees with proper conduct? Certainly they will attain Me, the supreme state. There is no doubt about this. Therefore, you, a saintly king, having attained this world, should worship Me. Giving up the desire for kingdom in this world which has a little limited happiness (asukham), subject to destruction (anityam), worship Me possessing eternal, unlimited happiness, and attain Me. It is suggested here that one will quickly attain the Lord (since worshipping alone is mentioned.) In this verse the Lord, by clearly saying that the world is temporary, negates the idea that the world is completely false.

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

In this verse of His own mouth, Krsna says: "This world is 'anitya', it is not 'mithya', false. It is not false, an illusion as the Mayavadis say. No, it is temporary. Here Krsna is desproving Mayavada philosophy. Therefore knowing all these things, one should engage in pure devotional service.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Then what to speak of qualified righteous brahmanas, devotees and saintly kings – Krishna definitely

helps them.

Conclusion: Having come to temporary miserable world, one must engage in loving service unto ‘Me’ LINK BETWEEN TEXTS 9.33 & 9.34: Krishna concluded Text 9.33 with the words “bhajasva mam”, “Engage in loving service unto Me.” In the next text, Krishna will clearly tell us how to do so.

Focus of Learning

(a) ‘Anityam asukham lokam’ – Indicates ‘world is not a happy place but temporary and full of

misery’ – “Whoever you may be”

(b) Refutes Mayavadis who say that ‘this world is false’, but our philosophy is “this world is not false

but temporary”

(c) ‘Rajarsis’ – “Saintly royal families” – Indicates Arjuna is also motivated to take to devotional

service

(d) Conclusion: Devotional service is the only process to solve all problems of life for all people at all

times

(a) No distinction in different classes – This verse establishes that in devotional service, there is no

distinction between higher and lower classes as opposed to the material conception of life. (Ref.

SB 2.4.18)

(b) Indicates ‘Power of devotional service and pure devotees’ – Most simple man taking shelter of a

pure devotee can be purified by proper guidance, even the lowest of men chandalas (Ref. SB

2.4.18)

(c) Importance of shelter (‘Vyapashritya’) – One has to take complete shelter of Krishna – Then one

can become greater than great jnanis and yogis; pure devotees can enable people of lower classes

to attain highest perfection.

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.33 Kim punah, what to speak of; the punyah brahmanah, holy Bramanas, of sacred birth; tatha, as also; of the bhaktah, devout; rajarsayah, kind-sages-those who are kings and, at the same time, sages! Since this is so, therefore, prapya, having come; imam, to this; anityam, ephemeral, ever changeful; and asukham, miserable, unhappy; lokam, world, the human world-having attained this human life which is a means to Liberation; bhajasva, do you worship, devoted yourself; mam to Me. How?
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.32 - 9.33 Women, Vaisyas and Sudras, and even those who are of sinful birth, can attain the supreme state by taking refuge in Me. How much more then the well-born Brahmanas and royal sages who are devoted to me! Therefore, roayl sage that you are, do worship Me, as you have come to this transient and joyless world stricken by the threefold afflictions. Sri Krsna now describes the nature of Bhakti:
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.32 See Comment under 9.34
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.33 How much more (easily) then the hold Brahmins and devoted royal saints (attain the goal); having come to this impermanent and unhappy world, do thou worship Me.
Commentary

9.33 किम् पुनः how much more? ब्राह्मणाः Brahmins? पुण्याः holy? भक्ताः devoted? राजर्षयः royal saints? तथा also? अनित्यम् impermanent? असुखम् unhappy? लोकम् world? इमम् this? प्राप्य having obtained? भजस्व worship? माम् Me.Commentary Rajarshis are kings who have become saints while discharging the duties of the kingdom.It is very difficult to get a human birth which is the means of attaining the goal of life. Being born in this human body you should lead a life of devotion to the Lord. In the human body alone will you have the power to reflect (VicharaSakti)? discrimination and dispassion. Even the gods envy the human birth.This body is impermanent. It perishes soon. It brings pain of various sorts. So give up the efforts for securing happiness and comfort for this body. If you do not aim at Selfrealisation even after attaining a human birth? you live in vain you are wasting your life and you are a slayer of the Self. You will again and again be caught in the wheel of birth and death.

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.33 What to speak of the holy Brahmanas as also of devout kind-sages! Having come to this ephemeral and miserable world, do you worship Me.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.33 What need then to mention the holy Ministers of God, the devotees and the saintly rulers? Do thou, therefore, born in this changing and miserable world, do thou too worship Me.
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Abhaya (Fearlessness)
Related verses
BG 9.32 BG 9.34 BG 6.41 SB 1.8.26 SB 2.4.15 SB 7.5.23 CC Madhya 22.31 CC Madhya 8.128 CC Antya 5.84 Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 3.8Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.24
How much more then for the pious brāhmaṇas, devotees, kingly saints — having come to this miserable, temporary world, engage in My loving service.
Practical Applications
  • Use your existing privileges (birth, training, opportunity) for higher service.
  • Recognize the urgency: temporary world, miserable.
  • Don't waste this rare position.
Reflection Questions
  • What privilege have I been wasting?
  • What service does it call for?

If the most desperate of villagers can cross the river by bhakti-ferry, how much more easily the trained boatmen who have lived by that river? Kim punaḥ — how much more so — the brāhmaṇas and rāja-ṛṣis already steeped in the culture of the ferry? The verse 9.32 opens the ferry to all; 9.33 closes the dialogue by saying: and you, Arjuna — kṣatriya, devotee, kinsman — have no excuse not to board. Bhajasva mām: get on.

📝 My note

Bhagavad-gītā 9.34

↗
మన్మనా భవ మద్భ‍క్తో మద్యాజీ మాం నమస్కురు । మామేవైష్యసి యుక్త్వైవమాత్మానం మత్పరాయణ: ॥ ౩౪ ॥
man-manā bhava mad-bhakto
[man-manaa bhava mad-bhakto]
mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru
[mad-yaajee maam namaskuru]
mām evaiṣyasi yuktvaivam
[maam evaishyasi yuktvaivam]
ātmānaṁ mat-parāyaṇaḥ
[aatmaanam mat-paraayanah]
mat - manāḥ — always thinking of Me bhava — become mat — My bhaktaḥ — devotee mat — My yājī — worshiper mām — unto Me namas - kuru — offer obeisances mām — unto Me eva — completely eṣyasi — you will come yuktvā — being absorbed evam — thus ātmānam — your soul mat - parāyaṇaḥ — devoted to Me .
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
man-manā bhava mad-bhakto
mat - manāḥ
always thinking of Me
bhava
become
mat
My
bhaktaḥ
devotee
mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru
mat
My
yājī
worshiper
mām
unto Me
namas - kuru
offer obeisances
mām evaiṣyasi yuktvaivam
mām
unto Me
eva
completely
eṣyasi
you will come
yuktvā
being absorbed
evam
thus
ātmānaṁ mat-parāyaṇaḥ
ātmānam
your soul
mat - parāyaṇaḥ
devoted to Me .
  • mat - manāḥ — with mind on Me
    Mat (Me) + manas (mind). The mind is the first string to be tuned. Bhava — be that. The imperative is total: not 'have your mind sometimes on Me,' but 'be a mat-manāḥ person.' A change of identity, not just attention.
  • bhaktaḥ — devotee
    Devotee, sharer. Paired with mat (Me) earlier in the verse: mat-bhaktaḥ. Heart-string. The mind tuned without the heart's devotion is bare information; bhakta names the second necessary string.
  • yājī — worshipper
    From √yaj — worshipper, sacrificer. Paired in this verse with mat: mat-yājī. Action-string. The mind and heart are inner; yājī externalizes the orientation into ritual and offering. The whole 9.27 yat-karoṣi rule condensed.
  • namas - kuru — offer obeisances
    Namas (bowing) + kuru (do). Body-string. The fourth and most physical — bend the body to Mām (Me). Bhakti expresses itself through the prostration, which trains every organ at once.
  • yuktvā — having yoked
    Absolutive of √yuj — having joined. The four strings yoked to one tuning peg. This is what makes the bhakti integrated rather than fragmentary — the ātman yoked, not just engaged piecemeal.
  • ātmānam — the self
    Accusative of ātman — the self yoked. Direct object of yuktvā: 'having yoked the self.' The entire person, not a faculty or moment, is what gets joined.
  • mat - parāyaṇaḥ — fully dedicated to Me
    Mat + parāyaṇa (final shelter, ultimate refuge). The strongest possible compound for orientation: not just devoted but parāyaṇa — the final and only refuge. The chapter that began with rāja-vidyā ends with mat-parāyaṇa — same teaching from two directions.
  • eṣyasi — you will come
    Future tense, second singular, of ā + √i — you will come. Paired with mām (to Me) and eva (surely) in this verse: mām eva eṣyasi. The verse — and the chapter — closes on a promise as personal as the address: 'to Me, surely, you will come.'
Engage your mind always in thinking of Me, become My devotee, offer obeisances to Me and worship Me. Being completely absorbed in Me, surely you will come to Me.

In this verse it is clearly indicated that Kṛṣṇa consciousness is the only means of being delivered from the clutches of this contaminated material world. Sometimes unscrupulous commentators distort the meaning of what is clearly stated here: that all devotional service should be offered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. Unfortunately, unscrupulous commentators divert the mind of the reader to that which is not at all feasible. Such commentators do not know that there is no difference between Kṛṣṇa’s mind and Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is not an ordinary human being; He is Absolute Truth. His body, His mind and He Himself are one and absolute. It is stated in the Kūrma Purāṇa, as it is quoted by Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī in his Anubhāṣya comments on Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Fifth Chapter, Ādi-līlā, verses 41–48), deha-dehi-vibhedo ’yaṁ neśvare vidyate kvacit. This means that there is no difference in Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Lord, between Himself and His body. But because the commentators do not know this science of Kṛṣṇa, they hide Kṛṣṇa and divide His personality from His mind or from His body. Although this is sheer ignorance of the science of Kṛṣṇa, some men make profit out of misleading people. There are some who are demonic; they also think of Kṛṣṇa, but enviously, just like King Kaṁsa, Kṛṣṇa’s uncle. He was also thinking of Kṛṣṇa always, but he thought of Kṛṣṇa as his enemy. He was always in anxiety, wondering when Kṛṣṇa would come to kill him. That kind of thinking will not help us. One should be thinking of Kṛṣṇa in devotional love. That is bhakti. One should cultivate the knowledge of Kṛṣṇa continuously. What is that favorable cultivation? It is to learn from a bona fide teacher. Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and we have several times explained that His body is not material, but is eternal, blissful knowledge. This kind of talk about Kṛṣṇa will help one become a devotee. Understanding Kṛṣṇa otherwise, from the wrong source, will prove fruitless. One should therefore engage his mind in the eternal form, the primal form of Kṛṣṇa; with conviction in his heart that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme, he should engage himself in worship. There are hundreds of thousands of temples in India for the worship of Kṛṣṇa, and devotional service is practiced there. When such practice is made, one has to offer obeisances to Kṛṣṇa. One should lower his head before the Deity and engage his mind, his body, his activities – everything. That will make one fully absorbed in Kṛṣṇa without deviation. This will help one transfer to Kṛṣṇaloka. One should not be deviated by unscrupulous commentators. One must engage in the nine different processes of devotional service, beginning with hearing and chanting about Kṛṣṇa. Pure devotional service is the highest achievement of human society. The Seventh and Eighth chapters of Bhagavad-gītā have explained pure devotional service to the Lord that is free from speculative knowledge, mystic yoga and fruitive activities. Those who are not purely sanctified may be attracted by different features of the Lord like the impersonal brahma-jyotir and localized Paramātmā, but a pure devotee directly takes to the service of the Supreme Lord. There is a beautiful poem about Kṛṣṇa in which it is clearly stated that any person who is engaged in the worship of demigods is most unintelligent and cannot achieve at any time the supreme award of Kṛṣṇa. The devotee, in the beginning, may sometimes fall from the standard, but still he should be considered superior to all other philosophers and yogīs. One who always engages in Kṛṣṇa consciousness should be understood to be a perfectly saintly person. His accidental nondevotional activities will diminish, and he will soon be situated without any doubt in complete perfection. The pure devotee has no actual chance to fall down, because the Supreme Godhead personally takes care of His pure devotees. Therefore, the intelligent person should take directly to the process of Kṛṣṇa consciousness and happily live in this material world. He will eventually receive the supreme award of Kṛṣṇa. Thus end the Bhaktivedanta Purports to the Ninth Chapter of the Śrīmad Bhagavad-gītā in the matter of the Most Confidential Knowledge.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
34. Concentrate your mind on Me. Be My devotee. Worship Me. Offer respects to Me. Having absorbed your body and mind in Me, surrendering to Me, you will come to Me.
Commentary

In this verse the Lord concludes by describing the method of worship. Therefore, having absorbed your body and mind in Me (ātmānaṁ yukta), you will certainly come to Me. That supreme position of pure bhakti, the topmost secret, which does not discriminate between who is qualified or unqualified, and by its contact purifies all persons, has been described in this chapter. Here ends the commentaries on the ninth chapter of the Gītā for the pleasure of the devotees’ minds, by the mercy of the ācāryas.

Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa Gauḍīya
Translation
34. Concentrate your mind on Me. Be My devotee. Worship Me. Offer respects to Me. Having absorbed your body and mind in Me, taking shelter only of Me, you will come to Me.
Commentary

In this verse the Lord concludes by teaching the most desirable, pure bhakti to Arjuna, who was a pariniṣṭhita bhakta. [Note: The same verse is used at the end of the Gīta to illustrate the nirapekṣa devotee.] The person devoted to the king, the king’ṣ servant, because he thinks of his wife and other things, though he thinks of the king also, does not become a real devotee of the king, completely identifying with the king’s needs. But you should not be like that. You should be My devotee who thinks of Me at all times (man manā mad bhaktaḥ). Have your mind like an unbroken stream of honey constantly absorbed in Me, the son of Vasudeva, possessing qualities such as a complexion like a blue lotus, through understanding My lordship over you and My bestowal of the highest benefit to you. Then, be My worshipper, be absorbed in worshipping My form, the most dear object. Offer your respects to My form with intense prema. Having offered your mind and body (ātmānam yuktvā) to Me, taking shelter only of Me (mat parāyaṇaḥ), you will come to Me. By this statement it is understood that after offering these activities of bhakti to the Lord, one performs them. In this chapter, bhakti, like the Gaṅga, not considering who is suitable or unsuitable, and destroying all sins by its very touch, is alone considered to be the king of all secrets. Chapter 10

Bhūrijana Dāsa Gauḍīya
Commentary

The first thing one should do is, not just work, work, and work for Krsna, but engage one's mind in always thinking of Krsna (man‑mana bhava mad‑bhakto) and become His devotee. Baladeva Vidyabhusana says: "the mind should be fixed on Krsna uninterruptedly like honey flows from a bottle." Srila Prabhupada explains in his Purport: "There is a beautiful poem about Krsna in which it is clearly stated that any person who is engaged in the worship of demigods is most unintelligent and cannot achieve at any time the supreme award of Krsna. The devotee, in the beginning, may sometimes fall from the standard, but still he should be considered superior t other philosophers and yogis. One who always engages in Krsna consciousness should be understood to be a perfectly sa person. His accidental nondevotional activities will diminish, and he will soon be situated without any doubt in complete perfection. The pure devotee has no actual chance to fall down, because the Supreme Godhead personally takes care of His pure devotees. Therefore, the intelligent person should take directly to the process of Krsna consciousness and happily live in this material world. He will eventually receive the supreme award of Krsna." This verse is the essence of all confidential knowledge. It is exactly in the middle of the Bhagavad‑gita. This is the 'most confidential knowledge.'

THUS ENDS THE STUDY OF CHAPTER NINE.

Gauranga Priya Dāsa Study
Bhakti-śāstrī Notes, ISKCON Chowpatty (2009)
Theme

Worship Krishna directly – This verse points out clearly that “Krishna consciousness is the only means

for deliverance from material world.”

How to worship Krishna directly
Engage your mind always in thinking of Me
Become My devotee
Offer obeisances to Me
Worship Me
END OF CHAPTER 9 
Focus of Learning

(a) How to engage one’s mind

Engage in His eternal form, the primal form of Krishna
With conviction that Krishna is the Supreme
Engage body, mind and activities in His service without deviation – Nine activities
Benefit: Transfer to Krishna-loka

(b) Srila Prabhupada refutes unscrupulous commentators

Unscrupulous commentators defined
Make profit and mislead: Make profit out of misleading people. Divert their mind to that which is not at all feasible
They refer to Krishna’s mind: They do not know that there is no difference between Krishna’s mind and Krishna
Our Response is:
Krishna is not an ordinary human but Absolute (Body, Mind and Himself are Absolute One)
Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati quotes from Caitanya Charitamrta: “No difference between Krishna and His body”

(c) Demoniac Mentality – They do think of Krishna but always unfavourably and enviously e.g. Kamsa

(d) Real bhakti defined based on correct understanding

One should “Think of Krishna as a person”
Favourably in devotional love
Cultivate knowledge of Krishna continuously
What is that favourable cultivation – Learn from bona-fide spiritual master
What are the bona-fide teachings of such a Spiritual Master – Krishna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His body is eternal, blissful and full of knowledge and we are His eternal servants

Bhagavad Gita Notes

CHAPTER 9 Appendix

Selected Texts extracted from “Surrender unto Me”

Introduction

Chapter Seven and Chapter Nine share various themes: hearing from Kṛṣṇa (7.1-2 / 9.1-2); the rela-

tionship between Kṛṣṇa and material nature (7.4-7, 7.12 / 9.4-10); Kṛṣṇa’s potency manifested

within matter (7.8-11 / 9.16-19); worship of demigods contrasted with worship of Kṛṣṇa (7.20-23 /

9.20-28); and the impersonalists’ knowledge of Kṛṣṇa contrasted with that of devotees (7.24-26 /

9.11-15)

Śrī Śaṅkarācārya Classical
Translation
9.34 Manmana bhava, have your mind fixed on Me; [Here Ast. adds the word vasudeva.-Tr] and also be madbhakah, devoted to Me. Madyaji, sacrifice to Me, be engaged in sacrificing to Me. And namaskuru, bow down; only mam, to Me. Yuktva, by concentrating your mind; and mat-parayanah, by accepting Me as the supreme Goal; esyasi eva, you shall surely attain; mam, Me who am God. You shall attain Me evam atmanam, who am thus the Self: I indeed am the Self of all the beings, and am also the supreme Goal. You shall attain Me who am such. In this way, the word atmanam (Self) is to be connected with the preceding word mam (Me). This is the purport.
Śrī Rāmānujācārya Classical
Translation
9.34 Focus your mind on Me; fix your mind on Me uninterruptedly like a continous stream of oil - on Me the Ruler of rulers, antagonistic to all that is evil, the sole abode of auspiciousness, omniscient, whose resolve is always true, the sole cause of the entire universe, the Supreme Brahman, the Supreme Person; on Me, of long large eyes like a lotus petal; who has the complexion of a clear blue cloud; whose shining lustre is like that of a thousand suns simultaneously risen; on Me, the great ocean of the nectar of beauty; of four arms, noble and strong, and of brilliant yellow raiment; on Me, adorned with a pure crown, fish-shaped ear-rings, garlands, bracelet on the arms and bangles at the wrist; on Me, the ocean of infinite mercy, affability, beauty, sweetness, majesty, magnanimity and parental affection; on Me, the refuge of all without exception and without regard to their differences; on Me the Lord of all. Sri Krsna again makes the same clear. Be My devotee. Be one whose mind is focussed on Me by contemplating on Me as exceedingly dear. Such is the meaning. He makes thie yet clearer. Be My worshipper, namely, become engaged in My worship, which you have begun to practise by your experience of Me as supremely dear and unlimited and unsurpassed. What is called worship is the conduct of one who realises that he is absolutely a subsidiary - (Sesa) of God. Worship consists also in offering all things of enjoyment such as waving of lights etc., all those things which come into bodily contact like garlands, sandal paste etc., and those meant for offering like food preparations and other edibles. The meaning is this: Let your mind be focussed on Me so as to be engaged in My worship, resulting from love which is unlimited and unsurpassed and which is born from the experience of Myself. Again Sri Krsna expounds the same: Bow down to Me. Do not be satisfied only with services of one who is absolutely subsidiary to me. Do services which are incomparably dear and animated by an experience of Myself who is dear and unlimited and unsurpassed. Also bow down to Me in utter humility, regarding Me as the supreme goal, i.e., He who is the supreme abode and the supreme goal. The meaning is that having resorted to Me, it is impossible for you to live without Me. Having disciplined the mind in this way and considering Me as the supreme goal, you will thus, through love which is unsurpassed and incomparable, obtain a mind which is fit for experiencing Me. You will then reach Me alone. Here the term Atman stands for the mind. The import is that, holding Me as the sole support, possesing a mind of this kind, meditating on Me, experiencing Me, worshipping Me and bowing down to Me - you will reach Me alone. Thus, with such a turn of mind you carry on, for pleasing Me alone, your secular works for bodily sustenance and Vedic activities like obligatory and occasional rites, regarding them as actuated by Me and finding sole joy in absolute subservience to Me. You shall ever engage yourself in praising My names with love and in endeavouring to serve Me and bowing down to Me etc. You shall contemplate on the entire universe as being under My rule and being subsidiary (Sesa) to Me. Contemplating on the multitudes of My attributes, which are exceedingly dear to you, and practising every day this worship as described, you will reach Me alone.
Śrī Abhinavagupta Classical
Translation
9.32-34 Man hi etc; upto Matparayanah. Those who are of sinful birth : I.e., the animals, birds, reptiles etc. Women denotes the ignorant. Men of working class denotes those who find pleasure in different vocations, like agriculture etc. Men of the fourth caste : those who do not have any claim whatsoever for [performing] the Vedic rituals and whose livelihood depend on others. By taking refuge [solely] in Me, even these all attain Me alone. The deeds of the exceedingly compassionate Bhagavat, like the one granting liberation to a chief of the elephants are heard in thousands [in the Puranas]. Certainly it must be so, for those whose behaviour is just the opposite to that of these persons. Some (commentators] declare : The present sentence [of the Lord] intends to glorify the twice-born and members of the ruling class, and it is not uttered with the intention of speaking of the attainment of liberation in the case of the women etc. Indeed these persons [aim to] break into pieces the Graceous-to-all Power of the Bhagavat by foistering upon It, a limited applicability; likwise they do not tolerate the profoundly compassionate nature of the Absolute Lord; they contradict the [Lord's own] statements 'To Me none is hateful and none is dear (IX, 30)', 'Even a highly evil-doer etc. (IX, 31)', and other similar statements, very clearly of the same import; with all effort they [strive to] bring in something indicative of duality even in the Absolute-being, Whose non-dual nature has been well established firmly by the diversity of the best reasonings; they are not mindful of other contradictions [that lurk in their theory] with the revealed literature; when simply estioned 'How is this ?' and 'How is that ?', these persons, having their internal organ totally possessed by the mighty devil of the caste [considerations], concealed within, and having their tongue, face and eyes all twisted by their sense of jealously, hypocrisy and shame-they prattle evil for the entire humanity; and thus they put upon themselves the status of being an object of ridicule. Therefore the above explanation [of ours] does good to all.
Swami Sivananda Classical
Translation
9.34 Fix thy mind on Me; by devoted to Me; sacrifice unto Me; bow down to Me; having thus united thy whole self to Me, taking Me as the supreme goal, thou shalt come unto Me.
Commentary

9.34 मन्मनाः with mind filled with Me? भव be thou? मद्भक्तः My devotee? मद्याजी sacrificing unto Me? माम्,unto Me? नमस्कुरु bow down? माम् to Me? एव alone? एष्यसि thou shalt come? युक्त्वा having united? एवम् thus? आत्मानम् the self? मत्परायणः taking Me as the Supreme Goal.Commentary Fill thy mind with Me. Fix your head? heart and hands on Me. Get your heart in tune with Me. Become a true worshipper. You will secure eternal bliss. Having known Me? you will cross beyond death.The whole being of man should be surrendered to the Lord without reservation. Then the whole life will undergo a wonderful transformation. You will have the vision of God everywhere. All sorrows and pains will vanish. Your mind will be one with the divine consciousness.Just as the potether becomes one with the universal ether when the limiting adjunct (pot) is broken? just as the Ganga and the Yamuna? leaving their names and forms become one with the ocean? so also the sage gets rid of Avidya and all sorts of limiting adjuncts through the direct realisation of the Self and becomes identical with Para Brahman.Yukta means steadied in thought? having thus fixed the mind on the Lord? knowing that I am the Self of all beings and the highest goal. (Cf.V.17VII.7?14XVIII.65)(This chapter is known by the name Adhyatma Yoga also.)Thus in the Upanishads of the glorious Bhagavad Gita? the science of the Eternal? the scripture of Yoga? the dialogue between Sri Krishna and Arjuna? ends the ninth discourse entitledThe Yoga of the Kingly Science and the Kingly Secret.,

Swami Gambhīrānanda Classical
Translation
9.34 Having your mind fixed on Me, be devoted to Me, sacrifice to Me, and bow down to Me. By concentrating your mind and accepting Me as the supreme Goal, you shall surely attain Me who am thus the Self.
Shri Purohit Swami Classical
Translation
9.34 Fix thy mind on Me, devote thyself to Me, sacrifice for Me, surrender to Me, make Me the object of thy aspirations, and thou shalt assuredly become one with Me, Who am thine own Self."
Primary values
Bhakti (Devotion)
Related values
Tyaga (Renunciation / Letting Go)Karuna (Kindness / Compassion)Ahimsa (Non-violence / Compassion)Tapas (Austerity / Discipline)Guru Bhakti (Reverence for Teacher)Atma Nigraha (Self-control)Maitri (Friendship / Goodwill)Daksya (Resourcefulness / Skill)
Related verses
Concepts
Bhava
Always think of Me, become My devotee, worship Me, offer respect to Me — being absorbed in Me, you will surely come to Me.
Practical Applications
  • Adopt the four explicit practices: think, devote, worship, respect.
  • Treat them as the operating manual for the chapter.
  • Trust the 'surely come to Me' guarantee.
Reflection Questions
  • Which of the four is least cultivated?
  • What would 'surely' look like as a settled trust?

A four-stringed instrument tuned to one note: mind, devotion, offering, obeisance — all four strings strung tight to Kṛṣṇa, and the bow drawn across once. The whole chapter has been the tuning. The last verse is the bow-stroke. Mat-manāḥ bhava: mind, on Me. Mat-bhaktaḥ: heart, on Me. Mat-yājī: offerings, to Me. Mām namas-kuru: body, prostrating to Me. Strings aligned, one chord sounds — and the chord is the soul arriving at Kṛṣṇa.

📝 My note